preliminary what's new in sap s/4hana cloud 2011 · 2021. 2. 3. · extensibility for...

What's New | INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and PartnersDocument Version: Preliminary Version – 2020-10-07

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011

© 2

020

SAP

SE o

r an

SAP affi

liate

com

pany

. All r

ight

s re

serv

ed.

THE BEST RUN

Content

1 What's New. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

2 Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162.1 Environment, Health and Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Incident Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Environment Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

2.2 Maintenance Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Configuration for Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20IAM Objects in Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Phase Model for the Maintenance Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Create Maintenance Request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36My Maintenance Requests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Screen Maintenance Requests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Extensibility for Maintenance Request Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Maintenance Backlog Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41My Maintenance Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Manage Workflows for Maintenance Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Manage Teams and Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Maintenance Order Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Display Serial Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Default Parameter Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Final Due Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Assigning Execution Stages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Maintenance Order: Detailed Cost Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Collective Time Confirmation Template. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Revision History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53API for Maintenance Notification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54API for Maintenance Order Operation Confirmation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

2.3 Resource Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Manage Schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Resource Scheduling for Maintenance Planners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Manage Work Center Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62App Extensibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Maintenance Scheduling Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65View Maintenance Schedule for Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

2 INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and PartnersPreliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011

Content

Assign Maintenance Order Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672.4 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

3 Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693.1 Finance-Specific IAM Business Catalogs for Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693.2 Tablet Enablement for Additional Finance Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763.3 Changes to Full Name Attribute for Data Protection and Privacy Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773.4 Management Accounting and Margin Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

IAM Objects in Management Accounting and Margin Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Divisional Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Overhead Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Production Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Sales Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Predictive Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Financial Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

3.5 Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96General Ledger Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Asset Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Joint Venture Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Group Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Revenue and Cost Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Advanced Compliance Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Contract and Lease Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Integration Between Payroll and Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Integration Between Travel & Expense Management and Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

3.6 Auditor Direct Access for Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2153.7 Treasury Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Enhancements to Bank Relationships Tab of Treasury Executive Dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Cash and Liquidity Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Payments and Bank Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Treasury and Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

3.8 Financial Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Receivables Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Settlement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

3.9 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309International Trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

3.10 APIs for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Events for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312SOAP APIs: Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous) and Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous). . . . . . 313

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Content INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 3

SOAP APIs: Journal Entry - Send Discount Information, Journal Entry - Update Discount Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

3.11 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

4 Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3164.1 Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

IAM Objects in Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316Production Resources/Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Manage Process Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Configuration for Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

4.2 Production Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321OData API: Planned Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321OData API: Material Planning Data - Read. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322OData API for Forecast Demands (Deprecated). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Schedule Production. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Monitor Work Center Schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Assign Product Hierarchy for Production. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Material Requirements Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

4.3 Extended Production Planning and Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334App Enhancements for Predictive Material and Resource Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

4.4 Demand-Driven Replenishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335OData API: Time-Dependent Stock Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

4.5 Production Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Kanban. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Production Execution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340Just-In-Time Supply to Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Display Production Quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

4.6 CDS Views for Production Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3614.7 Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Print Quality Certificates for Batches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Print Quality Certificates for Inspection Lots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363Manage Quality Info Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364Nonconformance Analytics and Nonconformance Detailed Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Delete Quality Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Apps for Quality-Related Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Apps for Inspection Lot Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Configuration for Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369CDS Views for Quality Improvement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373IAM Objects in Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374


5 Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382


Content

5.1 Customer Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Manage Staffing Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Search for Resources Using Skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Archive Attachments in Projects and Work Packages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384Display of Revenue Information in Service-Based Work Packages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Manage Project Billing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Process Extensibility for Project Billing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387CDS Views for Customer and Internal Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388IAM Objects in Customer and Internal Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391


6 R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3956.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Project Financial Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395Project Logistics Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Actual Dates for Projects and Work Packages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Enterprise Project Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400CDS Views for Enterprise Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401Change Documents for Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402IAM Objects in Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403APIs Deprecated for Enterprise Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

6.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409IAM Objects in Bills of Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Business Events for Bills of Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410Business Events for Order Bills of Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411Configuration for Bills of Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412AVC – Enablement of Engineer-to-Order Scenario with Configurable Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

6.3 Product Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415Foundation for Product Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Dangerous Goods Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430Safety Data Sheet Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432


7 Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4367.1 Service Operations and Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Solution Order Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436Service Order Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443In-House Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

7.2 Service Master Data and Agreement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454Service Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454


Service Monitoring and Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458Recurring Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

7.3 Configuration Steps for Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4627.4 IAM Objects in Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4657.5 Data Management in Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

8 Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4698.1 Order and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

Sales Master Data Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469Price Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470Sales Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473Sales Order Management and Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477Sales Billing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498Claims, Returns, and Refund Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512Sales Monitoring and Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521Configuration in Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527IAM Objects in Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532CDS Views in Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539


9 Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5429.1 Generic Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542

New Applications for Maintenance and Analytics Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542Additional Business Events for Condition Records for Pricing in Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544IAM Objects in Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545Configuration for Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

9.2 APIs for Integration with Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556OData API for Purchase Requisitions - Create, Read, Update, Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556SOAP API for Service Entry Sheet - Revoke (Lean Services). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557SOAP API for Purchase Order - Send, Update, and Cancel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558OData API for Purchase Scheduling Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559OData API for Central Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560

9.3 Sourcing and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562Source Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562Purchase Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565

9.4 Operational Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566Self-Service Requisitioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566Requirements Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569Purchase Order Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573Add and Delete Multiple Service Entry Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579Record Consumable Materials in Service Entry Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580Business Add-Ins for Creating Service Entry Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582


Content

Business Add-Ins for Deleting Service Entry Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583Business Add-Ins for Revoking Service Entry Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584

9.5 Central Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586Central Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586Central Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587Central Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589Central Sourcing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

9.6 Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591Invoice Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

9.7 Procurement Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597Supplier Evaluation Score Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597Monitor Purchasing Analytics Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598Supplier Evaluation Score History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598Supplier Evaluation by Quality (To Be Deprecated). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

9.8 Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Contracts (4B0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network (42K). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing (4BL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603


10 Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60510.1 Logistics Cross Topics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605

Batch Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605Handling Unit Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611

10.2 Order Promising. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629Available to Promise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629

10.3 Advanced Order Promising. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630Product Substitution in Sales Order Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630Manage Supply Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631OData API: Supply Availability Protection Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633

10.4 Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634Configuration for Inventory (SSC UI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634CDS Views for Inventory Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637Enhancement to Output Management: Printing of Goods Movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639APIs for Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640Goods Movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644Inventory Analytics and Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650

10.5 Warehousing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653Warehouse Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653

10.6 Delivery and Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663Delivery Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663



11 Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66611.1 Oil & Gas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666

Field Logistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666Mass Processing of Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

11.2 Public Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675Public Sector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675

12 Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68412.1 Destroying Workforce Assignment Data Using WFD_ASSIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684

13 Protect Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68513.1 Identity and Access Management (IAM): Change Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68513.2 Data Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

Configuration for Data Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

14 Set Up Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68914.1 Change of Configuration Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68914.2 Business User Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690

Business Events for Business User Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69014.3 Authorization for Number Range Maintenance via Configuration Business Catalogs. . . . . . . . . . . . 691

15 Manage Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69215.1 Responsibility Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .692

Team Hierarchies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692Teams Enabled for Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693

15.2 Situation Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694Usability Enhancements for Situation Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694New Use Cases for Situation Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

15.3 View Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69715.4 Manage Search Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69815.5 Identity and Access Management (IAM): Change Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69915.6 Situation Template: Output Item Processing Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70015.7 SAP Task Center Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70115.8 SAP Process Visibility Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70115.9 Manage Business Role Changes After Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70315.10 Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704

16 Extend and Integrate Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70616.1 Maintain Communication Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70616.2 Custom CDS Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70616.3 Custom Reusable Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707

17 Data Migration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70917.1 Data Migration Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709


Content

18 Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71018.1 Product Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710

IAM Objects in Product Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710Service Interfaces for Product Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712Self Service Configuration UIs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713Mass Change Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716Purchasing Group for product type (KMAT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717Product Search Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717

18.2 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718IAM Object in Business Partner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718Self Service Configuration UIs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720Manage Customer Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723Manage Supplier Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724Manage Business Partner Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .726Field Status Control Based on Account Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727Display of Long Bank Account Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729Display of Multiple Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730Maintain Business Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730

18.3 Master Data Governance, Data Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731Apps for Master Data Governance, Data Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731

19 SAP Fiori Launchpad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73319.1 Spaces and Pages Layout Enhanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73319.2 Automatic Sign-Out Enhanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73419.3 Home Page: Empty Groups Hidden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73519.4 Home Page Deprecated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735

20 Enterprise Contract Management and Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73720.1 Document Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73720.2 Show Documents from Legal Transaction with Neutral Relationships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73820.3 Enhance Filter Criteria for Legal Transaction with Linked objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738

21 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74021.1 Australia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74021.2 Austria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74321.3 Belgium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745

General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

21.4 Brazil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753


Cross-Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75721.5 Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76321.6 China. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .765

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76521.7 Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774

General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776

21.8 Finland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .778Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778

21.9 France. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781

21.10 Germany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790

21.11 Hungary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801

21.12 Indonesia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .802Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802

21.13 India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804

21.14 Ireland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .808Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808

21.15 Italy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814

21.16 Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817

21.17 Luxembourg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819

21.18 Malaysia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .821Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821

21.19 Mexico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830

21.20 Netherlands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .836

21.21 New Zealand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .844


Content

21.22 Norway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848

21.23 Philippines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853

21.24 Poland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .855Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860

21.25 Portugal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .862General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866

21.26 Russia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868

21.27 Singapore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .872Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872

21.28 Slovakia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873

21.29 South Africa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874

21.30 South Korea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .876IAM Objects for South Korea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876

21.31 Spain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .882Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885

21.32 Sweden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891

21.33 Switzerland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 893Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .893

21.34 Taiwan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .898

21.35 Thailand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .899

21.36 Turkey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908

21.37 United Arab Emirates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910


Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91021.38 United States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912


Content

What to Expect in the Preliminary What’s New Document

As an SAP S/4HANA Cloud customer, you can read about new features planned for the next SAP S/4HANA Cloud release in this Preliminary What’s New document.

In the Preliminary What’s New document, you can find a description of all new, enhanced, changed or deleted features as well as information on system changes that will impact your organization, e.g. effects on existing data, system administration, and configuration. The length of the feature description depends on the type of innovation and its complexity. For more complex situations, we are trying to summarize the necessary information in the Use section of the relevant chapter and to give more details in the Additional Details section of the same chapter.

Please note that for certain new, enhanced, or changed features you might need a separate subscription license in addition to your cloud edition license. For further information, please contact your SAP Account Executive.

NoteIn this document, you will find links and references to further user assistance content (for example, http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_2011 -> Product Assistance) that is currently not available. The links and references, as well as the Product Assistance, will be available once the product itself is available.

Disclaimer

This Preliminary What’s New document outlines our general product direction and should not be relied upon in making a purchase decision. This Preliminary What’s New document is not subject to your license agreement or any other agreement with SAP. SAP has no obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this Preliminary What’s New document or to develop or release any functionality mentioned in this Preliminary What’s New document. This Preliminary What’s New document and SAP’s strategy and possible future developments are subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice. This Preliminary What’s New document is provided without a warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or noninfringement. SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this Preliminary What’s New document, except if such damages were caused by SAP intentionally or grossly negligent.

Safe Harbor Statement

This Preliminary What’s New document is intended to outline future product direction, and is not a commitment by SAP to deliver any given code or functionality. Any statements contained in this Preliminary What’s New document that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. SAP undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011What to Expect in the Preliminary What’s New Document INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 13

http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_2011

http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_2011

subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. The timing or release of any product described in this Preliminary What’s New document remains at the sole discretion of SAP. This Preliminary What’s New document is for informational purposes and may not be incorporated into a contract. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, and they should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions.


What to Expect in the Preliminary What’s New Document

1 What's New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud provides you with delta information on all new, changed or deleted features of this product. The What's New Viewer provides the same information in an interactive format.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011What's New INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 15

https://help.sap.com/doc/bf7675d17e574ea98efe979dfc02256d/1/en-US/8880de6dbfb94ea3b0de1f26b40816dc.html

2 Asset Management

2.1 Environment, Health and Safety

2.1.1 Incident Management

2.1.1.1 Deprecation of Incident Management Apps

The following apps were deprecated in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008:

● Manage Incidents Web Dynpro app● Manage Summary Reports (F3781) Fiori app

The app tiles are no longer available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad and will be deleted as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102. We recommend that you switch to the respective successor app as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FP (Lean Incident Management Reporting)

Application Component EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

Available As Of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011

Additional Details

You can use the following successor apps:

Deprecated App Successor App

Manage Incidents Wed Dynpro Manage Incidents (F4759)

Manage Summary Reports (F3781) Manage Summary Reports (F4758)

NoteThe way certain features and functions work in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system can depend on the country and scope item activation for your company as well as the country/region availability of the scope


Asset Management

items. You can check the scope item availability in the availability matrix under https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/General/Availability_Dependencies_EN_XX.xlsx . As the country/region availability can change with the next upgrade, please check the availability matrix for scope items of interest to you after the next upgrade.

Related Information

Manage IncidentsManage Summary Reports

2.1.2 Environment Management

2.1.2.1 Renaming of Manage Chemical Data – For Products App

The Manage Chemical Data – For Products app has been renamed to Manage Material Data – Environment Management. The new name reflects the functionalities of the app more clearly and contributes to a more transparent user experience.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)


NoteThe way certain features and functions work in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system can depend on the country and scope item activation for your company as well as the country/region availability of the scope items. You can check the scope item availability in the availability matrix under https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/General/Availability_Dependencies_EN_XX.xlsx . As the country/region availability can change with the next upgrade, please check the availability matrix for scope items of interest to you after the next upgrade.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Asset Management INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 17

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fsupport.sap.com%2Fcontent%2Fdam%2FSAAP%2FSol_Pack%2FLibrary%2FGeneral%2FAvailability_Dependencies_EN_XX.xlsx


https://help.sap.com/viewer/323bd3f1dc8248bc8647c62f1baa6a3a/2011.500/en-US/45988457f38e0322e10000000a44147b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/323bd3f1dc8248bc8647c62f1baa6a3a/2011.500/en-US/23970583d5b14b5b83f0ec050a46dda6.html



Related Information

Manage Material Data – Environment Management

2.1.2.2 Management of Compliance Requirements

With this feature, you can view a list of available compliance requirements in environment management. You can use various filters to search for specific compliance requirements and maintain their data. Additionally, you can use the Manage Compliance Requirements - Regulations, Permits, Policies app to navigate to other apps where you can create new compliance requirements of policy, regulation, or permit type. You can use the created compliance requirements in further business processes, such as Emission Inventory or Waste Management, to ensure environmental compliance.

The existing Manage Compliance Requirement Web Dynpro app has been replaced by the new Manage Compliance Requirements - Regulations, Permits, Policies Fiori app (F5038).

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)


Effects on Existing Data

This app is the successor of the Manage Compliance Requirement Web Dynpro app. The Manage Compliance Requirement Web Dynpro app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S4/HANA Cloud 2105 . The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.

NoteThe way certain features and functions work in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system can depend on the country and scope item activation for your company as well as the country/region availability of the scope items. You can check the scope item availability in the availability matrix under https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/General/Availability_Dependencies_EN_XX.xlsx . As the country/


Asset Management

https://help.sap.com/viewer/323bd3f1dc8248bc8647c62f1baa6a3a/2011.500/en-US/bf34e4266aba4e84a3bd98ab08f60092.html



region availability can change with the next upgrade, please check the availability matrix for scope items of interest to you after the next upgrade.

Related Information

Manage Compliance Requirements - Regulations, Permits, Policies

2.1.2.3 IAM Objects in Environment Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Environment Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item See the table below

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)



This business catalog replaces the Environment Management - Manage Compliance Requirement (SAP_EHS_BC_ENV_MNG_CREQ_PC) business catalog. You are generally allowed to use a business catalog and its replacement in parallel for two releases.

Effects on System Administration

Use the Business Role Templates app to check the following business role templates or business catalogs and their restriction types:


https://help.sap.com/viewer/323bd3f1dc8248bc8647c62f1baa6a3a/2011.500/en-US/3b27e3df8c564ab0b71497de5ac70964.html

NoteYou can also see which business catalogs have changed in the Business Catalogs app. Read the description displayed for each business catalog in the system for more information about the authorizations controlled by the catalog and its restriction types.

IAM Objects

Name of IAM Object Object TypeChanges with This Release Details Relevant Scope Items

Environment Management - Manage Compliance Requirements (SAP_EHS_BC_ENV_MNG_CMPLREQ_PC)

Business Catalog Business catalog created. New app added.

The Manage Compliance Requirements - Regulations, Permits, Policies app (Fiori ID: F5038) has been added to this business catalog.

Not applicable


Related Information

Identity and Access Management

2.2 Maintenance Operations

2.2.1 Configuration for Asset Management

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Asset Management have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.


Asset Management



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/f25f9108740442c3804370f2d88a9bdd.html

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)


Additional Details

Type of change

Configuration for ...

New configuration object

How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability

New configu-ration step

Asset Management

Maintain Value Categories

Find this configuration under

Configure your Solution

Asset Management

Maintenance Management

Costing

This configu-ration step allows you to define value categories.

4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

4WM (Operational and Overhead Maintenance)

4VT (Improvement Maintenance)

Asset Management

Asset Management


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Asset Management

Assign Cost Elements to Value Categories



Asset Management


Costing

This configu-ration step allows you to define a cost element group as a value category.





Asset Management

Asset Management


Asset Management

Maintain Maintenance Planning Plant



Asset Management


Organizatio

n

This configu-ration step allows you to define a plant as a maintenance planning plant.





Asset Management

Asset Management


Asset Management

Assign Maintenance Planning Plant to Maintenance Plant



Asset Management


Organizatio

n

This configu-ration step allows you to assign maintenance planning plant to a maintenance plant.





Asset Management

Asset Management


Asset Management

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Asset Management

Activate Workflow for Maintenance Orders

Manage your Solution


Asset Management


Order

Processing

This configu-ration step allows you to activate workflows for maintenance orders.




4HI (Improvement Maintenance)

Asset Management

Asset Management


Asset Management

Define Change Documents, Collective Purchase Requisition, MRP relevance



Asset Management


Order

Processing

This configu-ration step allows you to define the time of creation of a purchase requisition and reservations for materials of a maintenance order.

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)





Asset Management

Asset Management


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Asset Management

Define Phase Control Code for Maintenance Orders



Asset Management


Order

Processing

This configu-ration step allows you to define phase control codes for maintenance orders.




4HI (Improvement Maintenance)

Asset Management

Asset Management


Asset Management

Define Consequence Categories, Consequences, and Likelihood



Asset Management


General

Settings

This configu-ration step allows you to define consequence categories, consequences, and likelihood.


Asset Management

Asset Management


Asset Management

Define Prioritization Profiles



Asset Management


General

Settings

This configu-ration step allows you to define prioritization profiles.


Asset Management

Asset Management

Effects on Configuration

Make your entries in Configure Your Solution, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. In some cases, it is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data


Asset Management

consistency, the changes that you can make to predelivered configuration settings may be limited. In some cases, you can delete new records that you have added.

For more information about the settings that are to be made in each configuration step, read the system documentation. You access this documentation from within the configuration step using the Configuration Help button.


Related Information

About Configuring Your SolutionUsing Configure Your Solution and SSCUIsExpert Configuration and SSCUI Reference

2.2.2 IAM Objects in Asset Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Asset Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New








https://help.sap.com/viewer/082b48bfe4dd4e37b4032ed3d8fdec8d/2011.500/en-US/427d9605efa54a7cb8d89abf0a9b4b02.html

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fsupport.sap.com%2Fcontent%2Fdam%2FSAAP%2FSAP_Activate%2FS4H_367%2520Using%2520Configure%2520Your%2520Solution%2520and%2520SSCUIs.pdf

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fgo.support.sap.com%2Froadmapviewer%2F%23%2Fgroup%2FBE47098A-617A-43EF-A27E-DFD801D70483%2Froadmap%2FIMPS4HANACLDENMGMT%2Fphase%2F001999B7BD851ED68D97F853D2C742CE%2Fnode%2F001999B7BD851ED68D97F853D2DC42CE


Scope Items for Asset Management

The following business catalogs were assigned to scope items

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance),

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance),

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance):

● SAP_EAM_BC_INFO_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_MEADOC_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_MEAPT_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_NTF_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_ORD_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_TL_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_TO_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_AIS_PC● SAP_EAM_BC_ORD_MW_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_INFO_MW_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_MEADOC_MW_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_TO_MW_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_LRP_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_ON_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_UP_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_TL_MW_MC


BH1 (Corrective Maintenance),

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance):

● SAP_EAM_BC_MREQ_PC● SAP_EAM_BC_CORRMAINT_MW_PC● SAP_EAM_BC_NTF_MW_MC


BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance):

● SAP_EAM_BC_MPLAN_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_MPLAN_MW_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_MPLANIT_MC● SAP_EAM_BC_MPLANIT_MW_MC

Business Catalogs and Business Role Templates for Asset Management



Asset Management


IAM Objects


Maintenance Gatekeeper (SAP_BR_MAINT_SUPERVISOR)

Business role template New business role template created

The maintenance gatekeeper collects, reviews, and prioritizes all maintenance requests from different sources and ensures they contain all the relevant and required information.

Not applicable

Maintenance Technician (SAP_BR_MAINTENANCE_TECHNICIAN)

Maintenance Planner (SAP_BR_MAINTENANCE_PLANNER)

Business role template New catalogs added

Pages added

These business role templates include now new business catalogs. Space template and pages were also added to these business role templates.

Not applicable



EAM - Orders And Operations Display (SAP_EAM_BC_ORDFO_DSP_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Orders Cost Display (SAP_EAM_BC_ORD_DSP_PC)

EAM - Find Maintenance Plans (SAP_EAM_BC_MNTPLAN_DSP_PC)

EAM - Find Maintenance Items (SAP_EAM_BC_MNTITEM_DSP_PC)

EAM - Find Technical Objects (SAP_EAM_BC_TO_DSP_PC)

Business catalog New business catalog New business catalogs were created.





OHH (PSM: Reactive Maintenance)

OHI (PSM: Proactive Maintenance)

OVT (PSM: Improvement Maintenance)

OWM (PSM: Operations and Overhead Maintenance)


Asset Management


EAM - Maintenance Orders Management (SAP_EAM_BC_ORD_MNG_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Job Lists (SAP_EAM_BC_MNTJOB_MNG_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Planning Buckets Management (SAP_EAM_BC_PLNBKTS_MNG_PC)

EAM - Task Lists Display (SAP_EAM_BC_TSKL_DSP_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Plans Scheduling (SAP_EAM_BC_SHMP_MNG_PC)












EAM - Inbox (SAP_EAM_BC_MYINBOX_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Planning Management (SAP_EAM_BC_MP_MNG_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Planning Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MP_DSP_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Orders Management (SAP_EAM_BC_MP_ORD_MNG_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Orders Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MP_ORD_DSP_PC)











Asset Management


EAM - Measuring Points Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MESP_DSP_PC)

EAM - Measuring Points Management (SAP_EAM_BC_MESP_MNG_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Tasks Management (SAP_EAM_BC_TSKL_MNG_PC)

EAM - Planning Task Lists Display (SAP_EAM_BC_TSKLD_DSP_PC)

EAM - Technical Objects Display (SAP_EAM_BC_TOD_DSP_PC)












EAM - Technical Objects Management (SAP_EAM_BC_TO_MNG_PC)

EAM - Measurement Documents Management (SAP_EAM_BC_MD_MNG_PC)

EAM - Measurement Documents Management (SAP_EAM_BC_MS_MD_MNG_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Items Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MI_DSP_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Items Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MS_MI_DSP_PC)











Asset Management


EAM - Maintenance Planning Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MP_MP_DSP_PC)

EAM - Technical Objects Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MT_TO_DSP_PC)

EAM - BOMS Display (SAP_EAM_BC_BOMS_DSP_PC)

EAM - Material Serial Number Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MATSER_DSP_PC)

EAM - Personalization (SAP_EAM_BC_PERS_MNG_PC)










EAM - Maintenance Request (SAP_EAM_BC_MREQ_MNG_PC)

Business catalog New business catalog New business catalog was created.



EAM - Technical Breakdowns Display (SAP_EAM_BC_AIS_DSP_PC)

EAM - Documents Management (SAP_EAM_BC_DOC_MNG_PC)


Not applicable



EAM - Maintenance Requests Display (SAP_EAM_BC_MREQ_DSP_PC)

EAM - Maintenance Work Management (SAP_EAM_BC_MNTWRK_MNG_PC)






Display Serial Numbers (SAP_EAM_BC_SERIALNO_DSP_PC>)

Business Catalog New business catalog This business catalog is assigned to the Inventory Manager and Warehouse Clerk business role templates.

4H1 (Proactive Maintenance), 4HH (Reactive Maintenance), 4VT (Improvement Maintenance), 4WM (Operational and Overhead Maintenance)


Related Information


2.2.3 Phase Model for the Maintenance Process

With this feature, you can create maintenance requests and maintenance orders of specific new types. These maintenance requests and orders are then part of an end-to-end process that is structured according to nine phases.


Asset Management




Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance), 4HI (Proactive Maintenance), 4VT (Improvement Maintenance), 4WM (Operational and Overhead Maintenance)



Additional Details

If you create maintenance orders, you can select one of the following new order types:

● Reactive Maintenance● Proactive Maintenance● Improvement Maintenance● Operational Maintenance● Overhead Maintenance

Then the maintenance order runs through several approval, planning, preparation and execution steps until it is finally completed. The individual phases are divided into subphases which - similar to an overall status - document the progress in the maintenance process. You can filter, sort and group the maintenance orders according to the phases or subphases in several order list views.

For more information, see the following What's New documents about new apps available for this end-to-end process:

● Create Maintenance Request [page 36]● My Maintenance Requests [page 37]● Screen Maintenance Requests [page 38]● Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets [page 40]● My Maintenance Jobs [page 42]● Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders [page 43]● Manage Workflows for Maintenance Orders [page 43]● Maintenance Order Costs [page 45]





Related Information

Maintenance ProcessMaintenance Process Phases

2.2.4 Create Maintenance Request

With this app, you can create maintenance requests.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4HH - Reactive Maintenance

4HI - Proactive Maintenance

Application Component PM - Plant Maintenance


Additional Details




Asset Management

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/cb2e1f231724477bbbab7a1a71a1fe64.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/57372b93c62943718032b05fe5551733.html



Related Information

Create Maintenance RequestMy Maintenance RequestsScreen Maintenance Requests

2.2.5 My Maintenance Requests

With this app, you can view all your maintenance requests.

Technical Details

Type New






Additional Details

The maintenance requests are created in the Create Maintenance Request app. You can view all your maintenance requests and their statuses in My Maintenance Requests app. If you have received any maintenance request that requires additional information, you can enter details and resend the request for screening.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/78732361f0b94fe1b1711632af4362b3.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/31d138ee17ec4bc689e2253bada4280a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/5ae0d3b492dc4df3a0eb1b8cad02cda3.html



Related Information


2.2.6 Screen Maintenance Requests

With this app, you can review maintenance requests.

Technical Details

Type New






Additional Details

While reviewing maintenance requests, you can edit details. If information in the maintenance request is insufficient, you can send the maintenance request back to the initiator for additional information. If all the required information is available in the maintenance request, you can accept the request.



Asset Management






Related Information


2.2.7 Extensibility for Maintenance Request Apps

As a key user, you can now create and maintain custom fields that you can use to enhance applications.

Technical Details

Type New






Additional Details

App extensibility is available for Create Maintenance Request, My Maintenance Request, and Screen Maintenance Request apps.

For more information see:

App Extensibility: Create Maintenance Request

App Extensibility: My Maintenance Requests

App Extensibility: Screen Maintenance Request






https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/e316a5e269a942b6b937c26e3bbaea42.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/bee267ff012c4624980fcc71be10d880.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/44f0b6ffebf045778f646ba358e03ad9.html



2.2.8 Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets

With this app, you can create maintenance planning buckets that aid you in effectively managing your maintenance backlog. The app supports the maintenance planner in the Maintenance Order Preparation phase to level out the work load over several weeks, determine the concrete time period for the requested maintenance work and check the availability of all the resources, spare parts and services needed.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

By defining maintenance planning buckets, you can divide the maintenance effort into manageable groups based on their scope. The scope of a planning bucket includes time, but also other important attributes of the maintenance jobs such as the planner group. Based on this scope, the system groups maintenance orders and assigns them to the corresponding planning buckets.

You can create once-off or recurrent planning buckets. Once-off planning buckets help you to organize a planned shutdown or overhaul of an entire plant section, for example. For planning recurrent maintenance work, such as weekly maintenance windows as agreed with the production team, you can use recurrent planning buckets.

When the maintenance planning buckets have been created and maintenance orders have been associated with particular planning buckets, you can manage your maintenance backlog. From a particular planning bucket, you navigate to the list of all the maintenance orders associated with this planning bucket. Here, you can view important order details, such as the order status, the order priority and the final due date. Furthermore, you can check the availability and consumption of the required stock components and non-stock components and consider all the maintenance work that has to be executed and all the external services that have to be procured.

NoteThe way certain features and functions work in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system can depend on the country and scope item activation for your company as well as the country/region availability of the scope items. You can check the scope item availability in the availability matrix under https://support.sap.com/


Asset Management


content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/General/Availability_Dependencies_EN_XX.xlsx . As the country/region availability can change with the next upgrade, please check the availability matrix for scope items of interest to you after the next upgrade.

Related Information

Manage Maintenance Planning BucketsManage Maintenance Backlog

2.2.9 Maintenance Backlog Overview

The maintenance backlog overview application provides information about maintenance backlogs for a specific planning bucket. The overview application provides cards that display information about backlogs.

Technical Details

Type New




4WM - Overhead Maintenance

4VT - Improvement Maintenance






https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/0f0d90962fc744f3b994de257598edd9.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/02eb6fdf89c147d7a51252c4b672bc6b.html



Related Information

Maintenance Backlog Overview

2.2.10 My Maintenance Jobs

With this app, as a maintenance technician, you can review all the dispatched order operations and suboperations and continue to perform the maintenance task or job assigned to you or your work center (team).

Technical Details

Type New







Related Information

My Maintenance Jobs


Asset Management

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/2bde7398f9074619a9ffb467c13785f4.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/d273b67c49de45258f0bb5f4793c15e6.html

2.2.11 Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders

With this app, you can manage maintenance notifications and maintenance orders. You can create orders for maintenance notifications and assign existing orders to notifications. Each order has a header notification. The notification from which an order is created becomes its header notification and inherits its data.

Technical Details

Type New







Related Information

Maintenance ProcessManage Maintenance Notifications and Orders

2.2.12 Manage Workflows for Maintenance Orders

With this app, you can manage workflows for maintenance orders.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/d8a94ddd0c514780a9836aa04524f96f.html

Technical Details

Type New




4WM - Operational and Overhead Maintenance





Related Information

Maintenance ProcessManage Workflows for Maintenance Orders

2.2.13 Manage Teams and Responsibilities

With this app, you can manage teams or team members associated with certain functions. You can identify which function can be performed by which member. The teams and team members can be mapped as responsible for an activity type, for example, in a process step of a workflow scenario. In Asset Management, teams and responsibilities are used in workflow scenarios.


Asset Management




https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/267466803689451db11352ede0add4b7.html

Technical Details

Type New









Related Information

Maintenance ProcessManage Teams and Responsibilities

2.2.14 Maintenance Order Costs

With this app you can monitor and evaluate estimated costs, baseline costs, planned costs and actual costs resulting from current maintenance orders. It enables you, for example, to compare planned costs or baseline-costs with actual costs caused by maintenance orders of a specific order type during a selected time period.

Technical Details

Type New





https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/4bda5d66c43449739a20e4f68c6302f8.html





Additional Details

Filters allow you to analyze estimated costs, baseline costs, planned costs and actual costs in a rolling time period from different perspectives such as the order type, the responsible cost center, the main work center or the maintenance activity type. A condensed view enables you to identify and compare relevant areas within data sets using data visualization and business intelligence. All this can be done seamlessly within one page that combines transactional and analytical data using chart and table visualization. In the table view, you can access the costs summed up for specific order types and spend categories but also act on individual maintenance orders by navigating directly to them.


In this app, cost element hierarchies are used to determine a Spend Category for the cost elements. Costs associated to cost elements that are not inserted in the respective cost element hierarchy are not considered in the Analyze Maintenance Order Costs app. For more information about how to create and replicate customer-specific cost element hierarchies, see the corresponding app description.


Related Information

Maintenance Order Costs


Asset Management



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/aad91f8ba39247538ba1117b7de89347.html

2.2.15 Display Serial Numbers

As an inventory manager or warehouse clerk, you can use this app to display a list of the serial numbers assigned to a material. The list reflects the serial numbers of the materials according to the last posted Goods Movement. You can sort and filter this list according to your needs. You can then export the list. This app is accessible through the Stock – Single Material and Stock – Multiple Materials apps.

Technical Details

Type New









Related Information

Display Serial Numbers

2.2.16 Default Parameter Values

You can now configure the default values for Enterprise Asset Management and Financial Accounting fields in the SAP Fiori Launchpad settings.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/3c326c24f18341829fbf97c0e9eb514e.html

Technical Details

Type New









Related Information

Maintaining your Default User Values

2.2.17 Final Due Date

You can now view the latest date by which a maintenance activity must be completed. This date is called the final due date and is calculated based on priority of the maintenance activity. When you select the priority for the maintenance activity, the final due date is calculated and displayed.

Technical Details

Type New


Asset Management



https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/9b6734805a294d13b0a13d527517602c.html


Scope Item BH1 - Corrective Maintenance

BH2 - Emergency Maintenance

BJ2 - Preventive Maintenance

4HH - Reactive Maintenance







Related Information

Find Maintenance OrderFind Maintenance NotificationFind Maintenance Order and OperationDisplay Maintenance Order

2.2.18 Assigning Execution Stages

You can use this function to classify operations in task lists and maintenance orders according to their importance over time during the maintenance or repair work. By assigning execution stages, you can group the preliminary work steps, the main work steps and the finishing work steps of the maintenance order and thus closely monitor work progress. A grouping into execution stages made in the task list is copied to the order operations that have been created. In the process, a checkbox in the order header shows whether the maintenance order still contains open main repair work.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/46d4a057b76f9f2de10000000a44147b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/e994a057b4010322e10000000a44147b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/f3d4a057b76f9f2de10000000a44147b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/fd1d4c5709100322e10000000a44147b.html

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance), HI (Proactive Maintenance), 4VT (Plant Maintenance Improvement), 4WM (Operational Maintenance and Overhead Costs)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BH2 (Emergency Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)



Additional Details

In both the task list and the maintenance order, you can assign one of the three execution stages PRE, MAIN and POST to individual operations, thereby determining whether the operation describes preliminary work, main work or finishing work. Preliminary work could be, for example, scaffolding work or the checking and provision of spare parts in the staging area. Finishing work could be, for example, cleaning work or the removal of defective parts into the decontamination area. The system classifies all operations that you create and do not assign to an execution stage as main repair work.

The system deselects the Has Open Main Work checkbox in the order header data when all operations classified as main work have been finally confirmed. According to the value of this checkbox, you can filter the results list in the Find Maintenance Order app to display, for example, all orders for which at least one item of main repair work has not yet been finally confirmed. In addition, the table column Execution Stage in the operation tables and lists allows you to group and evaluate order operations according to the assigned execution stages.


The new table column Execution Stage is available in the Operation Data of the task list and the maintenance order. In addition, the new field Execution Stage in the Operation Details shows to which execution stage the selected operation has been assigned. You can change this assignment both in the table column and in the selection field.

In the maintenance order header data, the new checkbox Has Open Main Work is available. You can select this as a filter in the Find Maintenance Order app. A new selection field Execution Stage is available as a filter in the Find Maintenance Task List and Operation and Find Maintenance Order and Operation apps. In the operation list of both apps, you can group the operations in the corresponding table columns according to execution stages and their description. The operation details also show to which execution stage the respective operation has been assigned.


Asset Management


Related Information

Assigning Execution Stages

2.2.19 Maintenance Order: Detailed Cost Analysis

If you edit maintenance orders on the SAP Web UI for Plant Maintenance, you can use this function to show a detailed cost view that enables you to analyze estimated costs, planned costs, baseline costs and actual costs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance), HI (Proactive Maintenance), 4VT (Plant Maintenance Improvement), 4WM (Operational Maintenance and Overhead Costs)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BH2 (Emergency Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)



Additional Details

If you call Detailed Cost Analysis on the Costs tab page, the system displays a hierarchical overview of all the costs entered and incurred for the individual order operations and suboperations. The system displays the estimated costs entered for the maintenance order for each spend category, as well as planned costs, baseline costs and actual costs that were posted to individual operations and suboperations.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/09d0162682394d17b2be1d4a6c01de89.html

You can see to which expense category (cost element group) the costs incurred belong and analyze which technical object caused which costs. If different spare parts were required for the repair of a technical object, the costs for each required spare part are listed separately.

To enable you to see the information at a glance, estimated costs, planned costs, baseline costs and actual costs are highlighted in different colors.


In the Costs area, a new Detailed Cost Analysis view is available.


In the Detailed Cost Analysis, only costs are shown for which the cost element is included in a replicated cost element hierarchy. You must have entered the corresponding cost element hierarchy as a default value in your Settings on the SAP Fiori launchpad.


Related Information

Analyzing Costs

2.2.20 Collective Time Confirmation Template

You can now download the collective time confirmation template from the Find Maintenance Order and Operation app, with selected operations like order, operation number, operation text, planned work, and so on.


Asset Management



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/283f12a7ceb442c98847b3678a2d329d.html

Technical Details

Type New









Related Information

Find Maintenance Order and Operation

2.2.21 Revision History

With this feature, you can review the logged change history.

Technical Details

Type New






https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/f3d4a057b76f9f2de10000000a44147b.html

Application Component See the table below


Additional Details

You can use the History tab to display changes grouped by System Status Change, User Status Change, and Attribute Value Change.

This feature is available for applications listed in the table below:

Application Scope Item Application Component

Find Maintenance Notification BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)



PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notifications)

Find Maintenance Order BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)



PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Find Maintenance Plans BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance) PM-PRM-TL (Maintenance Task Lists)


2.2.22 API for Maintenance Notification

Technical Details

Type New


Asset Management








BH1 - Corrective Maintenance





Additional Details


Effects on Data Transfer








2.2.23 API for Maintenance Order Operation Confirmation

With this API, you can confirm maintenance operations. You can post time confirmations for one or more operations of an order.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BH1 - Corrective Maintenance




4HH - Reactive Maintenance

3D2 - Service Order Management and Monitoring

3MO - Service Contract Management

3XK - In-House Repair

49X - Service Order processing with SAP Field service management

4GA - Service Quotation

Application Component PM-WOC-JC - Job Confirmations


Additional Details

When all the operations of an order are confirmed, the order is automatically confirmed. After the order is confirmed, you can change the status of the order to indicate that it is technically complete.


Asset Management






Related Information

Maintenance Order Operation Confirmation

2.3 Resource Scheduling

2.3.1 Manage Schedules

In this app, you can view new columns in the table and view new completion status of an order operation.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/f9ba73d1b8c543c2bd2ba1666271af86/2011.500/en-US/7d6c7de7b9234747978552d4ca44466b.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Resource Scheduling for Enterprise Asset Management)


Additional Details

New ColumnsIn the scoping and refinement state of a schedule, you can view additional columns, such as:

● Final Due Date: Indicates the latest acceptable completion date of a maintenance order.● Execution Stage: Indicates an order operation's stage of execution, such as PRE, MAIN, or POST.● Execution Stage Description: Describes an order operation's execution stage, such as Preliminary,

Maintaining/Repairing, or Post Execution.● Order Phase: Indicates the current phase of an order, whether the order is in preparation, scheduling, or

execution.● Order Subphase: Indicates the current subphase within a phase of an order; for example, in the execution

phase, the order may be ready for execution or the main work has started.● Operation Phase: Indicates the current phase of an order operation, whether the operation is in planning,

preparation, scheduling, or execution.● Operation Subphase: Indicates the current subphase within a phase of an order operation; for example, in

the execution phase, the operation may be ready for execution or the work is in execution. The operation subphase is related to the processing status of operations.

Dispatched in AdditionIn a frozen schedule, you can view the status Dispatched in Addition in the column Completion in Schedule for operations that were not in the schedule at the time of the schedule freeze. These operations were dispatched to be completed in the schedule after the schedule was frozen.

Additional FeaturesFor details about the additional features, see Schedule Period and Drag-and-Drop.



Asset Management




Related Information

When Is an Order Operation Completed?Keeping Track of Changes and CommentsSchedule Period [page 59]Drag-and-Drop [page 60]Manage Schedules

2.3.1.1 Schedule Period

You can now create a schedule with flexible schedule period that can be less than or more than just one week.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

When you create a schedule, you can now choose a date range to specify the schedule period. The schedule period can be a minimum of one day or even exceed one week. This is in contrast to the earlier concept of a target week, where you could create a schedule of only one week.

This change of having a flexible schedule period reflects in the UI of the resource scheduling apps, especially the Manage Schedules app.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/79c52c17a7c147b18035d8c4679a5bd6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/941a96678d4d49f59adebecda37e7082.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/b2800e0b1d114308ad6e8e959ad2f476.html

Here are some of the changes or additions you will find in the app:

● Renamed buttons and columns:○ Set Start Date and Time: This button has been renamed (earlier Set Start Day and Time). It is used to

set the start date, and optionally the time, of the selected due operations. The start date must be within the schedule period. You can also set the start time that must not fall on a non-working time.

○ Dates in Schedule: This column has been renamed (earlier Days in Target Week). It appears only in the refinement phase when the schedule period is not more than one week, and is used to set the start date of an operation.

○ Completion in Schedule: This column has been renamed (earlier Completion in Target Week). It shows the completion status of operations in a schedule that is in the execution stage.

● Changes to the Schedule Forecast chart, which is used in the scoping stage:○ The chart title has been renamed (earlier Weekly Forecast), and also includes the schedule period.

● Changes to the Daily Forecast chart, which is used in the refinement stage:○ The chart title has been renamed (earlier Weekly Forecast), and also includes the schedule period.○ Navigation buttons allow you to view the forecast for every week in the schedule period.○ In the table view, you can now find the Date column to identify each day in the schedule.

● Changes to the Work Center Utilization chart, which is used in the execution or closed stage:○ The chart subtitle has been renamed to Operations Completed in Schedule to indicate the utilization in

the entire schedule period, and not just a week.


Related Information

Manage Schedules

2.3.1.2 Drag-and-Drop

In the Manage Schedules app, you can now use the drag-and-drop feature to manually schedule an order operation.


Asset Management




Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

You can now drag and drop a due order operation to schedule it manually in the Gantt chart. You can also view the final due date and non-working times based on your selection under Settings.

When scheduling an order operation using the drag-and-drop feature, the operation is scheduled to the nearest hour to the drop position.

ExampleIf you drag and drop an operation at 08:10, the operation will be scheduled to start at 08:00, and if you drop it at 08:40, it will start at 09:00, provided these are working times.


Related Information

Manage Schedules

2.3.2 Resource Scheduling for Maintenance Planners

In this app, you can now use additional filters to filter the data shown in the cards.





Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

You can now use the following additional filters from the header bar:

● Location● Main Work Center● Maintenance Plant● Maintenance Work Center Plant● Planner Group● Planning Plant● Plant Section


Related Information

Resource Scheduling for Maintenance Planners

2.3.3 Manage Work Center Utilization

In this app, you can use additional filters from the header bar, view new columns in the table, and view the utilization filtered by one or more work centers.


Asset Management



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/f00056571d550222e10000000a44147b.html

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

Filters and Columns

You can now use the following filters and view the respective columns:







Work Center Filter

You can now select one or more work centers to view the utilization. The chart is updated as per your selected work centers while keeping other settings the same. The chart title is also renamed to indicate the number of selected work centers.





Related Information

Visualizing Work Center Utilization Based on Various AttributesManage Work Center Utilization

2.3.4 App Extensibility

You can new extend the Manage Work Center Utilization app to display additional custom fields.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

App Extensibility: Manage Work Center Utilization


Asset Management

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/d9b5bbb6a31a4a49bb335a8450ac8685.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/573193bad581060fe10000000a42189c.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/8014207c0ba144cc8ad58f31a6f6a8e6.html

2.3.5 Maintenance Scheduling Board

In this app, you can use additional filters from the header bar, view new columns in the table, and use additional settings for the Gantt chart.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

Filters and ColumnsYou can now use the following filters and view the respective columns:







Gantt Chart SettingsThe following options are now available for Gantt chart settings:

● Switch On Condensed Mode: When you select this option, the Gantt chart is displayed in a condensed mode, which optimally uses the limited screen space and you can view more in the same chart.

● Show Final Due Date: When you select this option, the Gantt chart visually indicates the final due date with the icon.



Related Information

Maintenance Scheduling Board

2.3.6 View Maintenance Schedule for Assets

In this app, you can view new columns in the table, and use additional settings for the Gantt chart.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

Columns

You can now view the following columns:

● Final Due Date: Indicates the latest acceptable completion date of a maintenance order.● Order Phase: Indicates the current phase of an order, whether the order is in preparation, scheduling, or

execution.


Asset Management



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/03f2d1580255033be10000000a4450e5.html

● Order Subphase: Indicates the current subphase within a phase of an order; for example, in the execution phase, the order may be ready for execution or the main work has started.

Gantt Chart SettingsThe following options are now available for Gantt chart settings:

● Switch On Condensed Mode: When you select this option, the Gantt chart is displayed in a condensed mode, which optimally uses the limited screen space and you can view more in the same chart.

● Show Final Due Date: When you select this option, the Gantt chart visually indicates the final due date with the icon.


Related Information

Viewing the Maintenance Schedule for AssetsView Maintenance Schedule for Assets

2.3.7 Assign Maintenance Order Operations

In this app, you can use additional filters from the header bar and view new columns in the table.

Technical Details

Type Changed








https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/4394af4faf4b4d409444e5999af9d4c4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/74a817a23c8a436697b0a3ddd60d6584.html

Additional Details

You can now use the following filters and view the respective columns:








Related Information

Assign Maintenance Order Operations

2.4 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 740].


Asset Management



https://help.sap.com/viewer/2dfa044a255f49e89a3050daf3c61c11/2011.500/en-US/8502afe99f714fde977d8344c340b34f.html

3 Finance

3.1 Finance-Specific IAM Business Catalogs for Configuration

New Finance-specific business catalogs are available and assigned to the Configuration Expert - Business Process Configuration (SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT) business role template. Each business catalog controls access to the configuration steps used in the Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution app for a particular area or task set.

By removing or adding such business catalogs from different versions of your business roles for configuration, you can control who has change access to the corresponding configuration steps. Recheck your relevant business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them.

NoteIf you want a configuration expert to only have access to the subset of configuration steps grouped by these new business catalogs, you add the relevant new business catalog to the configuration expert's role and you replace the End to End Implementation Experience - Implementation Cockpit (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND) business catalog with the End to End Implementation Experience - Implementation Cockpit Base (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_BASE) business catalog. This replacement is also needed to restrict the access.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item See below

Application Component See below



Use the Business Role Templates app to check the new business catalogs delivered with the SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT business role template.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Finance INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 69

NoteYou can also see which business catalogs have changed in the Business Catalogs app. Read the description displayed for each business catalog in the system for more information about the authorizations controlled by the catalog and the restriction types.

IAM Objects

Area Name of IAM Object Details Relevant Scope ItemsApplication Component

General Ledger Accounting

Purchase Order Accruals - Configuration(SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_POA_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to defining the accrual engine settings for purchase order accruals in your quality system. You can access the configurations

under Finance

General LedgerPurchase Order

Accruals .

For details on which configuration steps are included in the business catalog, read the business catalog description.

J58 FI-GL


Finance



G/L Account Master Data - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GLA_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps needed for creating and adapting G/L account master data.


This new business catalog, together with the Financial Statement Version - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_FSV_PC) and Chart of Accounts - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GL1_PC), replace the original Chart of Accounts - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_COA_PC) business catalog. That catalog has been deprecated and will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105.

J58 FI-GL




Financial Statement Version - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_FSV_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to setting up your financial statement versions.


This new business catalog, together with the G/L Account Master Data - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GLA_PC) and Chart of Accounts - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GL1_PC), replace the original Chart of Accounts - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_COA_PC) business catalog. That catalog has been deprecated and will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105.

J58 FI-GL


Finance



Chart of Accounts - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GL1_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to adapting the standard chart of accounts to your needs.


This new business catalog, together with the Financial Statement Version - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_FSV_PC) and G/L Account Master Data - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GLA_PC), replace the original Chart of Accounts - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_COA_PC) business catalog. That catalog has been deprecated and will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105.

J58 FI-GL


General Ledger - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GL0_PC)

Allows access to a wide range of configuration steps related to setting up your accounting processes for your accounting users.


J58 FI-GL



Advanced Compliance Reporting

Advanced Compliance Reporting - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_SRF_PC)

Allows access to configu-ration steps related to setting up compliance report

ing under Finance

Statutory Reporting

Basic Settings .

1J2 FI-LOC-SRF

Accounting and Financial Close

Tax - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LDN_FIN_TAX_PC

)

Allows access to configu-ration steps under

Finance Statutory

Reporting Tax .

J58, 4Q2 FI-GL

Asset Accounting

Asset Accounting - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_AA0_PC)


Finance Asset

Accounting Configure

Asset Accounting .

For more information, see Define Configuration Options

1GB, 1GF, 1IH, BFH, J62, 33F, 33G

FI-AA

Financial Planning

Planning (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_PLN_PC)


Finance General

Settings Planning .

1HB CO-FIO-OM-PL

Entity Close Advanced Financial Closing – Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_AFC_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to setting up your financial planning processes under

Finance Entity Close

Advanced Financial

Closing

J58 FIN-FIO-FCC


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/227f0f8f970a44f88d6c1b875971c306.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/227f0f8f970a44f88d6c1b875971c306.html


Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation

Intercompany - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_ICA_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to setting up intercompany matching and reconciliation processes under

Finance Corporate Close (or Closing

Operations)Intercompany Matching

and Reconciliation .

40Y, 1SG FIN-CS-ICR

Cash and Liquidity Management

Bank Relationship Management – Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_CM0_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to general settings for cash management and bank account management un

der Finance Cash and Liquidity Management

General Settings and

Finance Cash and

Liquidity ManagementBank Account

Management .

BFA, J77 FIN-FSCM-CLM


Liquidity Management – Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_CM1_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to setting up apps for liquidity management opera

tions under FinanceCash and Liquidity

Management Cash

Operations .

BFB, J78 FIN-FSCM-CLM


Cash Operations - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_CM2_PC)

Allows access to the configuration steps related to setting up apps for cash operations under

Finance Cash and

Liquidity Management

Cash Operations .

BFB, J78 FIN-FSCM-CLM



3.2 Tablet Enablement for Additional Finance Apps

Your business users most likely use Finance apps on their desktops to do their daily work. But in some cases, for example, when they are not in the office, they may want to use a tablet instead. To improve your users' access, additional Finance apps have been enabled for use on the tablet in this release.

The list of apps that now have tablet as an additional device type is available in SAP Note 2969157 .

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item See the list in SAP Note

Application Component See the list in SAP Note


Additional Details

The list of apps also tells you which business role template and business catalog is relevant for the app. You can use the ID in the list to find more information about the app in the Fiori apps reference library: https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/.


Finance



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://launchpad.support.sap.com/#/notes/2969157

https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/

https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/

3.3 Changes to Full Name Attribute for Data Protection and Privacy Compliance

To be compliant with data protection and privacy rules the real name of a person, to which a cost line from an accounting report can be assigned, should not be displayed as default. For compatibility reasons this attribute (full name) cannot be removed. Instead, the content of the full name attribute - if available - is masked with XXXXX.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component FI-GL-IS (General Ledger Accounting - Information System), FI-FIO-GL (Fiori UI for General Ledger Accounting)


Additional Details

This has been implemented for the following CDS views and apps:

Technical Name of CDS View App Name Fiori ID

C_JOURNALENTRYITEMBROWSER Display Line Items in General Ledger (and all of its variants)

F2217

C_OPERATIONALACCTGDOCBROWSER Display Line Item Entry F2218

C_MARKETSEGMENTQ2501 Market Segments - Actuals F0943 (Web Dynpro)

F0943A (Design Studio)

C_PROFITABILITY_Q0001 Project Profitability W0052 (Web Dynpro)

F2764 (Design Studio)

C_PROFITANDLOSSQ2901 P&L - Actuals F0945 (Web Dynpro)



Technical Name of CDS View App Name Fiori ID

C_PROJECTQ2201 Projects - Actuals F0942 (Web Dynpro)


C_SERVICEORDERQRY2401 Service Orders - Actuals F3591 (Design Studio)

The changes have also been implemented for these CDS views which are consumed by the CDS views listed in the table above:

● G/L Account Line Item - Cube (I_GLACCOUNTLINEITEMCUBE)● Journal Entry Item - Cube (I_JOURNALENTRYITEMCUBE)


3.4 Management Accounting and Margin Analysis

3.4.1 IAM Objects in Management Accounting and Margin Analysis

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Management Accounting and Margin Analysis require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CO (Controlling)


Finance







IAM Objects

AreaName of IAM Object Object Type

Changes with This Release Details

Relevant Scope Items

Overhead Accounting

Overhead Cost Accounting - General Posting Activities (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PER_GPA_PC)

business catalog New restriction type added

This business catalog now includes the Company Code / Real Estate Contract Type (BUKRS_SMVART) restriction type, which will propagate Real Estate Contract Type in addition to Company Code. The Phase-In status Read is assigned to this restriction type.

J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting), 2QL (Universal Allocation), 1IL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services), BNA (Period-End Closing - Projects), O54 (PSM: Overhead Cost Accounting)

Overhead Accounting

Overhead Cost Accounting - Cost Center Master Data (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_MD_CCA_PC)


This business catalog now includes the Plant/Status/Task List Usage (WERKS_STATU_VERWE) restriction type, which restricts the ability to manage entities.

J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting), BEG (Standard Cost Calculation), O54 (PSM: Overhead Cost Accounting)





Divisional Accounting

Profit Center Accounting - Profit Center Master Data (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_MD_PCA_PC)

business catalog New apps added The following apps have been added:

● Manage Global Hierarchies (F2918)

● Manage Flexible Hierarchies (F2759)

● Replicate Runtime Hierarchy (F1478)

● Set Report Relevancy

J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

O58 (Accounting and Financial Close)


Profit Center Accounting - Profit Center Reorganizing (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_REORG_PCA_PC)

business catalog New restriction types added

This business catalog now includes the following restriction types:

● Authorization Groups for Business Partners

● Company Code




Profit Center Accounting - Profit Center Master Data (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_MD_PCA_PC)


This business catalog now includes the Authorization Groups for Business Partners restriction type.




Finance




Revenue and Cost Accounting

Project Management - Revenue Recognition for Projects (SAP_PSP_BC_PM_REV_PER_PC)

business catalog New app added The following new app has been added: Revenue Recognition Reversal - Project Manager (F5085)

1IL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services), 1P0 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - IFRS), 33O (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - US GAAP), 4GQ (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales), 4GR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - IFRS), 4GS (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - US GAAP)

Financial Planning Overhead Cost Accounting - Planning Administration (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PLN_ADM_PC)

business catalog New app added The following new app has been added: Delete Financial Plan Data (F4851)

1HB (Financial Plan Data Upload from File)


Related Information






3.4.2 Divisional Accounting

3.4.2.1 Manage Organizational Changes

In the Manage Organizational Changes app, a new History area is available where you can view the activity history for the organizational change. Activities or steps that were performed for the organizational change, such as Create, Edit, Activate, Process, Complete, and their corresponding details, are listed here.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4PG (Organizational Flexibility in Financial Accounting)

Application Component FI_GL_REO (General Ledger Reorganization)



Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

3.4.3 Overhead Accounting

3.4.3.1 Changes in Run Overhead Calculation - Actual

With SAP S/4 HANA Cloud 2011, you can now analyze the overhead calculation results on the basis of the costing sheet that is assigned to the cost object.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/f0d042517a434458b171ff5867b18445/2011.500/en-US/c3b15217efed49909cd5250b5760e3b1.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting); BNA (Period-End Closing - Projects); BF7 (Period-End Closing - Maintenance Orders)

Application Component CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)


Additional Details

This feature enables you to:

● Display the calculated overheads for each receiver cost object via dropdown menu● Display the overhead rates and the condition values for each cost object


Related Information

Run Overhead Calculation - Actual

3.4.3.2 Universal Allocation

The following universal allocation apps have changed features. For more information, see Additional Details.

● Manage Allocations● Run Allocations● Allocation Results




https://help.sap.com/viewer/c56f622a2edf491b9f1b596b55587009/2011.500/en-US/b25561e3dd3c44ec846b77d35737bc24.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J55, 2QL

Application Component CO-FIO


Additional Details

The following universal allocation apps have changed features:

● Manage Allocations○ The Overhead Allocation and Distribution allocation types have been enabled for the Margin Analysis

allocation context. You can now define and run actual and plan cycles for those two allocation types in margin analysis.

○ The template within the Upload Cycles function has been enhanced to include Overhead Allocation and Distribution cycles in Margin Analysis.

○ The Allocation Tag filter has been added, so you can now filter for allocation cycles based on allocation tag.

○ A notes function has been added that allows you to add free text notes to allocation cycles and allocation segments.

● Run AllocationsYou can now run Overhead Allocation and Distribution cycles in Margin Analysis.

● Allocation Results○ The new Technical Statistics tab allows you to see technical data about the execution of the allocation

run.○ The network graph analysis has been enhanced for the Overhead Allocation and Distribution allocation

types in Margin Analysis.

NoteWhen you display the allocation results using the Network Graph view for an allocation in margin analysis, you must use the Group By function to indicate the grouping characteristics for senders and receivers or the display will be empty.

Related Information

Universal AllocationManage Allocations


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f0d042517a434458b171ff5867b18445/2011.500/en-US/9ec635ecc22a4559b1070b2dd2c879e4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f0d042517a434458b171ff5867b18445/2011.500/en-US/b4fc91d714be42128e29281097f0d246.html

Run AllocationsAllocation Results

3.4.3.3 Deprecated Apps in the Overhead Accountant Role

3.4.3.3.1 Run Settlement - Projects - Actual

As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008 the Run Settlement - Projects - Actual app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102 release. Please use the Run Settlement – Actual and the Display Settlement Documents app instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item BNA (BNA)




Related Information

Run Settlement - ActualDisplay Settlement Documents


https://help.sap.com/viewer/f0d042517a434458b171ff5867b18445/2011.500/en-US/e217cc30a2994a2981cdf2234faded9b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f0d042517a434458b171ff5867b18445/2011.500/en-US/b51e1029eae74fa4b68e78b10e8a5f50.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/c56f622a2edf491b9f1b596b55587009/2011.500/en-US/65511a912abd45518fdab7d995304e47.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/c56f622a2edf491b9f1b596b55587009/2011.500/en-US/4ecc16bf6e5d4c7092cf5dbad73c7cbe.html

3.4.3.3.2 Run Settlement - Maintenance Orders - Actual

As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008 the Run Settlement - Maintenance Orders - Actual app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102 release. Please use the Run Settlement – Actual and the Display Settlement Documents app instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item BF7 (BF7)




Related Information

Run Settlement - ActualDisplay Settlement Documents

3.4.3.3.3 Enter Manual Cost Alllocation

The Enter Manual Cost Allocation app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102 release. Please use the Reassign Costs and Revenues app instead.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/c56f622a2edf491b9f1b596b55587009/2011.500/en-US/65511a912abd45518fdab7d995304e47.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/c56f622a2edf491b9f1b596b55587009/2011.500/en-US/4ecc16bf6e5d4c7092cf5dbad73c7cbe.html

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Application Component (CO-OM)



3.4.3.3.4 Reverse Activity Allocation

The Reverse Activity Allocation app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102 release. Please use the Manage Direct Activity Allocation app instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated












3.4.3.3.5 Enter Activity Allocation

The Enter Activity Allocation app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102 release. Please use the Manage Direct Activity Allocation app instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated






3.4.3.3.6 Display Activity Allocation

The Display Activity Allocation app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA 2102 release. Please us the Manage Direct Activity Allocation app instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Finance








3.4.3.3.7 Display Actual Cost Documents

The Display Actual Cost Documents app has been deprecated. It will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA 2105 release. Please use the Display Line Items - Cost Accounting app instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated




Available As Of SAP S/4HANA 2105







3.4.4 Production Accounting

3.4.4.1 Event-Based Variance Posting for Moving Average Price Product

With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, Event-Based variance is posted during business events final goods receipt or technically complete orders rather than at period-ends for moving average price product.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3FO (Event-Based Production Cost Posting)

Application Component (CO-PC-OBJ)


Additional Details

For manufacturing orders whose produced product is using moving average price control, the Event-Based variance document will be posted at final goods receipt or technically complete orders with total cost variance. The price difference value will be reflected in the material inventory together with goods receipt value.


Event-Based variance posting will be proceeded automatically for orders with existing Event-Based WIP when these orders are finally delivered and technically completed. This is because the Event-Based result analysis key is used for both Event-Based WIP and Event-Based variance posting.

If existing Event-Based orders have already been settled by period-end settlement, and you still want to post additional costs, you must reverse the previous settled document first by using period-end settlement application, so later these costs could be posted by event-based variance posting. In case you have further posting after settlement reversal of existing orders, Event-Based WIP or variance posting will be proceeded in terms of subsequent business events and order status.


Finance

3.4.4.2 Event-Based Order Costs

There is a new filter and table column, Order Key Status (under Adapt Filters). You can use this to filter for orders at key stages in the lifecycle, for example 'Confirmed', 'Delivered', 'Partially released', and so on. This filter is also available in the Event-Based Production Costs app. Additionally, in the Cost Details section of the Event-Based Order Costs app, you can now add a column that indicates whether a cost is lot size independent. You can also Change Threshold Rules directly in this app (previously this function was only available in the Event-Based Production Costs app).

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3FO (Event-Based Production Cost Posting)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ (Cost Object Controlling)



3.4.5 Sales Accounting

3.4.5.1 Product and Service Margin

With this app you can analyze your revenue, costs and contribution margin across multiple dimensions, for example, across customers and different objects, such as projects and service orders. It is the recommended report for a solution order reporting in which you want to analyze the contribution of the assigned offerings.




Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J55 (Margin Analysis)

Application Component (CO-PA)


Additional Details

Key Features

You can analyze the following KPIs across objects such as: Profitability Segment, Project, WBS element, Service Contract Item, Service Order Item.

● Revenue KPIs: Billed Revenue, Recognized Revenue, Revenue Adjustment, Deferred Revenue, Accrued Revenue

● Cost KPIs: Actual Costs, Recognized COS, COS Adjustment, Deferred COS, Accrued COS● Margin KPIs: Recognized Margin● Other KPIs: Reserves

Note

The Object Type controls which objects/account assignment types are considered in the report. It´s prefilled with EO= Profitability Segment, SV = Service Order, SC=Service Contract, PR = Project. If you delete one of those objects types the respective data sets of this objects are no longer considered in the report.

Supported Device Types

● Desktop● Tablet



Finance


3.4.6 Predictive Accounting

3.4.6.1 Additional Sales Order Item Category for Predictive Accounting

When you use predictive accounting for sales processes, the sales order item categories that are selected in your configuration scope determine which sales order items are relevant for predictions. With this release, an additional sales order item categories is supported by predictive accounting: CTAD for service items with billing plan.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 2FD (Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders)

Application Component FI-PRA (Predictive Accounting)



This new sales order item category is, dependent on your overall selected scope, included in your predelivered configuration content. You can see it in the Activate Predictive Accounting for Sales Order Item Categories configuration step in the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your Solution Finance Predictive Accounting .








Related Information

Predictive Accounting in Sales Processes

3.4.7 Financial Planning

3.4.7.1 Delete Financial Plan Data

Data consistency is key to the quality of financial plan data. There are several reasons why you need to correct your plan data. For example, a data import may contain incorrect or obsolete data, or you may want to clean up plan data before going live.

In these cases, you can use this app to delete financial plan data from the database. The selected data is deleted permanently and irrevocably. You can correct previous plan data imports that contained errors and in this way ensure the consistency of your plan data.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1HB (Financial Plan Data Upload from File)

Application Component CO-FIO-OM-PL (Planning)



To use this app, your configuration expert needs to have enabled this app by selecting the Deleting Financial Plan Data checkbox for each plan category from which you want to delete plan data. Go to the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your Solution Finance General Settings Planning Maintain Category for Planning .


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/bd39d476d1e34b48afed98759286efd6/2011.500/en-US/5a8cdccda23348919ddfa8d3c208c0e7.html


Related Information

Delete Financial Plan DataDelete Financial Plan Data - with Timestamp

3.4.7.2 Enhancements for Sales and Profitability Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud

To get you started with financial planning in SAP Analytics Cloud, SAP is delivering the Integrated Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA Cloud business content.

Sales and Profitability Planning is now extended by the following new stories:

● Performing Sales and Profitability Analytics provides you with KPIs and interactive overview charts.● Performing Sales and Profitability Reporting gives you insights into gross margin and quantity data by profit

center, customer, product, and plant.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4RC

Application Component CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAP Analytics Cloud Planning Content)






https://help.sap.com/viewer/1cbcff7ccd35405ab445b223c1ab1588/2011.500/en-US/87152d64a8fc4da9be661786c1b27fbb.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/1cbcff7ccd35405ab445b223c1ab1588/2011.500/en-US/78936615b01a438bbb9a83ad09d38cf3.html



Related Information

Sales and Profitability Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud

3.5 Accounting and Financial Close

3.5.1 General Ledger Accounting

3.5.1.1 IAM Objects for General Ledger Accounting

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for General Ledger Accounting require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

In this release, several new business catalogs for configuration steps related to General Ledger Accounting are also available. The information about those new business catalogs is available here: Finance-Specific IAM Business Catalogs for Configuration [page 69].

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item See table below

Application Component FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)



Finance


https://help.sap.com/viewer/1cbcff7ccd35405ab445b223c1ab1588/2011.500/en-US/a2b35263477b4895a301a8d544dea775.html




IAM Objects


General Ledger - Master Data Maintenance (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_MD_MAINT_PC)

business catalog deprecated business catalog

This business catalog was replaced in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008 by the General Ledger - Master Data for Profit Center (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_MD_PRCT_PC) and General Ledger - Master Data for Chart of Accounts (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_MD_COA_PC) business catalog.

This catalog will be removed from the system with SAP Cloud 2102. Adjust your roles accordingly.

J58 (Accounting and Financial Close);



General Ledger - Master Data (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_MDA_PC)


This business catalog was replaced in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008 by the General Ledger - Master Data for Profit Center (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_MD_PRCT_PC) and General Ledger - Master Data for Chart of Accounts (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_MD_COA_PC) business catalog.

This catalog will be removed from the system with SAP Cloud 2102. Adjust your roles accordingly.



Finance


Chart of Accounts - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_COA_PC)


This business catalog has been replaced by 3 new business catalogs:

● G/L Account Master Data - Configuration(SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GLA_PC)

● Financial Statement Version - Configuration(SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_FSV_PC)

● Chart of Accounts - Configuration(SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_GL1_PC)

For details on which configuration steps are now included in the 3 new business catalogs, read the business catalog descriptions in the system.

The old catalog will be removed with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105. Adjust your roles accordingly.


Accruals Management - Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_ACCR_REP_PC)

business catalog new app The new app Display Accrual Object Items was added to the catalog.

J58 (Accounting and Financial Close); 2VB (Purchase Order Accruals)



External Audit - Tax Audit Masking (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_AUDIT_MASK_PC)

business catalog new business catalog The External Audit - Tax Audit Masking business catalog allows you to configure your external auditor users and restrict the timeframe for which data is available to the auditor. It also enables data redation under certain conditions.

2OO (External Tax Audit)

Master Data - Customer Masking Display (SAP_CMD_BC_CUST_MASK_DSP_PC)

business catalog new business catalog The Master Data - Customer Masking Display business catalog enables you to view business partner master data and its associated customer master data. However, this catalog does not search for customer master data in the enterprise search scenario.

This catalog is intended for use only with the SAP_FIN_B_GL_AUDIT_MASK_PC business catalog, for which it is to be entered as a dependent. it is not intended for use on its own or in any combination with any other business catalogs.



Finance


Master Data - Supplier Masking Display (SAP_CMD_BC_SUPP_MASK_DSP_PC)

business catalog new business catalog The Master Data - Supplier Masking Display business catalog enables you to view business partner master data and its associated supplier master data. However, this catalog does not search for customer master data in the enterprise search scenario.

This catalog is intended for use only with the SAP_FIN_B_GL_AUDIT_MASK_PC business catalog, for which it is to be entered as a dependent. it is not intended for use on its own or in any combination with any other business catalogs.



Related Information






3.5.1.2 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to General Ledger Accounting have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)



Additional Details

Type of change Configuration for ...New/changed configuration object How to find it What you can do

Added feature in configuration step

Configuration for alternative chart of accounts

Edit Chart of Accounts List

Find this configuration

under Finance

General Ledger

Chart of Accounts .

If you need an alternative chart of accounts in addition to the ones already delivered, you can create one in your own namespace and add an initial G/L account in this configura-tion step.

New configuration step Configuration for alternative chart of accounts

Assign Company Code to Chart of Accounts


under Finance

General Ledger

Chart of Accounts .

If you have created your own alternative chart of accounts, you assign it to the relevant company code in this step.


Finance


New configuration step Tax Message Control in Tax Area


step under Finance

Statutory Reporting

Tax .

You can use this configuration step to change the setting of certain error messages in your tax applications.

Changed configuration step

Additional parallel ledger for alternative fiscal year variant

Create Ledger for Alternative Fiscal Year Variant


step under Finance

Fiscal Year

General Settings .

The process of creating a parallel ledger for an alternative fiscal year variant has been simplified: You can now directly assign the newly created ledger to a reference ledger. It is no longer necessary to create a dedicated common ledger group.




Functional Currency Currencies Finance General

SettingsInformation for new company codes:

When you create a new company code by copying an existing company, you must carefully decide which currency type you enter as functional currency. Once you´ve started to use the company code and you have posted to it, you can no longer change the functional currency.

When you create a new company code by copying an existing company code and you don´t enter a functional currency, the functional currency is automatically set to 10 by default.

Information for existing company codes:

Before the upgrade, check the functional currency of your company codes. After the upgrade the functional currency of the existing company codes is automatically fixed. You can no longer change it.


Post Credit-Risk Based Impairments app

Country-Specific Settings for Impairment: Net or Gross

Finance General

Ledger Ledgers and

Valuation

You decide for each country individually, if the calculation of the impairment is based on the net or gross amount of the receivable.


Finance



Currencies Prepare Automatic Postings for Advanced Foreign Currency

Valuation Assign Valuation and Remeasurement

Currency

Finance General

Ledger Ledgers and

Valuation Prepare Automatic Postings for Advanced Foreign

Currency Valuation

You can´t change the data in the Assign Valuation and Remeasurement Currency part of the configuration step. The SAP standard delivery contains one line in which the Valuation Curr Type is set to 10 and the Remeasured Curr Type is set to 30. Any remeasurement of currencies is done according to the data you entered under

Finance General

Settings

Currencies .


Make your entries in Configure Your Solution, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. In some cases, it is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data consistency, the changes that you can make to predelivered configuration settings may be limited. In some cases, you can delete new records that you have added.



Related Information

About Configuring Your Solution





Using Configure Your Solution and SSCUIsExpert Configuration and SSCUI Reference

3.5.1.3 Manage Chart of Accounts - Configuration

The Manage Chart of Accounts - Configuration app was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2005. The tile has now been removed in this release and is no longer supported. The Manage Chart of Accounts app is the replacement.

Technical Details

Type Deleted




Deleted As Of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011


Check the business roles that you have created for chart of accounts maintenance and determine if any changes are needed. Before you make any changes, we recommend that you read this topic on the SAP Help Portal, which provides more detailed information and sample scenarios:Chart of Accounts Maintenance: Authorization Concept

Related Information

IAM Objects for General Ledger Accounting [page 96]


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/86216d7396ea497ab72e766cc0e0502c.html


3.5.1.4 Maintain Financial Statement Version - Configuration

The Maintain Financial Statement Version - Configuration app was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2005. The tile has now been removed in this release and is no longer supported. The Manage Financial Statement Versions app is the replacement.

Technical Details

Type Deleted







Related Information


3.5.1.5 Manage G/L Account Master Data - Configuration

The Manage G/L Account Master Data - Configuration app was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2005. The tile has now been removed in this release and is no longer supported. The Manage G/L Account Master Data app is the replacement.




Technical Details

Type Deleted







Related Information


3.5.1.6 Creation of Alternative Charts of Accounts (COAs)

SAP S/4HANA Cloud offers a range of alternative charts of accounts (COAs) as predelivered content, complete with the corresponding account determination settings. However, you still may need your own alternative COA to fulfill your reporting requirements. With this release, you can create an alternative COA, assign it a company code, and create the needed G/L accounts.

Technical Details

Type New




Finance






You create your alternative COA using the relevant configuration steps in the Manage Your Solution app. For a step-by-step procedure on how to create an alternative COA, see How to Create an Alternative Chart of Accounts


3.5.1.7 Creation of Financial Statement Versions (FSVs)

To promote the consistency of settings related to your charts of accounts (COAs), financial statement versions (FSVs) and othr G/L account master data settings, as of this release, the creation and deletion of FSVs is only allowed in the Define Financial Statement Versions configuration step in the Manage Your Solution app. You can no longer create or delete FSVs in the Manage Financial Statement Versions app. You can only use the app to make changes to FSVs.

Technical Details

Type Changed






https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/555752c222fa48558a374b7fc8228f08.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/555752c222fa48558a374b7fc8228f08.html



Additional Details

To create financial statement versions that cover all requirements specific to a particular country/region, you use the Define Financial Statement Versions configuration step.

To create a financial statement version for use in global hierarchies, we recommend using the Define Financial Statement Versions in Global Hierarchies configuration step.

For more information, see Financial Statement Versions: FAQ.


Changes made in the Define Financial Statement Versions configuration step in your quality (Q) system are saved in the open buisness change project (BCP) and transported to your production (P) system.


Users that need to create FSVs in the Define Financial Statement Versions configuratin step must have the Financial Statement Version - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_FSV_PC) business catalog in their business roles. Adjust your roles as needed.


Related Information

Creating and Changing Financial Statement VersionsFinancial Statement Versions: FAQFinancial Statement Versions in Manage Global Hierarchies


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/60d3480d829f438f9dd834382de188c9.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/2f65c2531bb9b44ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/60d3480d829f438f9dd834382de188c9.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/f1af91188da140b0a4c271b500a2019d.html

3.5.1.8 New Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR Accounts

When you activate extended open item management for goods receipt/invoice receipt (GR/IR) accounts you enable the posting of journal entries with more than 999 line items on these accounts. This means that you can post your invoice receipts and goods receipts as you received them from your suppliers.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component FI-GL-GL-A (General Ledger Accounting - Basic Functions - Posting/Clearing)


Additional Details

● The only way to activate the extended open item management for GR/IR accounts is to schedule a job by using the Activate Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR Accounts job template in the Schedule Accounting Data Corrections app. After activation, the new Extended Open Item Management field is visible in the details of relevant GR/IR accounts in the Manage G/L Account Master Data app.

● You have to activate extended open item management for all your GR/IR accounts in a company code. If you have switched to extended open item management, you cannot go back.

● If you are creating additional GR/IR accounts subsequently, you must also run the job for the relevant company code to which the newly created GR/IR accounts belong to activate extended open item management for them.


GR/IR accounts that are managed on an extended open item basis can only be cleared by scheduling a job using the GR/IR Automatic Clearing job template.

The display behavior of Analytics apps in general ledger accounting changes, if you are using extended open item management for GR/IR accounts in the following ways:

● Display Line Item Entry (Fiori ID: F2218)


https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/19712fd7426a4baca53b95fac7301a39.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/015765155d8f434a84ebd68539322bf6.html


https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/34428754dccbe85ee10000000a44176d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/db556fdbcd354972a00971e4b0fc48be.html

The app won't show any cleared or open-item-managed items for extended open item managed GR/IR accounts anymore. If you want to display such kind of open items for GR/IR accounts, you have to use the Display Line Items in General Ledger app (Fiori ID: F2217) instead.


Related Information

Schedule Accounting Data Corrections in Quality System [page 113]Open Item Management in the Manage G/L Account Master Data App [page 112]GR/IR Automatic Clearing [page 114]Open Item Management for G/L Accounts

3.5.1.9 Open Item Management in the Manage G/L Account Master Data App

Open item management is relevant for balance sheet accounts. There are three types of open item management in G/L accounting:

● Open item management● Open item management by ledger group● Extended open item management

For more information, see Open Item Management for G/L Accounts.

With this release, a new field is available in the Manage G/L Account Master Data app to indicate if a goods receipt/invoice receipt (GR/IR) account is used for extended open item management.

In addition, to make it easier to identify all fields related to open item management, the Clearing Specific to Ledger Groups field has been renamed. The new name is Open Item Management by Ledger Group.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/bd874158706b9144e10000000a4450e5.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/972fd3a9952e442cac9b8ae5ba9d629c.html




Application Component FI-FIO-GL (Fiori for General Ledger Accounting)


Additional Details

Extended open item management can only be activated in your quality and production systems by scheduling a job using the Activate Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR Accounts job template in the Schedule Accounting Data Corrections app. After activation, the new Extended Open Item Management field is visible in the details of relevant G/L accounts in the app. The field is display only. For more information about this new job template, see Schedule Accounting Data Corrections in Quality System [page 113].


Related Information

Open Item Management for G/L AccountsManage G/L Account Master Data

3.5.1.10 Schedule Accounting Data Corrections in Quality System

The Schedule Accounting Data Corrections in Quality System app supports you in the setup and upgrade phases by allowing you to schedule jobs to make some master data changes at company code level, to keep track of the impact of some changes in your P system, and to clean up your Q system when testing is done. With this release, the app has been changed:

● A new job template is available for scheduling jobs to activate extended open item management for goods receipt/invoice receipt (GR/IR) accounts.

● The name of the job template that is used for scheduling jobs to locate G/L accounts that are blocked in the production system until account changes are transported from the quality system has been changed.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/34428754dccbe85ee10000000a44176d.html

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

The new job template is the Activate Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR Accounts template. For more information on how to use the template, see Activate Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR Accounts.

The Show G/L Accounts Blocked for Postings in P System job template has been renamed. The new name of the job template is G/L Accounts Blocked in P System Until Transport of Changes. For more information on how to use the template, see G/L Accounts Blocked in P System Until Transport of Changes.


Related Information

Schedule Accounting Data Corrections in Quality System

3.5.1.11 GR/IR Automatic Clearing

With this release, you can clear open items from goods receipt/invoice receipt (GR/IR) clearing accounts automatically by scheduling a job that uses a new job template.


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/19712fd7426a4baca53b95fac7301a39.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/e392432f0b2041528a118f8373f2269d.html




Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

Up to now, you could clear open items from GR/IR clearing accounts using the more generic job automatic clearing template.

With the new job template specific to GR/IR accounts, you can run or prepare for the automatic clearing in three modes: You can either only display grouped open items for a GR/IR clearing account, you can simulate the clearing run, or you can start the clearing as a real update run.

Schedule the automatic clearing runs using the GR/IR Automatic Clearing job template in the Schedule General Ledger Jobs app.

NoteWhen you use extended open item management, you must use this job template. The existing template "Automatic Clearing" cannot be used with extended open item management.


Related Information

GR/IR Automatic ClearingOpen Item Management for G/L AccountsNew Extended Open Item Management for GR/IR Accounts [page 111]




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/db556fdbcd354972a00971e4b0fc48be.html


3.5.1.12 Adjustments to Display Line Items in General Ledger App

Changes have been done to the full name attribute, as described here [page 77]. If you still need to display the full name attribute unmasked in the Display Line Items in General Ledger app, you can do that as described here.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component FI-FIO-GL (Fiori UI for General Ledger Accounting)



Related Information

Display Line Items in General LedgerChanges to Full Name Attribute for Data Protection and Privacy Compliance [page 77]

3.5.1.13 Option to Delete Journal Entry Templates

You can now delete journal entry templates that are created by you or other users in the Manage Journal Entry Templates app. You can delete a single template or mass delete templates.


Finance





Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

The journal entry templates that SAP per-delivered can't be deleted.


Related Information

Manage Journal Entry Templates

3.5.1.14 Changes in Automatic Account Determination

The Automatic Account Determination configuration step provides many processes for you to quickly find the target accounts for automatic posting. With this release, this app provides you with the following new features:

● In the Integrate with HR Postings process for General Ledger Accounting, the asterisk (*) wildcard is supported when you enter a customer or supplier account number, for example, *12345.

● Use the Edit Rules button to enter values for some key fields, after you add an account assignment.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/7e4dec43473d4025aa058c1de971521a.html

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Automatic Account Determination

3.5.1.15 Changes in Manage Global Hierarchies

The Manage Global Hierarchies app can be used to maintain various hierarchies for your reporting needs. The app provides you with the following new features as of this release:

● Bank account grouping is allowed on hierarchy nodes in financial statement version (FSV) hierarchies.● Activity Type and Statistical Key Figure are supported as new hierarchy types. Users with the relevant

authorizations as provided in the Overhead Cost Accountant (SAP_BR_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNTANT) business role template can create and maintain such hierarchies.

● Copying a hierarchy timeframe to create a new timeframe under a different hierarchy ID is now possible.● Change log is enhanced, for example, filter bar is available and hierarchy changes are grouped by change

document.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/89f2a87accc849d4b5682feb619ce9ad.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), O58 (Accounting and Financial Close)




Related Information

Manage Global Hierarchies

3.5.1.16 CDS View for General Ledger Accounting

The following CDS (Core Data Service) view has now been released for General Ledger Accounting:

● Currency Role Value Help: I_CurrencyRoleInLedgerCoCodeVH

Technical Details

Type New







https://help.sap.com/viewer/f0d042517a434458b171ff5867b18445/2011.500/en-US/8e040a45e4db4e6abd426bee0a86dc8a.html


Additional Details






3.5.1.17 Display Tax Information per Country

You can now use the Display Tax Information per Country app to display tax information for countries that use tax jurisdiction codes, such as the United States and Canada. To use this report to see your tax information in these countries, you must make sure that the internal tax calculation procedure is assigned.


Finance



Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J58 (J58)

Application Component FI-GL-GL-F (Value Added Tax (VAT))



Related Information

Display Tax Information per Country

3.5.1.18 Prepare Electronic Tax Return

The Prepare Electronic Tax Return app now offers an additional options, including Transfer Data as Test Run option. Please note that these additional options are contingent on the combination of the Return Type and country or region.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J58 (J58)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/23fecb9ffdbc4604935ce8d31a150fa8.html



3.5.1.19 Balance Carryforward Status

With this feature, you can view details about a balance carryforward, such as the status, when it was run, and more.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

The balance carryforward involves carrying forward account balances for all currencies into the new fiscal year. The balance carryforward automatically scheduled to run two weeks before the start of a new fiscal year and the opening balances for a fiscal year are made available.

Furthermore, balances are automatically updated whenever postings are made to the previous fiscal year. To handle postings that are made while a balance carryforward run is in process, balances are carried forward one day after the automatic balance carryforward is activated.



Finance




Related Information

Balance Carryforward Status

3.5.1.20 Display Accrual Object Items

With this app, you can display a list of accrual object items filtered by company code, accrual item type, lifecycle status, and so on. You can see full details for each item listed, and check information such as the validity period, start and end of life, or the total accrual amount.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), 2VB (Purchase Order Accruals)

Application Component FI-GL-GL-ACE (Accrual Engine)



This app is extensible using the Custom Fields and Logic app. For details, see: App Extensibility: Display Accrual Object Items (Key User)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/1110c847a14d4f48a79042e2e0935466.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/3d47b5e0658c45b1bac338ef83d61aef.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/3d47b5e0658c45b1bac338ef83d61aef.html




3.5.1.21 Display Document Flow

With this feature you can now display Account Maintenance Documents in the visual document flow. The GR/IR Account Clearing document type has been added to the document search and these documents display as account maintenance documents or account maintenance reversal documents in the visual document flow.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J58

Application Component FI-FIO-GL



Related Information

Display Document Flow


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/69b6a7a8a28948d8875cbef8df2b8188.html

3.5.2 Asset Accounting

3.5.2.1 "Manage Fixed Assets" App: Navigation to Posting Apps

You can now navigate from the Manage Fixed Assets app to the posting apps.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1GB; 1GF; 1IH; BFH; J62; 33F; 33G

Application Component Asset Accounting (FI-AA)


Additional Details

On the entry screen of the Manage Fixed Assets app (i.e. in the asset worklist), you now have an additional menu item Post with several subitems. These enable you to navigate to the following posting apps:

● Acquisition with Automatic Offsetting Entry● Post-Capitalization● Retirement by Scrapping● Retirement Without Customer● Transfer Within Company Code● Transfer Across Company Codes Within the Same Country● Miscellaneous Transactions

When you first mark the asset in the asset worklist and then select the relevant posting app from the Post menu, you navigate to the posting app with the selection criteria from the asset worklist already entered.


None.



None.


To be able to use the navigation, a user needs to have the following business catalog assigned :

Asset Accounting - Operational Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_DOC_PROC_PC).


None.


Additional Information

For more information about the Manage Fixed Assets app, see the application help (product assistance) for Asset Accounting under Manage Fixed Assets.

3.5.2.2 “Manage Fixed Assets” App: Value Comparison

In the valuation view of the Manage Fixed Assets app, you can now compare the asset values of different depreciation areas.

Technical Details

Type New


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/aec7ecb2ee11437bbbc2041572be9612.html





Additional Details

For a single asset, you can now compare the asset values of different depreciation areas belonging to the same ledger.

You can do this for one fiscal year or several fiscal years.

To display this comparison, you select an asset from the asset worklist, navigate to the valuation view and then choose the pushbutton Value Comparison. In the Value Comparison dialog box, you select the fiscal year(s) and the depreciation areas you want to compare.


None.


None.


None.


None.





For more information about the Manage Fixed Assets app, see the application help (product assistance) for Asset Accounting under Manage Fixed Assets.

3.5.2.3 Settlement from Multi-Funded WBS Element to AuC

Please note: This function is only available and relevant if you use Public Sector Management.

You can now execute a settlement from a multi-funded WBS element to subnumbers for an asset under construction.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item O62; O5F

Application Component Asset Accounting (FI-AA); Public Sector Management (PSM)


Additional Details

It is already possible to generate an asset under construction (AuC) from a WBS element. The costs of the WBS element can then be settled to the AuC.

However, a WBS element can have multiple sources, such as funds, grants, or functional areas. This kind of WBS element is called multi-funded WBS element. As of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, you can post multiple documents to the same WBS element for an AuC, each document having a different combination of fund, grant and functional area. Later, during the settlement process, the system generates one asset subnumber per combination of fund, grant, and functional area. Each combination of fund, grant, and functional area allocates its costs to its specific asset subnumber of the AuC.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/aec7ecb2ee11437bbbc2041572be9612.html


If an existing WBS element already has journal entries with fund, grant, and/or functional area, no asset subnumbers will be generated retroactively. So, the costs for this existing WBS element can only be settled to one asset under construction.


None.


Public Sector Management must be active for your company code. For further prerequisites, see the document linked in the 'Additional Information' section below.


You must have assigned the objects fund, grant, and functional area to the cost center master data. Subsequently, these Public Sector Management fields are then available in the master data part of the Manage Fixed Assets app.



For more information, see the application help (product assistance) for Public Sector Management, under Asset Accounting.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/cb62cb5e46cb4ef69326e60e90643be0.html

3.5.2.4 Asset Postings

In a future release, the user interfaces of the apps for asset postings will be adapted. In addition, a new template will be available for the legacy data transfer of asset postings in the Migration Cockpit.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

In the future, further flexibilizations for postings and reporting in Accounting are to be offered. In Asset Accounting, the following new features will therefore be made in a future release:

● Postings:The postings are ledger-specific:○ The user interfaces of the apps for asset postings are adjusted: The ledger will be ready for input on the

selection screens (that is, you can select by ledger). The accounting principle will now be displayed for information purposes only.

○ Manual entry of documents can be ledger-specific.○ The settlement of assets under construction will continue to be ledger-specific; the output list will be

adjusted accordingly.○ The currency field is ready for input and can therefore be entered freely. This means that you will be

able to post with the transaction currency or with the functional currency.● Legacy data transfer

A new migration object with a template will be available for the legacy data transfer of asset data using the SAP S/4HANA Migration Cockpit. The migration object and template take into account the new features for postings mentioned above.


None.


Finance


See the section “Additional Details” above.


None.


None.


3.5.2.5 Reverse Journal Entry - Asset Accounting-Specific

The tile Reverse Journal Entry - Asset Accounting-Specific (app ID AB08) will be deleted in a future release.

Technical Details

Type Obsolete; Important








Additional Details

The following app (and corresponding tile) will be deleted in a future release:

App/Tile (Title – Subtitle): Reverse Journal Entry - Asset Accounting-Specific

App ID: AB08

Business catalog: Asset Accounting - Operational Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_DOC_PROC_PC)

In future, the reversal function will be available in the Manage Fixed Assets app instead. In the fixed asset valuation part of the app, you will be able to display the journal entry to be reversed and reverse it directly from there.


None.


More Information

For more information about reversal, see the application help (product assistance) for Asset Accounting under Reversal and Reverse Journal Entry - Asset Accounting-Specific.

3.5.2.6 Reverse Settlement - For AuC

The tile Reverse Settlement - For AuC (app ID AIST) will be deleted in a future release.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/43686952141bea5fe10000000a423f68.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/4c40de531ed3424de10000000a174cb4.html

Technical Details

Type Obsolete; Important


Scope Item 1GF; BFH; 33G



Additional Details

The following app (and corresponding tile) will be deleted in a future release:

App/Tile (Title – Subtitle): Reverse Settlement - For AuC

App ID: AIST

Business catalog: Asset Accounting - Periodic Activities (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_PER_ACT_PC)

In future, you will be able to reverse settlements for assets under construction in the app Manage Fixed Assets instead. In the fixed asset valuation part of the app, you will be able to display the journal entries to be reversed and reverse them directly from there.


None.





More Information

For more information about reversal, see the application help (product assistance) for Asset Accounting under Reversal and Reverse Settlement of an Asset Under Construction.

3.5.2.7 Execute/Undo Year-End Closing

The tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing will be deleted in a future release.

Technical Details

Type Obsolete





Additional Details

Obsolete TileThe tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing from the business catalog Asset Accounting - Periodic Activities (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_PER_ACT_PC) will be deleted in a future release:

App/Tile (Title – Subtitle): Execute/Undo Year-End Closing

App ID: FAA_CMP


Replacement: Other Existing TileAs before, you can use the functions belonging to the tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing using the following tile:

App/Tile (Title – Subtitle): Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/43686952141bea5fe10000000a423f68.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/4f40de531ed3424de10000000a174cb4.html

App ID: FAA_CMP

Business catalog: Asset Accounting – Current Settings (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET_PC)

RecommendationWe therefore recommend that you now use the tile Make Company Code Settings – Asset Accounting-Specific instead of the tile Execute/Undo Year-End Closing .


None.


None.


For you to be able to use the app Make Company Code Settings – Asset Accounting-Specific, the business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET_PC must be assigned to your role.


None.





More Information

For more information, see the configuration help of the app Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific. To call up the configuration help, choose the pushbutton Configuration Help in the app.

3.5.2.8 Evaluation of Asset Values from Future Fiscal Years

Reports, such as the asset history sheet, the asset list, or the depreciation lists do not support the evaluation of planned values of future fiscal years. You can use the new function to define a planning horizon for each company code and ledger. You can then evaluate planned values in reports for this planning horizon. The planned values are calculated for each fiscal year and period, and are saved so that reporting can be period-based.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

You enter the planning horizon in the app Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific at ledger level. After you have entered the planning horizon for the first time or changed it at a later date, the depreciation for the fixed assets of the relevant ledger must be recalculated in the company code. This recalculates the planned values for the newly configured planning horizon and the planned values will then be available in reporting. Depreciation must also be recalculated after the balance carryforward so that the future planned values are updated in the new fiscal year at the end of the planning horizon.


None.


Finance


None.


None.


You define the planning horizon in the app Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific at ledger level. This applies to all depreciation areas of the ledger.



For more information, see:

● the configuration help of the app Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific.○ To call the configuration help, choose the button Configuration Help in the app○ in the field help for field Planning Horizon in Years.

● In the application help (product assistance) for Asset Accounting under Evaluation of Asset Values from Future Fiscal Years.

3.5.2.9 App “Balance Carryforward Status”

The Balance Carryforward Status app is now available in a business catalog of the Asset Accountant.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/960e0d55572d4247a1c1b107f31d1004.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3e5fcf2c768746049b5627bd5a42f720/2011.500/en-US/960e0d55572d4247a1c1b107f31d1004.html

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

The carryforward of asset balances takes place during the balance carryforward in General Ledger Accounting.

As of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, the Balance Carryforward Status app is also available in Asset Accounting.

Here is the app and business catalog information:

App/Tile (Title): Balance Carryforward Status


By default, the tile is not available on the launchpad of the asset accountant. However, you can call the app using the App Finder.


None.


None.


See the section “Additional Details” above.


Finance


None.


More Information

You can navigate from the app Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific to the app Balance Carryforward Status. See the What’s New information Company Code Settings: Navigation to Balance Carryforward Status [page 139] for this.

For more information on the app Balance Carryforward Status, see the application help (product assistance) for General Ledger Accounting under Balance Carryforward Status.

3.5.2.10 Company Code Settings: Navigation to Balance Carryforward Status

You can navigate from the app Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific to the Balance Carryforward Status app.

Technical Details

Type New









Additional Details

The carryforward of asset balances takes place during the balance carryforward in General Ledger Accounting. The balance carryforward is performed for a combination of company code and ledger.

As of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008, the system automatically performs a balance carryforward shortly before the end of the fiscal year. Therefore, you do not usually need to perform any manual activities for the balance carryforward. If there are any difficulties, you can trigger the balance carryforward manually. To do this, use the Schedule General Ledger Jobs app with the Balance Carryforward job template.

To display the status of the balance carryforward, use the Balance Carryforward Status app.

From the Make Company Code Settings – Asset Accounting-Specific app, you can now jump to the Balance Carryforward Status app. To do this, call the desired ledger from a company code in the app Make Company Code Settings – Asset Accounting-Specific; in the ledger settings, choose the pushbutton Display Balance Carryforward Status next to the Highest Fiscal Year field. The system then displays the balance carryforward status for the highest fiscal year (that is, the latest fiscal year opened by a fiscal year change). From the app Display Balance Carryforward Status, you can jump to the balance carryforward log.


None.


None.


The Balance Carryforward Status app is assigned to an Asset Accounting business catalog as of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011. See the What’s New information App “Balance Carryforward Status” [page 137] for this.


None.



Finance




More Information

For more information about the app Make Company Code Settings – Asset Accounting-Specific, see the configuration help. To call up the configuration help, choose the pushbutton Configuration Help in the app.

For more information on the app Balance Carryforward Status, see the application help (product assistance) for General Ledger Accounting under Balance Carryforward Status.

3.5.2.11 Depreciation Key: Display Details

The app Depreciation Key: Display Details is no longer available in the business catalog Accounting Configuration (SAP_CA_BCG_ACC_CONFIG_PC).

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

To display detailed information for a specific depreciation key of a chart of depreciation, you can use the app Depreciation Key: Show Detail. The app provides you with a detailed overview of all influencing factors (calculation methods, depreciation phases, and so on) for the depreciation key.

Previously, the app was assigned to the Accounting Configuration business catalog (SAP_CA_BCG_ACC_CONFIG_PC). This assignment will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011.

The app assignment remains for the business catalog Asset Accounting – Current Settings (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET_PC).



Business Catalog Release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011

Accounting Configuration (SAP_CA_BCG_ACC_CONFIG_PC) App assignment deleted

Asset Accounting – Current Settings (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET_PC)

App remains assigned


None.


None.


For you to be able to use the app, business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET_PC must be assigned to your role.


None.


More Information

For more information about the app Depreciation Keys: Display Details, see the program documentation. You can call this in the app by choosing More Program Documentation in the menu.


Finance



3.5.3 Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation

3.5.3.1 Workflow in Manage Reconciliation Close

Workflow is supported for approving reconciliation close. Only when the workflow is completed, that is, the reconciliation close request is approved, can the reconciliation close status be set to Closed.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process), 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation)



To enable the workflow, you must make the settings for workflow scenario and workflow options in the self-service configuration step Activate Reconciliation Close Process.


Related Information

Manage Reconciliation CloseActivate Reconciliation Close Process




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/26167a064a84434589dd9e997a2204e7.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/121d718dcff4402c87e74f3d271bb7fc.html

3.5.3.2 IAM Objects in Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process), 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation)






Finance

IAM Objects

Name of IAM Object Object Type Changes with This Release Details

ICA - Intercompany Reconciliation Settings (SAP_FIN_BC_ICA_RECON_CFG_PC)

business catalog Some apps were added to this business catalog.

New apps Manage Workflows - Reconciliation Close Requests and Maintain Teams and Responsibilities were added to the business catalog and becomes visible in the Intercompany Reconciliation Settings business group.

ICA - Intercompany Reconciliation Settings (SAP_FIN_BC_ICA_RECON_CFG_PC)

business catalog New restriction type was added to this business catalog.

The Profit Center (PRCTR) restriction type was added to this business catalog.

ICA - Intercompany Reconciliation Operation (SAP_FIN_BC_ICA_RECON_RUN_PC)

business catalog A new app was added to this business catalog.

A new app Approve Reconciliation Close Requests - Inbox was added to the business catalog and becomes visible in the Intercompany Reconciliation Operation business group.



ICA - Intercompany Reconciliation Operation (SAP_FIN_BC_ICA_RECON_RUN_PC)

business catalog New restriction types were added to this business catalog.

The following restriction types were added to this business catalog:

● Profit Center (PRCTR)

● Cost Center (KOSTL)● Intercompany

Accounting: Company/Profit Center (RCOMP_PRCTR)

● Intercompany Accounting: Company/Segment (RCOMP_SEGMENT)

● Segment (SEGMENT)

● Company Code (BUKRS)

● Intercompany Accounting: Consolidation Unit/Profit Center (BUNIT_PRCTR)

● Intercompany Accounting: Consolidation Unit/Segment (BUNIT_SEGMENT)

● Reporting in Consolidation (DIMEN_CONGR_BUNIT_RVERS)

● Intercompany Accounting: Reconciliation Case/Display Group (FICA_RCON_FICA_DG)

NoteThis restriction type is in Phase In status. In future release, it will replace the restriction type Intercompany Accounting: Reconciliation Case


Finance


(FICA_RCON) in this business catalog. For more information, see Phase-In Status.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/03540a86736543c4b94070d08df40744.html



ICA - Intercompany Matching Operation (SAP_FIN_BC_ICA_ME_RUN_PC)

business catalog New restriction types were added to this business catalog.


● Cost Center (KOSTL)● Intercompany

Accounting: Company/Profit Center (RCOMP_PRCTR)

● Intercompany Accounting: Company/Segment (RCOMP_SEGMENT)

● Segment (SEGMENT)

● Intercompany Accounting: Consolidation Unit/Profit Center (BUNIT_PRCTR)

● Intercompany Accounting: Consolidation Unit/Segment (BUNIT_SEGMENT)

● Authorization Groups for Posting in Adjustment Periods (BEGRU_BKPF_BUP)

● Reporting in Consolidation (DIMEN_CONGR_BUNIT_RVERS)

● Intercompany Accounting: Reconciliation Case/Display Group (FICA_RCON_FICA_DG)

NoteThis restriction type is in Phase In status. In future release, it will replace the restriction type Intercompany Accounting: Reconciliation Case


Finance


(FICA_RCON) in this business catalog. For more information, see Phase-In Status.


Related Information


3.5.4 Joint Venture Accounting

3.5.4.1 Manipulation Rule in Universal Allocation

The recovery indicator (RI) is used to define types of postings in JVA e.g. billable, non-billable, etc. When costs are allocated in CO (Overhead Allocation, Distribution) the recovery indicator of the allocation journals is usually derived from the sender and receiver cost objects. However, business requirements frequently require variation from this rule, for example a certain cost center might inherit the recovery indicator from the sender cost center.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)







Application Component CA-JVA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)


Additional Details

These different rules are set in allocation cycles by assigning a 'Manipulation Rule'. The Manipulation Rules are defined in JV configuration and control how a recovery indicator is derived on allocation postings, e.g.:

● sender-driven RI (manipulation rule 0001)● receiver-driven RI (manipulation rule 0002)● cost element-driven RI (manipulation rule 0003)● always non-billable (manipulation rule 0004)

For further adjustment of the pre-delivered rules above, you can use the JVA self-service configuration app (SSCUI) RI Manipulation Rules and access it via BPC_Expert role and go to Manage your Solution Configure your Solution Application Area Oil and Gas SAP Application Area Joint Venture Accounting Joint Venture Process Options RI Manipulation Rules . Furthermore, with the JVA SSCUI app Recovery Indicators you can define additional recovery indicators which you might use for the recovery indicator manipulation rule adjustment. Access the app via the following menu path: Manage your Solution Configure your SolutionApplication Area Oil and Gas SAP Application Area Joint Venture Accounting Joint Venture Master DataRecovery Indicators .


Related Information

Universal Allocation with Manipulation RuleUniversal Allocation

3.5.4.2 JV Funding - Options for Reimbursement and Interest Calculation

In the Schedule Job for Funding app, you can now choose between three process options in order to list, simulate or post either interest calculations or reimbursements. Furthermore, the selection of data for interest


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6f70d5966f2b492ea7378cd1da305f42/2011.500/en-US/b87c12b69b95499d8ff0642abc032ba5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f0d042517a434458b171ff5867b18445/2011.500/en-US/9ec635ecc22a4559b1070b2dd2c879e4.html

calculation is now controlled by two flags: one for the selection of interest groups and the other for the selection of ventures that are not assigned to an interest group. That way you don't accidentally select data when the interest group selection or the unassigned venture selection is left empty.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

FundingSchedule Job for JV Funding - Interest CalculationSchedule Job for JV Funding - Reimbursement

3.5.4.3 JVA Master Data

The number range setting for the joint operating agreement and joint venture are changed from SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011 onwards. This setting has to be implemented before you upgrade to this version.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/6f70d5966f2b492ea7378cd1da305f42/2011.500/en-US/293a6618ed784f168dd9790a0a8fbd59.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6f70d5966f2b492ea7378cd1da305f42/2011.500/en-US/1c13c256a06c4d4185c195c596d2dc2a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6f70d5966f2b492ea7378cd1da305f42/2011.500/en-US/5dac888fa1b548b49739930c6ec81488.html

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

SAP Note 2974709

3.5.4.4 Mass Processing of Assets

You can now process multiple assets at the same time. Use the templates Mass Create, Mass Change, and Mass Transfer (intra-company) and upload them via Excel file. Afterwards you can schedule a job for asset mass processing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for United States

Scope Item 4ON (Mass Processing of Assets)

Application Component FI-AF-MPA (Mass Processing of Assets)


Finance






Related Information

Mass Processing of Assets

3.5.5 Group Reporting

3.5.5.1 Multiple Group Currencies

With this release you can now create consolidated statements by consolidating multiple group currencies simultaneously. To do so, you create one standard version and additional extensions versions, namely group currency extension versions or extension versions. You can configure multiple extension versions to the standard version that can each carry an additional group currency or additional translation. Furthermore, you can produce these multiple group currencies or translations in a single closing process while processing the standard version in the data monitor and consolidation monitor. The new feature also allows posting of manual journals in several group currencies at the same time, keeping the multiple group currency values in columns of the same bundled journal entry.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation

Application Component FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/74ffc024fd794eeca49dc8ffe7f9870d/2011.500/en-US/d7723cce615b4ce9b24834c0cda1fba6.html

Additional Details

The following features can be run with simultaneous consolidation in multiple group currencies:

● Configuration of versions● Monitors● Flexible upload of reported financial data● Release of universal journals● Post group journal entries● Intercompany matching and reconciliation● Currency translation● Analytics


Related Information

Group Data Analysis (New)Multiple Group CurrenciesData Validation

3.5.5.2 Define Consolidation Units and Define FS Items

With the new release, the Define Consolidation Units app and the Define FS Items app were enhanced.

Technical Details

Type New




Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/2011.500/en-US/b00975f83e1c46df9b15f98de88078d5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/2011.500/en-US/d04c991b60eb4fdd939e48d0cbd9db34.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/2011.500/en-US/a883f8bc367b4f9fb9b6aca92401284c.html



Additional Details

The following new features are added for the Define Consolidation Units app:

● On the overview page, you can now create a consolidation unit by copying an existing one. You can decide if you want to copy the time- and version-dependent data for all periods and versions or only for a certain period and version.

● From the overview page, you can now open the Manage Group Structure app. The navigation from the Manage Group Structure app to the Define Consolidation Units app is now also possible.

● On the details page, you can now copy the selected consolidation unit and create a new one. You can also delete the selected consolidation unit, and check where the consolidation unit is used by choosing Check Where Used, or navigate to the Manage Group Structure app.

The following new features are added for the Define FS Items app:

● On the overview page, you can now create an FS item by copying an existing one. You can decide if you want to copy the time- and version-dependent data for all periods and versions or only for a certain period and version.

● On the details page, you can now copy the selected FS item and create a new one. You can also check where the FS item is used by choosing Check Where Used.


Related Information

Consolidation UnitDefine FS Items

3.5.5.3 Other Comprehensive Income in Total Divestiture

Consolidation of Investments was enhanced to feature Other Comprehensive Income in Total Divestiture. The Business Combinations rules require an investor unit to post the group value of the other comprehensive




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0056c2b57fe34ddf865f0e396e7e91fc/2011.500/en-US/eafd484b398443cb96ed33c8a123f4de.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/2011.500/en-US/4c1fb1e180894848b415365aa8779b4d.html

income (OCI), such as currency translation differences, with an effect on earnings when it experiences a loss of control. The system posts the other comprehensive income to the profit and loss (P&L) statement in the event of a loss of control or total divestiture (also known as OCI recycling).

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Other Comprehensive Income in Total Divestiture

3.5.5.4 New fields Available in the Validation/Substitution Rules app

There are three additional fields available in the Validation/Substitution Rules app:

● PartnerConsolidationUnit (ACDOCU-RBUPTR)● SubItem (ACDOCU-SUBIT)● SubItemCategory (ACDOCU-SITYP)

NoteIf you use the PartnerConsolidationUnit, SubItem or SubItemCategory field in the substitution rules please be aware that there might be conflicts with the internal breakdown check. SAP recommends to create "non-conflicting" substitutions for these fields.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/2011.500/en-US/f839eee609c94370b491d8ff012ef621.html

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Rules for Substitution/Validation

3.5.5.5 OData API: Consolidation Unit

With this release, the Consolidation Unit API service is available. This service enables you to read consolidation units, which are part of the master data of SAP S/4HANA Cloud for group reporting.

Technical name: API_CONSOLIDATIONUNIT

For more information, see Consolidation Unit.

Technical Details

Type New






https://help.sap.com/viewer/aa7857c025c048eb9e72e5ebfc270b38/2011.500/en-US/3e7ac57d3fc64ba78fda8959f7061e49.html




Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ .


Related Information

Consolidation Unit

3.5.5.6 Used Integrated Consolidation Units (To Be Deprecated)

The app Used Integrated Consolidation Units is planned to be deprecated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2108. We recommend that you switch to the Define Consolidation Units app as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated






Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.sap.com%2F





The Define Consolidation Units app is the successor of the Used Integrated Consolidation Units app. The Used Integrated Consolidation Units app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2108. The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible. Because of changes in the reporting logic, some features of the Used Integrated Consolidation Units app are no longer required.


Related Information

Define Consolidation Units

3.5.6 Revenue and Cost Accounting

3.5.6.1 Event-Based Revenue Recognition

3.5.6.1.1 Write-Offs for New Project Billing

With this release, it is possible to write off unbilled revenue in the Manage Project Billing app. Write-off errors occurring during the event-based revenue recognition process are now logged in the Manage Real-Time Revenue Recognition Issues app and can be reprocessed.

Technical Details

Type New





https://help.sap.com/viewer/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/2011.500/en-US/a8f3c709a7f642398f1dd15de35b5320.html

Scope Item 1IL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services), 1P0 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - IFRS), 33O (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - US GAAP)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)



Related Information

Manage Real-Time Revenue Recognition IssuesManage Project Billing

3.5.6.1.2 Revenue Recognition Key SFSSM

The new revenue recognition key SFSSM (Sell From Stock-Manufacturing/Trade without liabilities) can be used in sell-from-stock scenarios. This applies to sales order items that refer to delivery-based invoicing. Using revenue recognition key SFSSM, you can post the invoice correction against the same general ledger account for accrued revenue as used for the revenue posting from the delivery.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock), 33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock - IFRS), 33J (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock - US GAAP)


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/6d56b5a5cf5d481d88097dc9e34f0a2d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/29cf986299714386847f4d4c9bb86994/2011.500/en-US/09bddf5612e54600a06539c2e4250d30.html



Additional Details

In real-time processing, accrued revenue is created by simulating an invoice for the current delivery. The amounts of the accrued revenues are posted using the document currency of the sales document item as the document currency. Invoices are posted by the primary posting to an income statement account for billed revenue and are reposted by revenue recognition to accrued revenue. In this case, the currency amounts are copied from the primary posting. The period-end closing performs invoice simulation only for deliveries where recognized revenue is still missing, provided the sales order item is not fully delivered and billed.

If period-end closing detects the stage fully delivered and billed, accrued revenue is set to zero. Deferred revenue is not used by this revenue recognition key.

NoteAn invoice block which is active during real-time processing will leave the revenue recognition calculation in the log of event-based revenue recognition so that processing can be completed later. Also, the revenue recognition key cannot be used in combination with the IFRS 15 bundling feature.


3.5.6.1.3 Repricing at Period End for New Project Billing

For the new Project Billing functionality Schedule Repricing for Projects, the repricing of billing items in customer projects is now supported. This allows updating unbilled revenue which is not locked by billing document requests at period-end close for event-based revenue recognition. Errors in repricing are logged and can be reprocessed in the Manage Real-Time Revenue Recognition Issues app.




Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1IL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services), 1P0 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - IFRS), 33O (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - US GAAP)




Related Information

Manage Real-Time Revenue Recognition Issues

3.5.6.1.4 Bill of Material Scenarios in Event-Based Revenue Recognition

With this release, the processing of a Bill of Material (BOM), a structure that can be defined in SAP Sales and Distribution, is now supported by event-based revenue recognition. BOM processing is integrated into the event-based revenue recognition sell-from-stock scenario. In a sales order, BOMs are identified, and it is possible to process accrued revenues and costs with event-based revenue recognition.

Technical Details

Type New


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/6d56b5a5cf5d481d88097dc9e34f0a2d.html





Additional Details

Two standard BOM scenarios can be processed using event-based revenue recognition: the ERLA (Header Level), where only the header item is relevant for billing and delivery, and the LUMF (Item Level) scenario, where only the sub items are relevant for billing and delivery.


Related Information

Bill of Material Scenarios in Event-Based Revenue Recognition

3.5.6.1.5 Drop Shipping in Event-Based Revenue Recognition

In Drop Shipping, a third-party sales process, the selling company passes the order to a third-party vendor, who then ships the goods directly to the customer and bills the seller. With this release, Drop Shipping has been integrated into the event-based revenue recognition sell-from-stock scenario.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/a20b4f0d54a745129ab1b2ff42fcc272.html

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

The following Drop Shipping processes are supported:

● Drop Shipping with Shipping Notification (enabled with Scope Item BD3)● Drop Shipping without Shipping Notification (enabled with Scope Item BDK)● Drop Shipping with Shipping Notification and Variant Configuration (enabled with Scope Item 4R6)● Drop Shipping without Shipping Notification and Variant Configuration (enabled with Scope Item 4R6)


Related Information

Drop Shipping Scenarios in Event-Based Revenue Recognition

3.5.6.1.6 Enhancements of Project WIP Details (2) App

In the Project WIP Details app, the Project Manager and Performed By fields now display the employee names in parentheses.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/50e2ba9a5b5f4a39be99bfae31298614.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1IL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services), 1P0 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - IFRS), 33O (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - US GAAP), 4E9 (Project Billing - Project-Based Services)




Related Information

Project WIP Details (2)

3.5.6.1.7 Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) - Projects (2) App Modified

The following changes in the Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) - Projects (2) app have been made:

● Projects with the project status closed are no longer displayed. It is not possible to post Manual Accruals or Temporary Adjustments to these projects.

● A new field for Sales Deduction/Surcharge is introduced. A negative value means that your billed revenue will be reduced (Deduction), whereas a positive value (Surcharge) means that your billed revenue will be increased.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/e6175604fc874bfe84aa14d2f9ae1fbd/2011.500/en-US/7efc557fc91d4846aa0d88cf36622ba6.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1IL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services), 1P0 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - IFRS), 33O (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - US GAAP), 4GQ (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales), 4GR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - IFRS), 4GS (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - US GAAP)




Related Information

Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) - Projects (2)

3.5.6.1.8 Revenue Recognition Reversal - Project Manager Application Job

With the new Revenue Recognition Reversal – Project Manager application job, you can reverse project documents generated in event-based revenue recognition.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/4279c0edb8934bd3880e81679bcb2dc6.html

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Revenue Recognition Reversal - Project Manager

3.5.6.1.9 Item Categories for EPPM Projects

Event-Based Revenue Recognition has been enhanced to support new, additional item categories. For standard orders (order type OR), you can now assign WBS billing elements to items from the following new item categories:

● CBTA: Make-to-order (MTO) standard item● TAD: Service item● TAX: Non-stock item




https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/93a1f621680a4f18b248074140ee3338.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4GQ (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales), 4GR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - IFRS), 4GS (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - US GAAP)



Additional Details

In addition, you can now assign the following new, free-of-charge sales order items to the WBS billing item:

● CB3: Third party with shipping notification free● CB4: Third party without shipping notification free● CBLN: Free of charge express● CBTN: Free of charge configuration at material level● CBXB: Bought-in item free of charge


Related Information

Revenue-Carrying Enterprise Projects with Event-Based Revenue Recognition


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2ca79d7988b94c6394e700c004393694.html

3.5.6.1.10 Revenue Recognition for Fixed-Price Service Orders with Completed Contract Method

With this release, integration of the Service Order Fixed Price (transaction type SV02) enables you to perform revenue analysis. The revenue recognition method Completed Contract is supported, meaning that all revenues and costs are deferred until the service order is invoiced in full.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3M3 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents), 3M4 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents - IFRS), 3M5 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents - US GAAP)




Related Information

Service Order Integration with Event-Based Revenue RecognitionService Orders




https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/ea1e5891741843e5ab43b75caddc8b19.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/37cb01e45ca9480a9e879e5132424879.html

3.5.6.1.11 Real-Time Issue Check In Run Revenue Recognition Apps

When you schedule a background job in the Run Revenue Recognition apps, the system now checks for unresolved real-time issues not only when the job is scheduled, but also when the job is performed. If a real-time issue is detected, the job cannot be executed, and you receive a notification.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1IL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services), 1P0 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - IFRS), 33O (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - US GAAP), 4GQ (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales), 4GR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - IFRS), 4GS (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Sales - US GAAP), 1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock), 33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock - IFRS), 33J (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock - US GAAP), 3M3 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents), 3M4 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents - IFRS), 3M5 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents - US GAAP)





Finance



Related Information

Run Revenue Recognition - Sales OrdersRun Revenue Recognition - Service DocumentsRun Revenue Recognition - Projects

3.5.6.1.12 Simplified Output Option in Run Revenue Recognition - Projects App

The Run Revenue Recognition - Projects app has been enhanced with a Simplified Output option to improve performance. You can use this app to periodically recalculate the revenue recognition values for all WBS elements that are relevant for event-based revenue recognition. When you schedule a job for a large volume of WBS elements, the time to produce the output list is long. Using the new Simplified Output checkbox, you can now decide whether you need to see the calculated figures in the output.

Technical Details

Type New







https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2e20286ce8e04339a25951aa5a9edd45.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2ea9afbf3a9a4f5c9c54727c8249c3ba.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/0b8b965739126d10e10000000a441470.html



Related Information

Run Revenue Recognition - Projects

3.5.6.2 Contract-Based Revenue Recognition

3.5.6.2.1 Consumption-Based Fulfillment

This feature enables you to use consumption as a criterion for fulfilling performance obligations (POBs). Revenue is recognized if a specific quantity or value of goods or services is consumed.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK (Contract-Based Revenue Recognition - IFRS), 3VS (Contract-Based Revenue Recognition - US GAAP)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)


Additional Details




Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/0b8b965739126d10e10000000a441470.html




Related Information

Consumption-Based Fulfillment

3.5.6.2.2 Extensibility for Contract-Based Revenue Recognition

Contract-Based Revenue Recognition delivers an end-to-end extensibility, allowing customers to add new custom fields and enabling Business Add-Ins (BAdls) for customers. End-to-end means that information entered, for example in a provider contract from FI-CA, can be passed to the engine and then to the general ledger and can be used there for several purposes. In addition to field extensibility, Contract-Based Revenue Recognition has been enhanced to provide several Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) that allow customers to change the default behavior.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK (Contract-Based Revenue Recognition - IFRS), 3VS (Contract-Based Revenue Recognition - US GAAP)




https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/7fdf7d6399ab4567bc6d83d99b7553bd.html



Additional Details

Extensibility in Contract-Based Revenue Recognition (CBRR) is implemented using the Key User Extensibility Tool. This tool uses business scenarios, business contexts, extension includes, and Business Add-Ins (BAdls) to provide end-to-end extensibility. Contract-Based Revenue Recognition offers different business scenarios, business contexts, and data transfers.

● Customers can create custom fields in operational systems and can make transfers to revenue contract items, such as revenue accounting items and performance obligations in CBRR.

● Customers can create custom fields in revenue contract items such as revenue accounting items (RAI) and performance obligations (POB) in CBRR and can make transfers to revenue postings.

● Customers can create custom fields specific to a business context such as a revenue contract, revenue contract items, and revenue postings.

● Customers can create custom fields in the Revenue Posting business context and then transfer them to the FIN Journal Entry Items business context.

● Custom fields added in business contexts can be added to the Fiori app UI using the UI Adaption mode.


Related Information

Extensibility

3.5.6.2.3 Manual Change of Performance Obligation Attributes

Revenue Accounting and Reporting allows you to manually change the attributes of POBs using the Fiori app Manage Revenue Contracts.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/b70535dae6bc490cb0f7361400a85d5a.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

You can edit the following POB attributes:

● POB Name● Start Date● End Date● Deferral Method● Exclude from Allocation Flag● Residual Allocation Flag● Standalone Selling Price● Standalone Selling Price Tolerance (as an amount of percentage)

If the operational system requires a change to a POB attribute that was manually changed before, the manual change is overwritten by the values that are sent from the operational system. The system detects a conflict if the value sent from the operational system differs from the manually entered value and the original value that existed prior to the manual change being applied. If the operational system sends a value that matches the manually entered value or the original value, no conflict occurs.

A POB cannot be edited manually if it has a conflict or if the contract it belongs to was terminated using the early termination functionality.

You can review contracts with conflicts and resolve the conflicts using the Conflicted Revenue Contracts Worklist app.





Related Information

Manage Revenue ContractsResolving Conflicted Revenue Contracts

3.5.6.2.4 Manual Performance Obligations

Revenue Accounting and Reporting allows you to create or change manual performance obligations (POBs) using the Fiori app Manage Revenue Contracts. You can also copy a POB to create another manual POB with the same attributes.

A manual POB has no reference to a document in your sender system. Therefore, it has no transaction price nor cost. Instead, the transaction price of other POBs in the same contract is allocated to the manual POB based on the stand-alone selling price.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

Revenue Accounting and Reporting supports the following fulfillment types for manual POBs:

● Time-Based (T)● Percentage of Completion (O) with event type Manual (MA)● Event-Based (E) with event type Manual (MA)

When you create a manual POB, you must provide an allocation difference revenue account. This is because Revenue Accounting and Reporting cannot derive this account from BRF+.

Both BAdIs FARR_BADI_DERIVE_VALUES and FARR_IM_DERIVE_ACCT_ASSIGNMT which allow you to derive custom attributes and account assignments for manual POBs, are not supported in contract management.



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2a78aedf046e4f2fbd327bd69d138f3d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2aca7d6afef0412e8aa1b84a44245a0d.html


Related Information

Manage Revenue Contracts

3.5.6.2.5 Revenue Schedule

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides an overview of revenue recognition in terms of the whole revenue contract using the Revenue Schedule app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The Revenue Schedule app enables you to see the Total Revenue, Recognized Revenue, Posted Revenue, and Open Revenue. Additionally, the app lists the Recognized Revenue, Open Revenue, and Fulfillment Progress by period for each performance obligation (POB) within a revenue contract.

You can therefore review revenue recognition, fulfillment progress, invoice amount, and the recognized cost for distinct POBs.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2a78aedf046e4f2fbd327bd69d138f3d.html




Related Information

Revenue Schedule

3.5.6.2.6 Manual Fulfillment

Revenue Accounting and Reporting enables you to perform manual fulfillment for performance obligations (POBs) using the Manual Fulfillment app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The Manual Fulfillment app only enables you to perform manual fulfillment for performance obligations (POBs) with following settings:

● Fulfillment type is either Event-based (E) or the Percentage of Completion (O)● Event type is Manual Fulfillment (MA)

You can manually fulfill distinct POBs within a revenue contract using either a delta quantity or a cumulative percentage.



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/4195ebc319b84a1989d3dfdfb48a8ed1.html




Related Information

Manual Fulfillment

3.5.6.2.7 Revenue Explanation

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides a detailed view of all fulfillments and related changes that affect the revenue recognition of performance obligations for each period using the Revenue Explanation app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The overview provided by the Revenue Explanation app includes the following:

● An overview of revenue recognition for a performance obligation● A detailed view of fulfillments, which includes Fulfillment Date, Fulfillment Quantity, and Fulfillment

Documentation● A detailed explanation about when revenue catch-up is generated due to a retrospective change● A detailed explanation about when a contract modification occurs



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2676f03d32d2493bba753582ded84820.html




Related Information

Revenue Explanation

3.5.6.2.8 Conflicted Revenue Contract Worklist

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides a detailed view of all revenue contracts with the Pending Review (R) status using the Conflicted Revenue Contracts Worklist app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The conflict only occurs in the following conditions:

● A performance obligation (POB) was changed manually from the Manage Revenue Contracts app● The value from the operational system differs from both the original value and the value from the manual

change

You can use this Conflicted Revenue Contracts Worklist app to resolve conflicts between manually entered values and values that were sent from the operational systems.



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/6b515a99aebf4c5ca1cd6e7dfc5492d8.html




Related Information

Resolving Conflicted Revenue Contracts

3.5.6.2.9 Allocated Amount Explanation

Revenue Accounting and Reporting enables you to verify the allocation result using the Allocated Amount Explanation app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

You can verify the allocation result based on the automated processing result as the Allocated Amount Explanation app:

● Provides a detailed breakdown (e.g. standalone selling price, allocable amount before re-allocation) for price allocation when a contract change occurs

● Lists change logs (e.g. new and old values for the contractual price) for a contract change that triggers a price re-allocation



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/2aca7d6afef0412e8aa1b84a44245a0d.html




Related Information

Allocated Amount Explanation

3.5.6.2.10 Display Change History

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides a clear overview of all changes that occurred within the revenue contracts and performance obligations (POBs) using the Display Change History app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The Display Change History app enables you to retrieve the entire list of changed fields for each change document.

You can then check whether or not these changes belong to a manual change.



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/41644009b17e43008cae814ff346d711.html



Related Information

Change History

3.5.6.2.11 Document Flow for Performance Obligations

The Document Flow app displays all documents that are relevant for a performance obligation (POB).

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

Revenue Accounting and Reporting (RAR) is integrated with multiple sender components, such as FI-CA. Business transactions and events from operational documents are triggered to recognize revenue or cost. From an accounting and auditing perspective, a revenue accountant needs to view and trace data back to the original documents for orders, fulfillments, invoices, correction cost, postings, and more.

The Document Flow app includes operational documents (provider contract, etc.), fulfillment documents, billing documents, original documents for cost corrections, and journal entries created by a revenue posting.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/8a9d9a5338983e27e10000000a44538d.html



Related Information

Document Flow

3.5.6.2.12 Business Reconciliation

Business Reconciliation is for providing an overview of all data and checking the validity of the data.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

You can use the Business Reconciliation report is to:

● Check the validity of data in a revenue contract from a business perspective; identify any revenue contracts that are not consistent.

● Give business users a comprehensive view of a revenue contract. This includes data in the operational system, data in the revenue engine, and the values posted to the G/L account.



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/1146901e49034dc58acb0e212849556c.html



Related Information

Business Reconciliation

3.5.6.2.13 Contract Balance

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides the disclosure report, Contract Balance.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

This report provides you with the opening and closing balances, for example:

● Receivables● Contract assets● Contract liabilities from contracts with customers● Other contract balances are available



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/806ae9c5224a4a2599b47685224e9785.html



Related Information

Contract Balance

3.5.6.2.14 Contract Balance Movements

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides the disclosure report, Contract Balance Movements. This report provides an explanation for any significant changes that occur to the contract asset and contract liability balances during the reporting period.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The explanations in the Contract Balance Movements report includes qualitative and quantitative information. Items in the balances of contracts liabilities for the entity can include any of the following:

● When an invoice becomes due● Revenue recognized in the reporting period that was included in the contract liability balance at the start of

the period● Revenue recognized for performance obligations that was satisfied in the reporting period● Invoice due amount that decreases due to a cancellation● Impairment of assets

Items in the balances of contracts assets for the entity can include any of the following:

● Recognition of revenue that arises from contract assets● A change in the time frame for a right to consideration to become unconditional● Impairment of assets



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/34f39b692f4943258b8a7f4af90c76dd.html


Related Information

Contract Balance Movements

3.5.6.2.15 Disaggregation of Recognized Revenue

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides the disclosure report, Disaggregation of Recognized Revenue. This app disaggregates revenue recognized from contracts with customers, into various categories.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The categories describe how the amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue are affected by various factors. You can analyze the recognized revenue through various dimensions such as Profit Center and Performance Obligation Type.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/a6f1e131d5b14c3da4b2dac25702b876.html



Related Information

Disaggregation of Recognized Revenue

3.5.6.2.16 Disaggregation of Revenue

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides the disclosure report, Disaggregation of Revenue. This app disaggregates posted revenue from contracts with customers into various categories.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

These categories describe how the amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue are affected by various factors. You can analyze the posted revenue through various dimensions such as Profit Center and Performance Obligation Type.


Related Information

Disaggregation of Revenue


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/99fcfd69f6344bf297a0b8dc5728b05d.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/a65948d97c7d40f9860d0e3ded6ca81f.html

3.5.6.2.17 Remaining Performance Obligations

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides the disclosure report, Remaining Performance Obligations. This app discloses the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at the end of the reporting period.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The Remaining Performance Obligations app enables you to analyze the unrecognized revenue using various dimensions, to determine where the revenue originates from, and what the best contributors are.


Related Information

Remaining Performance Obligations




https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/4904feeb758a434d805dcfba9aba8e44.html

3.5.6.2.18 Remaining Performance Obligations with Time Bands

Revenue Accounting and Reporting provides the disclosure report, Remaining Performance Obligations (with Time Bands). This app provides an explanation for when the entity expects to recognize revenue on a quantitative basis using time bands such as Fiscal Period, Fiscal Quarter, and Fiscal Year.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The Remaining Performance Obligations (with Time Bands) app enables you to analyze the outstanding revenue that you expect to become recognized in future, for time-based performance obligations.


Related Information

Remaining Performance Obligations (with Time Bands)


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/24a95c02cd764a5dba1538c3513a3dd9.html

3.5.6.2.19 Compound Group Performance Obligation

Revenue Accounting and Reporting allows you to group several operational document items into a compound group, if these items have to be delivered together so that a customer can benefit from them. A compound group is a set of non-distinct performance obligations (POB) that are assigned to the same compound group POB. Revenue and cost are posted on the level of the non-distinct POBs but are calculated based on the overall fulfillment of the compound group POB.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

Revenue Accounting and Reporting supports compound groups based on the percentage of completion (PoC) and time-based compound groups.

PoC based compound groups can contain non-distinct POBs of fulfillment types event-based and PoC. The fulfillment of a PoC is based on the compound group POB fulfillment; this is calculated as the minimum PoC of all non-distinct POBs that belong to the compound group POB.

Time-based compound groups can only contain time-based non-distinct POBs. The fulfillment of the time-based compound group POB is based on the duration and deferral method used to calculate the revenue of the non-distinct POBs.

Effects on Customizing

You can define a compound group POB in BRFplus. A compound group POB is not assigned to a material and must have fulfillment type Percentage of Completion (O) or Time-based (T).

You can define compound groups by assigning materials to a compound group POB in BRFplus.

You can define custom specific rules to determine values for selected attributes of the compound group POB; these values are taken from the non-distinct POBs by implementing the BAdI Determination of Compound Group POB Attributes.



Related Information

Performance Obligations

3.5.6.2.20 Manage Performance Obligations

The Manage Performance Obligations app is deprecated and replaced by the Manage Revenue Contracts app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

Previously, the Manage Performance Obligations app was automatically navigated to when you wanted to check the details of a performance obligation. This was done as you click the smart link of a performance obligation in some applications, such as Manage Revenue Contracts and Revenue Schedule. You will now be navigated to the embedded details page for the performance obligation directly within the Manage Revenue Contracts app. The Manage Performance Obligation app is therefore no longer required.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/ae70015342d8a62fe10000000a4450e5.html


The Manage Performance Obligations app is no longer supported and will be removed from the system in the next release. As of now, it is no longer available by default for viewing detailed information of a performance obligation. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.


Related Information

Performance Obligations

3.5.6.2.21 Process Order Items with Predecessor Items

This feature enables you to process return orders with a reference to the existing order that was received from the operational system, such as Sales and Distribution (SD).

When return orders with a reference to an existing order are processed in Inbound Processing, contracts are consequently modified by having their quantity, contractual price, allocation amount, or standalone selling price (SSP) updated.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS

Application Component FI-RA-IP (Revenue Accounting)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/ae70015342d8a62fe10000000a4450e5.html

Additional Details

Return orders are created in the sender components such as SD and FI-CA and are sent to Inbound Processing as a revenue accounting item using an order revenue accounting item API.

Inbound Processing identifies return orders based on the following PREDOC fields referencing the predecessor document of the revenue accounting item (RAI):

● Predecessor Item Sender Component● Logical System of the Predecessor Item● Predecessor Item Type● Predecessor Item ID

When Inbound Processing receives a return order item, it does not treat the order item as a separate and independent item. Instead, when processing the item, Inbound Processing aggregates the quantities and amounts of the return order item with those of the predecessor item (and of any other return orders of the RAIs). When revenue is posted, the system treats the aggregated data as a change to the predecessor item.

Multiple revenue accounting order items (return orders) can reference the same predecessor order item, but not the other way round.

In order that predecessor order items can be aggregated with return order items, the following must be the same:

● Company code● Transaction currency● Units of measure● POB category● Value relevance indicator

RAIs of predecessor orders are not aggregated if they are marked for deletion. Similarly, the system does not check the quantity unit for the RAIs of return orders if they are marked for deletion. The quantity is not aggregated, and the aggregated value is not checked for the RAIs of return orders that are marked for deletion. The same applies if the final date is set or if the RAI is value-relevant.

The aggregated quantity must not be negative.


3.5.6.2.22 Manage Postponed Revenue Accounting Items

With the new Fiori app Manage Postponed Revenue Accounting Items, you can display, analyze, and process postponed and partially postponed revenue accounting items based on your selection criteria.


Finance



In addition, as a revenue administrator, you are now able to view and process the selected items.

With this new Fiori app, you can easily navigate to the application log to display errors and the source document of the corresponding items.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS

Application Component FI-RA-IP (Revenue Accounting)


Additional Details

Revenue accounting items received from operational systems are processed in Inbound Processing. During processing, if any checks or validations fail, these revenue accounting items are pushed into the postponed items table to be reprocessed later using this new Fiori app.

The contract is not created for partially processed revenue accounting items.

Example

A successfully processed Sales and Distribution (SD) sales order results in 3 contracts, one per accounting principle, in accordance with your settings.

● Contract for IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards)● Contract for US-GAAP (U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles)● Contract for IAS (International Accounting Standard)

If any issue occurs while processing a specific accounting principle, the sales order is placed in a database table for postponed revenue accounting items with the status Partially Processed.





Related Information

Manage Postponed Revenue Accounting Items

3.5.6.2.23 Search Revenue Contracts

The Search Revenue Contracts app is deprecated and replaced by the Manage Revenue Contracts app.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

You can search for classic revenue contracts using the Manage Revenue Contracts app.


The Search Revenue Contracts app is no longer supported and will be removed from the system in the next release. As of now, it is no longer available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. If you still require the use of this app, you can find it in the App Finder until it is fully removed. It is recommended that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/3867cec1704747bc85b4c10e00ea3c11.html



Related Information

Revenue Contracts

3.5.6.2.24 Monitor Revenue Contracts

The Monitor Revenue Contracts app provides you with a list of significant figures for your revenue contracts. This includes the contractual price, number of manual fulfillment performance obligations, number of manually created performance obligations, and the contract end date.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3KK, 3VS



Additional Details

The Monitor Revenue Contracts app enables you to search for revenue contracts based on operational documents, monitor the status of the revenue contracts, and navigate to other applications to perform other tasks.


Related Information

Monitor Revenue Contracts


https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/6971015342d8a62fe10000000a4450e5.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/ceeb8dd28d434a108f34e2affba85ab0.html

3.5.7 Advanced Compliance Reporting

3.5.7.1 Advanced Compliance Reporting

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1J2 (Advance Compliance Reporting )

Application Component Run Compliance Reports app: FI-LOC-SRF-RUN

Define Compliance Reports app: FI-LOC-SRF-DEF


Additional Details

Following features are included in Advanced Compliance Reports:

● Enhanced Document SplittingYou can split your output documents into the required number of files based on the number of top-level loop query entries per document or based on a split query, where the split query column may or may not be mentioned. If the split query column is mentioned, then this splits the output document into different files based on split query column which provides the number of top-level loop query entries per document.

● Mapping Re-design Document mapping is now divided into three tabs for enhanced usability: All, Mapping, and Properties. The Mapping tab contains columns specific to mapping and the Properties tab contains columns related to the element properties. You can also view all the selected columns under the All tab.

● Enhanced Event 009 - Executes before an ActionEvent 009 is enhanced to include validations before reverting the report run status.



Finance



3.5.8 Contract and Lease Management

3.5.8.1 IAM Objects in Contract and Lease Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Contract and Lease Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization n/a


Application Component RE-FX-CNT






IAM Objects


Contract Management - AdministrationSAP_FIN_BC_RECM_ADMIN_PC

Contract Management - Contract Master DataSAP_FIN_BC_RECM_CONTRACT_PC

Contract Management - Contract Reporting SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_CONREP_PC

Contract Management - Valuation Data SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_VALUATION_PC

Contract Management - Valuation Reporting SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_VALREP_PC

Contract Management - Adjustment Reporting SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_ADJREP_PC

Contract Management - Adjustment Data SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_ADJUSTMENT_PC

Contract Management - Sales Based Rent Data SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_SBR_PC

Contract Management - Sales Based Rent NotificationSAP_FIN_BC_RECM_SBR_NOTIF_PC

Business catalog,

Restriction type

Changes were made to the restriction types.

To offer more flexibility in Contract and Lease Management, these business catalogues will phase in restrictions based on the contract type (“External Real Estate Contract type”) in addition to the company code.

This will give you more flexibility to adjust functionality in your processes. Please use this release to adjust your roles accordingly, while the old restrictions still work.

Be advised, that empty restrictions mean that no authorization is granted, while all authorization (*) has to be explicitly granted.

With future release, only the new restrictions will work. See more in Phase-In Status (Phase-In Status).

01T6 (Lease-In Accounting)

021P (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS)

021Q (Lease-Out Accounting)

021R (Service Contract) Service Contract

02O9 (Intercompany Process for Sublease Accounting)

02SB (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting)

02SA (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS)

034N (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP)


Finance



Contract Management - AR AccountingSAP_FIN_BC_RECM_AR_ACCOUNT_PC

Contract Management - AR Accounting ReportingSAP_FIN_BC_RECM_AR_ACCREP_PC

Contract Management - AP AccountingSAP_FIN_BC_RECM_AP_ACCOUNT_PC

Contract Management - AP Accounting ReportingSAP_FIN_BC_RECM_AP_ACCREP_PC

Business catalog,

Restriction type


To offer more flexibility in Contract and Lease Management, these business catalogues will phase in restrictions based on the contract type (“External Real Estate Contract type”) in addition to the company code.

This will give you more flexibility to adjust functionality in your processes. Please use this release to adjust your roles accordingly, while the old restrictions still work.

Be advised that empty restrictions mean that no authorization is granted, while all authorization (*) has to be explicitly granted.

Be advised that existing restrictions in these catalogs were removed.

● For AR Accounting Roles, these were YO10 and YO50.

● For AP Accounting Roles, these were YI10, YI50 and YS10.

To have the same functionality, you have to maintain contract types.

With future releases, only the new restrictions will work. See

01T6 (Lease-In Accounting)

021P (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS)

021Q (Lease-Out Accounting)

021R (Service Contract) Service Contract

02O9 (Intercompany Process for Sublease Accounting)

02SB (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting)

02SA (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS)

034N (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP)



more in Phase-In Status (Phase-In Status).


Related Information


3.5.8.2 Configuration for Contract and Lease Management

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to contract and lease management have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component RE-FX-CNT (Contract)



Finance





Additional Details

Type of change


New/changed configuration object

How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Contract Types

Maintenance of Contract Types

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-Contract Settings

You maintain new contract types

T6 (Lease-In Accounting), 21P (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS), 21Q (Lease-Out Accounting), 21R (Service Contract), 2O9 (Intercompany Process for Sublease Accounting), 2SB (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting), 2SA (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS), 34N (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP), 34O (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP)

Real Estate Management

Contract and Lease Management


Number Range for Contracts

Maintenance of Number Ranges for Contracts

You maintain the number ranges for contract types


Field Status per Contract Type

Definition of Field Status per Contract Type

You define the filed status per contract type


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Renewal Rules

Maintenance of Renewal Rules

You maintain renewal rules


Notice Rules: Deadline Regulations

Maintenance of Notice Rules: Deadline Regulations

You specify deadline regulations for automatic calculation of notice dates for real estate contracts.


Notice Rules: Period Regulations

Maintenance of Notice Rules: Period Regulations

You specify various period regulations for automatic calculation of notice dates for real estate contracts.


Notice Procedures

Maintenance of Notice Procedures

You can create notice procedures with multiple notice rules. This applies, for example, to contract terms in which differ-ent periods of notice apply for the contractee (tenant) and contractor (landlord).


Finance

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Notice Reasons

Maintenance of Notice Reasons

You can enter reasons for notice. You can enter, for example, if notice was given by the contractor (landlord) or the contractee (tenant). With the exception of the vacancy reason, these entries are for informational purposes only.


Reasons for Rejection

Maintenance of Rejection Reasons

You can enter short texts containing the rejection reasons.


Define Adjustment Reason

Definition of Adjustment Reasons

You have to enter a reason you define here for the adjustment run.


Due Date Correction Rule

Maintenance of a Due Date Correction Rule

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-Conditions and account determination

The due date for a condition is specified by the frequency term. Here, you first specify how due dates fall in relation to the calculation period by entering the payment form (due at the start, middle, or end of the period).


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability

In order to reflect more complex methods for determining the due date (for example, always due on 3rd business day of month), you can relate the frequency term to a due date correction rule.


Define Reason for Change

Maintenance of Reasons for Change

Here you enter possible change reasons for conditions.


Specify Possible Currency Translation Rules per Contract Type

Maintenance of Currency Translation Rules per Contract Type

You define currency translation rules here.


Define Document Type Determination

Definition of Document Type Determination

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-Account Integration

You create defaults for determining document types.


Account Determination Values

Maintenance of Account Determination Values

In addition to account symbols, you can define account determination values.


Finance

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Control Settings for Each Contract Type in Company Code

Control per Contract Type in Company Code

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-Contract Valuation

In this dialog, you make specific settings for the balance sheet valuation for each contract type.


Valuation Relevance

Maintenance of Valuation Relevance

Enter the reasons here why balance sheet valuation is carried out for a contract or the contract is not valuation relevant.


Assign Asset Transaction Types

Assignment of Asset Transaction Types

Assign the corresponding asset transaction types that you want to use for posting to the RoU assets.


Define Resubmission Reasons

Maintenance of Reminder Categories

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-General settings

You create your own user-defined reminder categories.


Make Settings per Object Type

Define Settings per Object Type

You assign reminder rules and reminder categories to individual object types.


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Set Default Values for Reminder Rules and Enter Automatically in Contracts

Reminder Rules Defaults for the Contracts

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-General settings

You can specify for specific contract types which reminder rules are to be inserted into the contract automatically when a new leasing contract is created.

New configu-ration item

Role Types Definition of Role Types

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-Business Partner

You can define role types


Make Settings for Roles per Object Type

Definition of Roles per Object Type

You specify for which object type you want to be able to assign business partners and which roles this partner can have.


Type of Sales Rule

Definition of Type of Sales Rules

Manage Your Solution-Configure Your Solution-Finance-Contract and Lease Management-Sales Based Rent

For sales-based conditions, you can define the type of a sales rule.

3F4 (Sales-Based Rent)


Finance

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Sales Types Maintenance of Sales Types

You create the sales types you need for reporting sales for sales-based rent.


Sales ID Definition of Sales ID

You can define the sales IDs you want to use in processing sales reports.





Related Information








3.5.8.3 Contract and Lease Management Dashboard

Added new dashboard pages about the contract cash flow, partner analysis, and the evaluation of a single selected contract, based on the RE-FX cash flow data.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1T6 (Lease-In Accounting), 21P (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS), 21Q (Lease-Out Accounting), 21R (Service Contract), 2O9 (Intercompany Process for Sublease Accounting), 2SB (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting), 2SA (Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Group Ledger IFRS), 34N (Lease-In Accounting - Group Ledger US GAAP)

Application Component RE-FX-CN ()


Additional Details

Added a new data source C_RECashFlowQ for RE-FX cash flow data.


3.5.8.4 Sales-Based Rent

This further enhancement of the contract lease-out process supports the user to maintain all data used for the sales-based rent in the contract. It also supports the settlement process via the posting in the cash flow.


Finance



Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3F4 (Sales-Based Rent)

Application Component RE-FX-CN (Contract)



3.5.9 Integration Between Payroll and Finance

3.5.9.1 Finance Integration with SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll: Cost Center Replication Using Master Data Integration

When you integrate Finance in SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payrol, it is important that cost center data is in sync in both systems. With this release, you have the possibility to use the SAP Cloud Platform Master Data Integration service for cost center replication.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1NL (SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll Integration)







Related Information

Integration with SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll Including SAP Cloud Platform Master Data Integration

3.5.9.2 Finance Integration with SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll: New Countries

The functions for the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll can be used for doing business in Finland, the Czech Repulic and the United Kingdom.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Czech Republic, Finland and United Kingdom

Scope Item 1NL (SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll Integration)





Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6b39bd1d0e5e4099a5b65d835c29c696/2011.500/en-US/1083c8ee6bd54c3a9339c450e156847f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6b39bd1d0e5e4099a5b65d835c29c696/2011.500/en-US/1083c8ee6bd54c3a9339c450e156847f.html


More Information

● How to set up the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll, see Integration Between Payroll and Finance

● List of all supported countries/regions, see 2707220● Functions and features in SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll, see SAP SuccessFactors

Employee Central Payroll

3.5.9.3 Finance Integration with SAP ERP HCM Payroll: New Countries

The functions for the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP ERP HCM Payroll can be used for doing business in Finland the Czech Republic.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Czech Republic and Finland

Scope Item 3UP (Payroll Processing with SAP ERP HCM Payroll)







https://help.sap.com/viewer/6b39bd1d0e5e4099a5b65d835c29c696/2011.500/en-US/92b87c4ebfde49ada97673358ace9427.html


https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_SUCCESSFACTORS_EMPLOYEE_CENTRAL_PAYROLL

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_SUCCESSFACTORS_EMPLOYEE_CENTRAL_PAYROLL


More Information

● How to set up the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP ERP HCM Payroll, see Integration with SAP ERP HCM Payroll

● List of all supported countries/regions, see 2767439● Functions and features in SAP ERP HCM Payroll, see Integration overview in the SAP ERP HCM Payroll

product assistance

3.5.10 Integration Between Travel & Expense Management and Finance

3.5.10.1 Integration with SAP Concur: Posting Optimization of FI Document Splitting

The optimization of the posting behavior for FI document splitting is now active by default.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1M1 (Travel Expense Processing with SAP Concur Expense Professional)

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-FIN (Concur S/4HANA Financial Integration)



Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6b39bd1d0e5e4099a5b65d835c29c696/2011.500/en-US/58703943135d4a398b8c7f60fc1dbf31.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6b39bd1d0e5e4099a5b65d835c29c696/2011.500/en-US/58703943135d4a398b8c7f60fc1dbf31.html


https://help.sap.com/viewer/e09772d353c6445c8cef2d8cbff5c0b0/LATEST/en-US/cd8168aea69d4c37b0d3d26f3b3f2c43.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e09772d353c6445c8cef2d8cbff5c0b0/LATEST/en-US/cd8168aea69d4c37b0d3d26f3b3f2c43.html

Additional Details


With this feature active by default, the ability to decondense the clearing account, vendor, and tax lines is no longer possible.


This change will go into effect for all documents that have not yet been posted.


Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Cloud Systems with SAP Concur

3.6 Auditor Direct Access for Professional Services

When you're undergoing an external audit, it’s important that the auditor be able to see all of the information that they need to see to perform the audit. It’s also often important to restrict the auditor to only that information. For example, you may need to restrict the auditor's access to a specific timeframe or redact your business partner ID data during the audit. Auditor Direct Access for Professional Services allows you to impose these restrictions on the external auditor for certain reports. This feature has been delivered with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011 for testing purposes only.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD_INTEGRATION_WITH_CONCUR_SOLUTIONS/latest/en-US

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 2OO




The purpose of Auditor Direct Access for Professional Services is to restrict the data that is visible to the external auditor. This includes restriction by timeframe and the redaction of specific sensitive data. No data is changed in your system, but the sensitive data is changed on the user interface when viewed by the external auditor.


To use the time restriction and redaction functionalities in the reports for which they’re enabled, you must create a user with a specific set of permissions and access rights. It’s imperative that you assign only the specified permissions and access rights.


Related Information

Auditor Direct Access for Professional ServicesDisplay Billing Documents - Redacted (App for External Auditors) [page 511]Manage Supplier Master Data [page 724]


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/fd849abf7f5441d9bcc148200b0d22fe/2011.500/en-US/6a5b1e52ad124dae8a6bac4b19ec58f1.html

3.7 Treasury Management

3.7.1 Enhancements to Bank Relationships Tab of Treasury Executive Dashboard

With this feature, you now can compare your relationships with bank groups based on the amounts of your financial transactions. The new charts Distribution of Product Group Amount by Bank Group and History of Product Group Amount by Bank Group are available in the new group Amount of Financial Transactions on the Bank Relationship tab of the Treasury Executive Dashboard app.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1MN (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Treasury and Risk Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-TRM (Fiori UI for Treasury and Risk Management)

FIN-FIO-CLM (Fiori UI for Cash and Liquidity Management)


Additional Details

● The amount of the financial transaction in display currency is the amount of the financial transaction in transaction currency multiplied with the FX rate (of the entered exchange rate type) at the key date. The following table shows how the amounts in transaction currency are determined:

Amount of a Financial Transactions for the Different Product Categories

Financial Product Group Product Category Amount

Money Market 510 Fixed-Term Deposit Nominal Amount

Money Market 520 Deposit at Notice Nominal Amount

Money Market 530 Commercial Paper Nominal Amount

Money Market 540 Cash Flow Transaction Nominal Amount


Financial Product Group Product Category Amount

Money Market 550 Interest Rate Instrument Nominal Amount

Money Market 580 Current Acct-Style Instrument Nominal Amount

Credit Line 560 Facility Total Amount

Foreign Exchange 600 Foreign Exchange Traded Amount

Foreign Exchange 760 FX Option Traded Amount

Interest Rate Derivative 610 Cap/Floor Nominal Amount only

Interest Rate Derivative 620 Interest Rate Swap Nominal Amount

● The following new CDS query views are now available:○ Financial Transaction Amount - Query○ Fin. Trans. Amount by Bank Group - Query○ Fin. Trans. Amt on Single Date - Query


Related Information

Treasury Executive DashboardBank Relationship

3.7.2 Cash and Liquidity Management

3.7.2.1 Approve Bank Payments

In the Approve Bank Payments the creator of a payment will not be able to see the payment batch as approver and approve it in any step.


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/f43bbd0a111947109d44e4d44b86897a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/17f858595fe14663a670a1a367a5ac99.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/af88a3592cb448a5a52ba0a80bb257dd.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6b39bd1d0e5e4099a5b65d835c29c696/2011.500/en-US/6c9a4be0b43844a5a80a2f1756bd2b44.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6b39bd1d0e5e4099a5b65d835c29c696/2011.500/en-US/494aa819eea2469e96badec31219365b.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)


Additional Details

In previous releases, the payment batch creator was not able to see the batch in the first step of approval but it was possible to approve in the next steps. This was fixed and now he is not able to see it in any of the approval steps.


Related Information

Approve Bank Payments

3.7.2.2 API for Bank Master Data

With this synchronous inbound service, you can create, read, update, and mark bank master data for deletion.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/c401ac923da649359cb8052438b0d9be.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Application Component CA-BK (Bank)


Additional Details

This service interface is available on the SAP API Business Hub.


Related Information

BankAPIs for Cash and Liquidity Management

3.7.2.3 Renamed CDS View: Bank (I_Bank)

The CDS View Bank Master Details (I_Bank) has been renamed to Bank.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Finance

https://s4chbstagingi5rzc0vs3c-yxucacoeq3.int.sap.eu2.hana.ondemand.com/



https://help.sap.com/viewer/8e3ab24444a840ecb6a360fdffb1942f/2011.500/en-US/5512cf2c6e2e45c8a141581ddd708647.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/8e3ab24444a840ecb6a360fdffb1942f/2011.500/en-US/a47550ec1df14473aecdb53503d7205a.html


Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (SAP Cash Management)



Related Information

Bank

3.7.2.4 Migrate Bank Control Keys

In the past, bank control keys could be defined with both house bank accounts and bank accounts, which may have caused data inconsistencies. Starting from this release, control keys defined with house bank accounts are no longer visible. You must therefore consolidate inconsistent control keys using the new app Migrate Bank Control Keys.

Type New


Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management), J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Available As Of S/4HANA Cloud 2011




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/f0299b5a0c22470fa8baa9869e2878d0.html

Additional Details

The app is hidden by default. You can find it under the Cash Management - Bank Accounts Management Basic catalog from the App Finder.


The following changes have been made to the bank control key logic in the bank account master data:

● The Bank Control Key field has been removed from the user interface for house bank accounts. Consequently, you can no longer see or edit bank control keys with house bank accounts.

● For bank accounts in Japan, the bank control key is now a part of the logical key that uniquely identifies a bank account. The logical key for a bank account now comprises the following parameters:○ Bank accounts whose bank country is Japan: bank control key + bank account number + bank

country + bank key + currency○ Other bank accounts: bank account number + bank country + bank key + currency


Related Information

Migrate Bank Control Keys

3.7.2.5 Technical Banks and Technical Bank Accounts

You can now define technical banks and technical bank accounts using the Manage Banks and Manage Bank Accounts apps. You can also use the new app Split Technical Bank Accounts to process existing technical bank accounts in your system.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/bd2f361324be4b60b6afce2c2796aead.html

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

Previously, when dealing with technical bank accounts, customers normally created technical house bank accounts and linked them to one virtual bank account with one technical ID. With this release, you can create technical bank accounts with independent technical IDs.

To create a technical bank account, proceed as follows:

1. In the Manage Banks app, define a bank with the bank category Technical Bank.2. In the Manage Bank Accounts app, define bank accounts for this bank.

All bank accounts defined under a technical bank are regarded as technical bank accounts.Unlike normal bank accounts, each technical bank account is uniquely identified by the combination of company code, house bank, and house bank account ID. Therefore, for each tecnical bank account, you must define one and only one house bank account with the connectivity ID category Central System: House Bank Account.


If you already have technical bank accounts in the system, you can use the Split Technical Bank Accounts app to identify technical bank accounts that contain multiple house bank accounts. You can then use this app to split house bank accounts from the technical bank account and create a new bank account for each house bank account that has been split away. This way, you ensure that each technical bank account is uniquely represented by one house bank account and one technical ID.

For more information, see Split Technical Bank Accounts.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/552a654cf04f4a68a0355b0a3d6a7338.html



3.7.2.6 Import Signatory Cards

The Import Signatory Cards app has been deprecated. The app tile will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (Bank Account Management)


Additional Details

The Signatory File and Signatory List tabs have been removed from the Manage Bank Accounts app.


3.7.2.7 Manage Bank Account Balances

With this app, you can now manually enter or import balances for bank accounts in remote systems and monitor the balance changes in these bank accounts.


Finance



Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)




Related Information

Manage Bank Account Balances

3.7.2.8 Authorization Groups for Transactions Using Bank Accounts

With this release, you can now restrict access to bank accounts using authorization groups. In order to make a specific posting in Financial Accounting that involves a particular bank account, users must first be assigned to the corresponding authorization group for that account.

Technical Details

Type New





https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/c0efe436b251410e845329449db6e73e.html

Scope Item J58

J59


FI-BL (Bank Accounting)


Additional Details

To protect certain bank accounts, you can create authorization groups that only give users assigned to these groups access to these bank accounts. The authorization group can be assigned to a bank account in its master data attributes.


You create authorization groups for transactions using bank accounts using the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your Solution Finance Cash and Liquidity Management Bank Account ManagementDefine Authorization Groups for Bank Account Transactions .


Related Information

Define G/L Accounts for Payment ProcessesAssigning G/L Accounts to House Bank Accounts

3.7.2.9 Activation and Deactivation of Memo Records

In the Manage Memo Records app, the Convert button has been replaced by the Activate and Deactivate buttons. You can now use these buttons to activate or deactivate memo records collectively or individually.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0fa84c9d9c634132b7c4abb9ffdd8f06/2011.500/en-US/5c1eb2ea64bb425abd373c98c96db0c1.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/3247e8093a34431ab7423653835a1d8f.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations), J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)


Additional Details

You cannot activate memo records that have already expired. If you do need to activate an expired memo record, you can change the expiration date to a future date and then you can activate the memo record.


Related Information

Manage Memo Records

3.7.2.10 Time Zone Settings for Memo Record Expiration Dates

The expiration dates for memo records are now checked based on the user time zone settings in the Manage Business Users app. This change affects apps including Manage Memo Records, Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday Memo Records, and Check Cash Flow Items.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/92cd53859b23418eb6bfc4b95c773878.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations), J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)




Previously, the expiration dates were checked against the system time zone, which may vary across different systems. To achieve consistency, set a time zone for all users that work with memo records. To do so, in the Manage Business Users app, find the user record that you want to edit and then go to the General tab. You can specify a time zone under the Regional Settings section.


Related Information

Manage Memo Records

3.7.2.11 Single Payment Option for Bank Transfers

You can now set the Single Payment indicator to create separate payment documents for your payment requests in Manage Cash Concentration, Make Bank Transfers, and Make Bank Transfers - Create with Template.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/92cd53859b23418eb6bfc4b95c773878.html

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

In the automatic payment transaction, payment requests can be grouped for payment. If you do not want your payment request to be combined with others, you can set the Single Payment indicator before you save the bank transfer or cash concentration. A separate payment document is created for a payment request with the Single Payment indicator set.


3.7.2.12 Enhancements for Manage Cash Concentration

The Manage Cash Concentration app has been enhanced with the option of using subaccount payment methods in cash concentration, a new Clear Transfer Amount button, and warning messages to validate transfer amounts according to defined target balances.

Technical Details

Type New








Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to this app:

● The Use Subaccount PM indicator: With this indicator set, the payment method of the subaccount is used to generate payment requests, irrespective whether the transfer is from the subaccount or to the subaccount.

● The Clear Transfer Amount button: You can now use this button to clear in one go all transfer amounts proposed by the system.

● Warning messages for target balance check: The system now checks your transfer amounts and prompts warning messages if the balance after the transfer does not match the defined target balance or if it exceeds the target balance.


Related Information

Manage Cash Concentration

3.7.2.13 Configuration for Cash and Liquidity Management

With this release, a new configuration step for making settings related to Cash and Liquidity Management has been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/69d58ccb5d1e44249e1a83174f965324.html

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

Type of Change Configuration for ...New/Changed Configuration Object How to Find It What You Can Do

New configuration step Bank account master data

Change Message Control for Bank Account Management


under FinanceCash and Liquidity

Management Bank Account

Management .

With this configuration step, you can enable linking from one bank account to multiple house bank accounts and linking to house bank accounts with a different company code.

For more information, see Defining House Bank Accounts.

New setting added to configuration step

Bank account master data

Define Settings for Bank Account Master Data


under FinanceCash and Liquidity

Management Bank Account

Management .

A new setting Account Type Definition has been added to the Define Settings for Bank Account Master Data configuration step.

With this setting, you can define account types for bank accounts.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/579e2d551c03bc06e10000000a441470.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/579e2d551c03bc06e10000000a441470.html

Type of Change Configuration for ...New/Changed Configuration Object How to Find It What You Can Do

New configuration step Authorization groups for transactions involving bank accounts

Define Authorization Groups for Bank Account Transactions

Finance Cash and Liquidity Management

Bank Account

Management Define Authorization Groups for Bank Account

Transactions

You can control which users are allowed to make specific postings to particular bank accounts. You do this by assigning your users to authorization groups.


Related Information


3.7.2.14 IAM Objects in Cash and Liquidity Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Cash and Liquidity Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item See below


Finance






Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (Cash and Liquidity Management)





IAM Objects


Cash Management - Bank Fee Management (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BFM_PC)

business catalog New business catalog The following apps have been moved to this business catalog:

● Monitor Bank Fees● Manage Bank Fee

Conditions● Import Bank

Services Billing Files

2O0 (Bank Fee Management),

Cash Management - Bank Accounts Management Basic (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BAM_BASIC_PC)

business catalog New apps added The following apps have been added to this business catalog:

● Split Technical Bank Accounts

● Migrate Bank Control Keys

● Display House Banks

BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Cash Management - Bank Accounts Management (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BAM_PC)

business catalog New apps added The following apps have been added to this business catalog:

● Manage Bank Account Balances

● Import Bank Balances

J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management),



Cash Management - Basic Cash Operations (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_OPS_BASIC_PC)

business catalog Apps added or removed

● The Connector Monitor app has been deleted from this business catalog

● The Automatic Payment Transaction for Payment Request (F111) app has been moved from the Cash Management - Cash Operations(SAP_FIN_BC_CM_CASH_OPS_PC) business catalog to this catalog.

BFB (Basic Cash Operations), J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

In addition to the above changes, new business catalogs for configuration are available and assigned to the Configuration Expert - Business Process Configuration (SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT) business role template. For more information, see Finance-Specific IAM Business Catalogs for Configuration [page 69].


Related Information



Finance




3.7.3 Payments and Bank Communications

3.7.3.1 Enhancements to Exception Handling for Central Payment Factory

With this feature you as a business user can be notified in case of payment issues using the enhanced exception handling feature out of a central payment factory.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4MT

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)



3.7.3.2 Enablement of Sanction Screening for Central Payment Factory

With this feature you can assure a high degree of compliance by enabling the sanction screening feature out of a central payment factory. The sanction screening feature enables you to:

● Block the engagement with sanctioned parties for all payments irrespective of the system start-up status● Make the payments only to the approved third parties● Leverage the automated system-based screening that keeps compliance expenses at a minimum




Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4MT




3.7.3.3 Creation of Ad-Hoc Payments

With this feature you can create ad-hoc payments out of a payment factory without dependencies on master data or accounting entries.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4MT





Finance






3.7.3.4 Manual Upload of Payment Files with Incoming Payments

With this feature you can upload payment files manually to Advanced Payment Management. This enables the integration of incoming payments initiated from the systems that are not fully integrated with Advanced Payment Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4MT




3.7.3.5 Enhancements to Advanced Payment Management Integration with Payroll Processes

This enhanced feature provides you with a tighter integration between Advanced Payment Management and payroll processes. Processing, monitoring and approvals for payroll-related payments can be processed through Advanced Payment Management. In addition, it enables you to mask the sensitive data for monitoring and approvals.




Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4MT




3.7.3.6 Creation of Ad-Hoc Bank Account Statement Requests through EBICS

With this feature you as a business user can create ad-hoc (intraday) bank account statement requests. This feature helps you to:

● Fetch account statements from banks connected through Electronic Banking Internet Communication Standard (EBICS)

● Handle exception scenarios where the corresponding bank is not able to provide the account statement in time

● Update cash management

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 16R

Application Component LOD-FSN (SAP Multi-Bank Connectivity)


Finance





3.7.3.7 Enhancements to Multi-Bank Connectivity Integration with Payroll Processes

This enhanced feature provides you with a tighter integration between SAP Multi-Bank Connectivity and payroll processes. It enables the direct integration from the payroll processes to SAP Multi-Bank Connectivity.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 16R

Application Component LOD-FSN (SAP Multi-Bank Connectivity)








3.7.4 Treasury and Risk Management

3.7.4.1 Real-Time Update of Market Risk Key Figures

With this feature, you can install a real-time update of the base values for market risk key figures calculated by the Calculate Market Risk Key Figures job template. Based on the basic calculation run, all newly created or changed financial transactions, security positions and exposure positions will automatically trigger an adjustment run. This setting ensures that the query views that calculate the market risk key figures are always based on current data.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management), 1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)


Additional Details

● You activate the real-time update for a market risk key figure set using the Define Market Risk Key Figures Sets app.Set the Real-Time Update indicator if you want changes made to objects covered by the market risk key figure set (such as when financial transactions, security positions, or exposure positions are changed) to trigger an automatic adjustment run of the Calculate Market Risk Key Figures report.

NoteThe adjustment run uses the same parameters (derived from the market risk key figure set) as the basic run. Even if you have changed the market risk key figure set in the meantime, the adjustment run uses the same parameters as the basic run. This ensures that all financial objects are processed according to the same parameters on a key date.

This setting ensures that the query views that calculate the market risk key figures are always based on current data.

CautionNote that setting this indicator will increase the workload during working hours, depending on the operational processes. For example, if you create many financial transactions in a short period of time,


Finance

market risk key figures will be calculated for them immediately, rather than in a nightly batch run. Value-at-risk calculations can be particularly resource-intensive.

● You must schedule the basic run of the Calculate Market Risk Key Figures job template to run daily.● Using the new Monitor Key Figure Calculations - Market Risk Key Figure Sets app, you can monitor the

message logs and calculation details for basic runs and adjustment runs of the Calculate Market Risk Key Figures report. The new app is available on the SAP Fiori launchpad for the Treasury Specialist - Middle Office business role template.

Constraints

The real-time update is not available for bank accounts.


Related Information

Manage Market Risk Key Figure SetsMonitor Key Figure Calculations - Market Risk Key Figure SetsMarket Risk Analysis

3.7.4.2 Simulated Valuation

With this feature, you can simulate the valuation of treasury positions based on the book value from the last period-end closing without reset and save the results without generating persistent flows and postings from the subledger. The simulated valuation includes all relevant valuation results that are otherwise also generated during period-end closing. You can delete simulated valuation results.

Technical Details

Type New




https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/cd0dad32c1b54c209d2715b978caf6d7.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/fad0223ec5764d3cadf5896352033910.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/6b11da531198434de10000000a174cb4.html


Scope Item 1WV, 1X1, 1X3, 2NZ, 49D, 3WY, 2UN



Additional Details

The following new apps are available:

● Run Simulated Valuation○ The simulated valuation is available for treasury positions of securities and of OTC transactions

(money market, foreign exchange, and derivatives).○ The simulated valuation can be executed in Test Run mode.○ A log is issued that displays all messages that were generated for the simulated valuation run.○ Simulated valuation results are outdated if changes are made subsequently to the evaluated treasury

positions (this does not include changes to market data) that are valid before the key date of the simulated valuation run. The outdated treasury position is flagged in the database table for recalculation.In the Run Simulated Valuation app, you can recalculate outdated simulated valuation results. To do this, you must set the Recalculate Outdated Sim. Val. indicator. The recalculation can be executed for outdated treasury positions either for a specific date or period, or for all outdated treasury positions.

● Delete Simulated Valuation RunSimulated valuation results can be deleted from the database tables.


The new apps Run Simulated Valuation and Delete Simulated Valuation Run are assigned to the business catalog TRM - Valuation SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_VAL_PC and are available in the Treasury Accountant business role template.



Finance



Related Information

Run Simulated ValuationDelete Simulated Valuation Run

3.7.4.3 Enhancements for Interest Rate Swaps

With this feature, interest rate swaps offer you a variety of new functions, such as parallel conditions, new repayment methods, new interest calculation types, settlement with net payment (also for cross-currency interest rate swaps), and much more.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management), 1XB (Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Group Ledger IFRS), 34E (Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Group Ledger US GAAP)



Additional Details

● Interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps now offer the same Interest Condition Details screen as interest rate instruments and securities. This includes new Interest Calculation Types, such as Exponential Interest Calculation with Factors, Compound Interest Calculation, and Average Compound Interest Calculation. So, you can now also enter variable interest conditions with risk-free reference rates. In addition, parallel conditions are possible now.

NoteYou can still create an interest rate condition with a start date before the Start date of the financial transaction.

● Additional kinds of repayment methods, such as installment repayment, or annuity repayment are available now.

● The default setting in the Rule for Date Update field for conditions on Dates tab, is now set to Regular and in the Shift Due Date field, the default value is After end of fixed period.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/b72554ab58464623b6a27a1e3c0a9426.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/e1d4635a930c4b1aab1826382139199e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/9f07da531198434de10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/682d3fcfc9ad4b4289bdba925f156bd0.html

● When you terminate an interest rate swap with final repayment, the system automatically generates a final repayment flow and an interest flow for the period up to the termination date.

● You can settle interest rate swaps via net payments. The netting flow is generated as derived flow and the original flows aren’t posting relevant (all the flow types ending with 5). In general, all flow types are posting relevant but the final decision on the posting relevancy is defined in the update types. You use the flow types/update types, which are posting relevant for cross-currency interest rate swaps without net payment and the flow tyües/update types that aren’t relevant for posting cross-currency interest rate swaps without net payments. Derivation procedures are predefined and need to be assigned to the Creating Standing Instructions for Derived Flows of your business partners.

● You can settle cross-currency interest rate swaps in one currency, including adjustment of the FX rates. Cross-currency interest rate swaps have two currencies, one for outgoing and one for incoming interests. In order to allow netting of flows in different currencies, it’s necessary to convert the amounts in one joint currency. System uses the settlement currency as the currency of the net payments. The flows are calculated in the position currency and then translated to the payment currency, which is the settlement currency. The net payments are created in settlement currency.○ The original flows of the outgoing and incoming side, such as the flows representing nominal changes

and the condition-based flows (for example interests and repayments) have an amount in position currency and an amount in payment currency.

○ The derived flows only have an amount in payment currency.For the currency conversion, you must determine an FX rate using the Create Adjustments - Rates/Prices app for the FX rate adjustments.

● The Run Accrual/Deferral app allows grouping and netting of original flows with different directions and update types○ Grouping and netting of original flows with different directions and update types.○ Grouping in payment currency allows grouping of accruals with same settlement currency.

Prorated amount in position currency is translated to payment currency and grouped with other accruals in the same payment currency

For more information, see also Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues

NoteNet payments are now enabled for cross-currency interest rate swaps. Therefore, the FX rates for translation into the payment currency (= settlement currency) must also be adjusted. You fix FX rates using the apps that are also used for interest rate adjustments. Since these apps now also allow FX rate adjustment, their names have been adapted. For the following apps, the subtitle has been changed from Interest Rates/Prices to Rates/Prices. The new names are:

● Create Adjustment - Rates/Prices● Change Adjustment - Rates/Prices● Display Adjustment - Rates/Prices● Reverse Adjustment - Rates/Prices


● Flow types and update types for business transactions of nominal changes and for the interest flows are predefined which are not posting relevant as well as flow types and update types for the net payments.


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/a6f9c5536a51204be10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/a6f9c5536a51204be10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/c272c753b1081d4be10000000a174cb4.html

Flow Type Direction Update Type

1105 Nom.Amt Incr.(Not Rel.f.Postg) Inflow DE1105+ Increase in Nominal Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)

1105 Nom.Amt Incr.(Not Rel.f.Postg) Outflow DE1105- Reduction in Nominal Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)

1115 Nom.Amt Decr.(Not Rel.f.Postg) Inflow DE1115+ Increase in Nominal Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)

1115 Nom.Amt Decr.(Not Rel.f.Postg) Outflow DE1115- Reduction in Nominal Amount (Not Rel. for Posting)

1125 Contract (Not Rel.for Posting) Inflow DE1125+ Contract (Not Relevant for Posting)

1125 Contract (Not Rel.for Posting) Outflow DE1125- Contract (Not Relevant for Posting)

1135 Install. rep.(Not Rel.f.Postg) Inflow DE1135+ Instalment Repayment (Not Rel. for Posting)

1135 Install. rep.(Not Rel.f.Postg) Outflow DE1135- Instalment Repayment (Not Rel. for Posting)

1145 Annuity Rep. (Not Rel.f.Postg) Inflow DE1145+ Annuity Repayment (Not Rel. for Posting)

1145 Annuity Rep. (Not Rel.f.Postg) Outflow DE1145- Annuity Repayment (Not Rel. for Posting)

1205 Interest (to be netted) Inflow DE1205+ Interest (to be netted)

Not relevant for posting

1205 Interest (to be netted) Outflow DE1205- Interest (to be netted)

Not relevant for posting

1250 Interest (net) Inflow DE1250+ Interest (net)

1250 Interest (net) Outflow DE1250- Interest (net)

1107 Cross Curr. Swap Payment (net) Inflow DE11107+ Cross Curr. Swap Payment (net)

1107 Cross Curr. Swap Payment (net) Outflow DE11107- Cross Curr. Swap Payment (net)

● The following derivation procedures are predefined in the Define Derivation Procedures and Rules configuration step and you must assign the derivation procedure in the standing instruction to your business partner, if you agreed on net payments:


○ NTINT Swap: Net InterestsNetting of interest flows only

○ NTALL Swap: Net Int. and Nom.Separate netting of interests and nominal changes

○ NTTOT Swap: Net All FlowsOne net payment/posting of all flows together.

● In the Assign Update Types for Accrual/Deferral configuration step, the grouping SWAP_IRS is predefined for company code 1010, net payment update types 1205+ and 1205-, and product category 620..

For more information about the available configuration options in Treasury and Risk Management, see also Configuration Options for Key Users


Related Information

Interest Rate DerivativesCreate Interest Rate DerivativesProcess IR Derivatives - Collective Processing

3.7.4.4 Cross-Currency Hedging in Hedge Management of Net Open Exposures

With this feature, you can use cross-currency hedging for a subsidiary with a different company code currency than its treasury center. For this, you need to create a new hedging area with cross-currency hedging enabled.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/f9894d9f59894e27b2709732eb8c05a3.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/2658c7533a661d4be10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/b316da531198434de10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/f814da531198434de10000000a174cb4.html



Additional Details

● To activate cross-currency hedging, you must create a new hedging area using the Display Hedging Area app. Here go to Main Data Risk-Free Currency and choose the option Currency Defined by the Source. This enables the extraction of cross-currency exposures from Exposure Management 2.0.

NoteYou cannot activate cross-currency hedging in a hedging area that already exists.

A hedging area with cross-currency hedging activated cannot be used in Hedge Accounting. Hence when creating a hedging area with the risk-free currency defined by the source, the Hedging Area box under Integration is greyed out.

● When you take a snapshot using the Take Snapshot app, exposure items based on your cross-currency exposures are created.○ The Take Snapshot app now has two date fields:

○ The Extraction Date is the key date in your local time zone. You can only back-date it for the first snapshot; after that, it must always the current date.

○ The Snapshot Date is the key date in the system time zone and it is the business-relevant date. It is filled automatically. This field only appears if you acticate the option Day Reference. This option is helpful for back-dated initialization of the hedge management process.

● The created exposure items are shown in the Hedge Management Cockpit app. The table shows the target currency, risk currency and company code currency.○ The Target Currency is the currency used to hedge the exposure.○ The Risk Currency is the currency of the exposure.○ The Company Code Currency is local currency of the company code.

● To hedge a cross-currency exposure item, you have to create an FX hedge request.● When you create a financial transaction, you can see the exposure item belonging to the hedge request.● Cross-currency hedging only works with the instruments FX spot, FX forward and FX NDF.● Net hedges are not displayed in the Hedge Management Cockpit. All key figures dependent on net hedges

are not calculated/supported.





Related Information

Hedging Area: Main DataHedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures (FX Risk)

3.7.4.5 Enhancements for Hedge Management of Balance Sheet FX Risks

With this feature, you can use predefined parameters to easily and quickly create balance sheet exposure hedge requests manually in the Process Hedge Requests - Balance Sheet FX Risk app.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)



Additional Details

● The Define Settings - Balance Sheet FX Risk app now provides pages with which to define parameters for balance sheet exposure hedge requests and to assign them to parameter groups.○ Parameters

In a B/S hedge request parameter, you define the parameters for the hedge requests dependent on the fulfillment of specific criteria. This means you specify for which snapshots (identified by company code, currency, and start and end date) the defined parameters are relevant.You define the following parameters for the B/S hedge requests:○ Value Date○ Main Parameters (such as the instrument category or minumum amount)○ Additional Parameters (such as the portfolio or internal reference)

You must assign the parameter to a parameter group.○ Parameter Groups

B/S hedge request parameters are assigned to a B/S hedge request parameter group.You can mark one parameter group as your default parameter group.

● The Process Hedge Requests - Balance Sheet FX Risk app now offers you a function for creating balance sheet hedge requests. When you start the creation of balance sheet hedge requests from the app, you


Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/afe73d5881129244e10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/104b7358ff3ca107e10000000a441470.html

select the snapshot and the parameter group with the default parameter group proposed. If necessary, you can change the parameter group.

● Take Snapshot - Balance Sheet FX RiskIn addition to the already available Take Snapshot - Balance Sheet FX Risk job template in the Schedule Treasury Middle Office Jobs app, now also the Take Snapshot - Balance Sheet FX Risk app is available on SAP Fiori launchpad.

● Generate Balance Sheet Exposure Hedge RequestsIn addition to the already available Generate Balance Sheet Exposure Hedge Requests job template in the Schedule Treasury Middle Office Jobs app, now also the Generate Balance Sheet Exposure Hedge Requests app is available on SAP Fiori launchpad.


Related Information

Define Settings - Balance Sheet FX RiskProcess Hedge Requests - Balance Sheet FX RiskBalance Sheet Exposure Hedge RequestHedge Management of Balance Sheet FX Risk

3.7.4.6 IAM Objects in Treasury and Risk Management

Changes to Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Treasury and Risk Management

Technical Details

Type Changed







https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/9251e9551a49e263e10000000a44538d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/00c65efbbb014ef9970e0e9e12d75604.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/3a1399b7f08c4569ac5a3f47f00fe85f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/e5ec5859d8e54df98492d80564a734c0/2011.500/en-US/444a7358ff3ca107e10000000a441470.html


Additional Details

require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that theThe following new apps are available in the SAP Fiori launchpad:

● Run Simulated Valuation● Delete Simulated Valuation Run● Monitor Key Figure Calculations - Market Risk Key Figure Sets● Take Snapshot - Balance Sheet FX Risk● Generate Balance Sheet Exposure Hedge Requests

Net payments are now enabled for cross-currency interest rate swaps. Therefore, the exchange rates for translation into the payment currency (= settlement currency) must also be adjusted. You fix FX rates using the apps that are also used for interest rate adjustments. Since these apps now also allow FX rate adjustment, their names have been adapted. For the following apps, the subtitle has been changed from Interest Rates/Prices to Rates/Prices. The new names are:

● Create Adjustment - Rates/Prices● Change Adjustment - Rates/Prices● Display Adjustment - Rates/Prices● Reverse Adjustment - Rates/Prices




IAM Objects


TRM - Market Risk Analysis SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_MR_ANLYS_PC

Business catalog Changed New app Monitor Key Figure Calculations - Market Risk Key Figure Sets assigned to the business catalog.

1X1, 1WV


Finance


TRM - Valuation SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_VAL_PC

Business catalog Changed New apps Run Simulated Valuation and Delete Simulated Valuation Run assigned to the business catalog.

1X1, 1WV

TRM - Analytics SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_ANLYTS_PC

Business catalog Changed Authorizations for the business catalog have been enhanced for the new CDS query views C_FinTransAmtQry and C_FinTransSingleDayAmtQry used on the Bank Relationship tab in the Amount of Financial Transaction group.

1X1, 1WV

TRM - Financial Transactions – Bank Guarantee - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FT_TFBG_F_PC )

Business catalog New This new business catalog contains the Create Bank Guarantee app and is assigned to the Treasury Specialist - Front Office business role template.

2NZ

TRM - Financial Transactions – Letter of Credit - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FT_TFLOC_F_PC )

Business catalog New This new business catalog contains the Create Letter of Credit app and is assigned to the Treasury Specialist - Front Office business role template.

49D



TRM - Financial Transactions - References - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FT_TF_F_PC)

Business catalog Changed ● The Create Letter of Credit and Create Bank Guarantee apps have been removed from this business catalog.

● Due to the removed apps, the business catalog has been renamed from TRM - Financial Transactions - Trade Finance - Front Office to TRM - Financial Transactions - References - Front Office.

49D

TRM - Trade Finance - Collective Processing - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FT_TF_F_PC )

Business catalog Changed The Create Letter of Credit app has been removed from this business catalog.

49D

TRM – Classification - Hedge Accounting (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_ CLASSFCTN _PC)

Business catalog New This new business catalog contains the Run Classification and Reverse Classification apps and is assigned to the Treasury Accountant business role template.

1X5, 1XD, 2RW, 2UF, 3X1, 3X2, 3X3, 3X4

TRM – Valuation (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_ _PC)

Business catalog Changed The Run Classification and Reverse Classification apps have been removed from the business catalog.

1X5, 1XD, 2RW, 2UF, 3X1, 3X2, 3X3, 3X4


Finance


TRM – Market Data Overview (SAP_FIN_BC_MKTD_OVP_PC )

Business catalog New This new business catalog contains the Market Data Overview app and is assigned to the Treasury Risk Manager business role template.

1WV, 1X1

TRM - Market Data - FX Overview (SAP_FIN_BC_MKTD_FXR_OVP_PC)

Business catalog Changed The Market Data Overview app has been removed from the business catalog.

1WV, 1X1

TRM - Balance Sheet FX Risk - Process Hedge Request - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_BS_HREQ_FOE_PC)

Business catalog New With this business catalog, you can process existing balance sheet exposure hedge requests using the Process Hedge Requests - Balance Sheet FX Risk app.

NoteThe existing business catalog TRM - Balance Sheet FX Risk - Process Hedge Request (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_BS_HREQ_PC) also allows the creation of new hedge requests using the Process Hedge Requests - Balance Sheet FX Risk app.

1X1

TRM - Balance Sheet FX Risk - Process Snapshots (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_BS_PSA_PC)

Business catalog Changed The Take Snapshot - Balance Sheet FX Risk app is now also available with this business catalog.

1X1



TRM - Balance Sheet FX Risk - Process Hedge Request (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_BS_HREQ_PC)

Business catalog Changed The Generate Balance Sheet Exposure Hedge Requests app is now also available with this business catalog.

1X1


Finance


Treasury Specialist - Front Office (SAP_BR_TREASURY_SPECIALIST_FOE)

Business role template Changed The following new business catalogs are assigned to the role:

● TRM - Financial Transactions – Bank Guarantee - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FT_TFBG_F_PC )

● TRM - Financial Transactions – Letter of Credit - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FT_TFLOC_F_PC )

● TRM - Balance Sheet FX Risk - Process Hedge Request - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_BS_HREQ_FOE_PC)This business catalog replaces the business catalog TRM - Balance Sheet FX Risk - Process Hedge Request (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_BS_HREQ_PC).This replacement does not lead to a change in the authorizations for this business role template.

n.a.



Treasury Accountant (SAP_BR_TREASURY_ACCOUNTANT)

Business role template Changed The new business catalog TRM – Classification - Hedge Accounting (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_ CLASSFCTN _PC) has been assigned to the business role template.

1X5, 1XD, 2RW, 2UF, 3X1, 3X2, 3X3, 3X4

Treasury Risk Manager (SAP_BR_TREASURY_RISK_MANAGER)

Business role template Changed The new business catalog TRM – Market Data Overview (SAP_FIN_BC_MKTD_OVP_PC ) has been assigned to the business role template.

1X1, 1WV


Related Information


3.7.4.7 Changes in Mapping Treasury Correspondence Format Data

This feature enables you to use enhancements in the Map Treasury Correspondence Format Data configuration step, which is available in the Configure Your Solution app under Finance Treasury and Risk ManagementCorrespondence .


Finance




Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3QM (Treasury Correspondence Integration with SWIFT Network), 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)


Additional Details

The configuration app has been changed as follows:

● It has been enhanced to allow a significant increase in performance and reduced processing time for outgoing formats.

● For outgoing formats, under Format Mapping Properties, the new Empty Element Processing field is available under the Post-Processing section. This field allows you to define how the system processes XML elements that are empty.


Related Information

Map Treasury Correspondence Format Data




https://help.sap.com/viewer/c473e4fb3bca4420badc0de89c520328/2011.500/en-US/3a8709df14a6424e84d2b0afd62788bf.html

3.8 Financial Operations

3.8.1 Receivables Management

3.8.1.1 Bank Statement Processing

3.8.1.1.1 Change in Standard View

In the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app, the standard view of the table has changed. The Applicable Open Items KPI, that displays the number of open items that are applicable to a reprocessing rule, is not visible by default anymore. If you still want to display that data in a column, you can change the table settings accordingly by selecting the cogwheel icon on the top right corner of the table.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)



Related Information

Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/d6fe6526b26f46e59d9d1dd0f7427fe3.html

3.8.1.1.2 Deprecated Apps in Bank Statement Processing

The Upload Bank Statements and Upload Bank Statements - Using Format Selection apps, which are accessible on the SAP Fiori launchpad via the App Finder, have been deprecated. The apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105. We recommend that your users switch to using the Manage Incoming Payment Files app as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated






The Manage Incoming Payment Files app is the successor of the Upload Bank Statements and Upload Bank Statements - Using Format Selection apps. The Upload Bank Statements and Upload Bank Statements - Using Format Selection apps are no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105. The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.


Related Information

Manage Incoming Payment FilesImport Bank StatementsImport and Forward of Bank Statements (Automatically)




https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/a1597b757dfd404283a050ab12585e5a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/f3a2e253d5e1424de10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/1e44639767de4d13b6a28004e26c1efd.html

3.8.1.1.3 Company Code Filter

With this feature, you can filter your reprocessing rules by company code. This improves the search in the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information


3.8.1.1.4 Allocation Algorithm

The UI field Analyze As in the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules and Reprocess Bank Statement Items app has been renamed to Allocation Algorithm. By selecting an allocation algorithm, you define how the reprocessing rule processes bank statement items that fulfill the rule's conditions. Furthermore, you can order them in a sequence.


Finance




Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

With the allocation algorithms, you can create an allocation sequence. After selecting the algorithms of the allocation sequence in the Manage Bank Statement Reprocessing Rules app, you can also change the order of the algorithms by a "drag and drop" mechanism as depicted in the screenshot below. If a bank statement item is applicable to the conditions of a reprocessing rule that has an allocation sequence as the action type, the system proceeds to use the algorithms in the order defined in the sequence to find a matching open item. The system reads the sequence of algorithms from top to bottom. If, at any point of the allocation sequence, the system finds a matching open item, the system stops the sequence and does not use the rest of the algorithms.



There are not any effects on existing data. The field has been renamed and therefore you see this change on the UI in all of your reprocessing rules.


Related Information



Finance




3.8.1.1.5 Transaction Types for Importing Bank Statements

The import of bank statements in the Manage Incoming Payment Files app has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

If the transaction type is maintained in the Manage Bank Accounts app, the system automatically uses this information for the import of the bank statement. Even if you, as a user, do not have the authorizations to view the master data of a bank account, the system uses the transaction type, that is maintained there, for the import of bank statements via the Manage Incoming Payment Files app.


Related Information

Manage Incoming Payment FilesManage Bank Accounts




https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/a1597b757dfd404283a050ab12585e5a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/186460fdc35a4b64a713da9bb00deb1e/2011.500/en-US/fd6073c2b5db4e8fa19e4efce7629a96.html

3.8.1.1.6 New Scope Item 4X8

In the area of bank statement processing, there is a new scope item: 4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation). Certain features that were comprised in the scope item 1MV (Cash Application Integration) have been removed from this scope item and added to the new scope item 4X8.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)

1MV (Cash Application Integration)



Additional Details

From now on, the 1MV scope item (Cash Application Integration) comprises only the machine-learning based features, such as line-item matching. The 4X8 scope item (Advanced Bank Statement Automation) comprises rule-based features, such as the creation of reprocessing rules based on templates or the automation of reprocessing rules. If you already have the 1MV scope item (Cash Application Integration), you also have the 4X8 scope item (Advanced Bank Statement Automation) from now on.


Related Information

https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/SAP_CASH_APPLICATION/Latest/en-US?task=discover_taskManage Bank StatementsReprocess Bank Statement Items


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/SAP_CASH_APPLICATION/Latest/en-US?task=discover_task

https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/e74a1f567afbdf21e10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/bc1fe656fe590950e10000000a44147b.html


3.8.1.2 IAM Objects in Receivables Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Receivables Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD (Fiori UI for Collections Management and Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-DM (Dispute Management)

FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)







IAM Objects


Accounts Receivable - Dispute Resolution (Obsolete) (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DISPUTE_PC)

Business catalog Deprecated business catalog

Is replaced by the SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DISPUTES_PC business catalog.

BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)

Accounts Receivable - Dispute Resolution (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DISPUTES_PC)

Business catalog New business catalog Replaces the SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DISPUTE_PC business catalog. Gives access to the revised app Manage Dispute Cases (Fiori ID F0702A). More information: Manage Dispute Cases [page 278]


Accounts Receivable - Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DM_MIG_PC)

Business catalog New business catalog Gives access to the Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases app, which enables the transition of the deprecated Manage Dispute Cases app (Fiori ID F0702) to the revised Manage Dispute Cases app (Fiori ID F0702A). Therefore, this business catalog will be removed from the Fiori launchpad as of release 2105, along with the deprecated app.

More information: Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases [page 280]



Finance


Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC_PC)

Business catalog Some apps were added to this business catalog

The following apps were added:

● Process Receivables [page 267]

● Manage Promises to Pay [page 269]

● Manage Resubmissions [page 271]

● Manage Collection Contact Persons [page 273]

● Manage Customer Contacts [page 275]



Related Information


3.8.1.3 Process Receivables

Collection Specialists can use this app to collect open receivables. To do this, the app provides you with a list of all open receivables that exist with regard to a particular customer. The Process Receivables app is supported by other new apps and the starting point for managing promises to pay, resubmissions, collection contact persons, and documenting customer contacts.





Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD ( Fiori-UI for SAP Collections Management, SAP Credit Management)



Additional Details

This app consolidates data from other new apps: Manage Promises to Pay [page 269], Manage Resubmissions [page 271], Manage Collection Contact Persons [page 273], and Manage Customer Contacts [page 275]. Use the Process Receivables app as a starting point to enter these supporting apps and directly maintain the related data.

This app (Fiori ID F0106A) replaces the Process Receivables app (Fiori ID F0106). The replaced app will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of release 2105.

The following screenshot shows the overview of a business partner in the new Process Receivables app, including key data from SAP Credit Management, and a visualization of due and overdue amounts and the payment trend (English only):


Finance


The app is included in the following standard business catalog:

● Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC_PC)


Related Information

Process Receivables

3.8.1.4 Manage Promises to Pay

Use this new app to manage promises to pay of customers, which were created in the collection process using the Process Receivables app.

Technical Details

Type New









https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/653183f312e1480d989c29877e39236c.html

Additional Details

The following screenshot shows the overview of a promise to pay in the new Manage Promises to Pay app, including the status of the promise to pay, the promised amount, and related customer information (English only):

You can create and edit installment plans with this app (screenshot in English only):


Finance





Related Information

Manage Promises to Pay

3.8.1.5 Manage Resubmissions

Use this new app to manage resubmissions for business partners that were created for outstanding receivables. You use these resubmissions in the collection process with the Process Receivables app.

Technical Details

Type New









https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/93040b2445384d6096c1f57748de7059.html

Additional Details

The following screenshot shows the overview of a resubmission in the new Manage Resubmissions app, including related data and journal entries (English only):






Finance



Related Information

Manage Resubmissions

3.8.1.6 Manage Collection Contact Persons

Use this new app to manage contact persons for business partners. You use these contacts in the collection process with the Process Receivables app.

Technical Details

Type New







https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/08ebb3652f79457cbc941d11c3f706d1.html

Additional Details

The following screenshot shows the overiew page of a collection contact person at a business partner, including relevant business partner information and communication details (English only):





Related Information

Manage Collection Contact Persons


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/90c292b31b8e497393750f36be0b0d11.html

3.8.1.7 Manage Customer ContactsUse this new app to manage the customer contacts for your business partners, which are created by collections specialists as result of a customer contact. You use these contacts in the collection process with the Process Receivables app.

Technical Details

Type New






Additional Details

The following screenshot shows a customer contact in the app, including the result of the contact and related object during the customer contact (English only):






Related Information

Manage Customer Contacts

3.8.1.8 Configuration for Collections and Dispute Management

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Collections and Dispute Management have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)

FIN-FSCM-DM (Dispute Resolution)



Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/334fa3cc4b6d419cb6dc027fc97e1288.html

Additional Details


New configuration step Promises to pay Define Installment Plan Types for Promises to Pay with Installments


under FinanceCollections

ManagementOrganizational

Structure

Create installment plan types that are available to the collection specialist when creating an installment plan for a promise to pay.

New configuration step Data distribution in collections management

Activate Distribution per Company Code


under FinanceCollections

ManagementOrganizational

Structure

Activate data distribution for those company codes that participate in receivables processing using SAP Collections Management.

New configuration step Dispute case processing

Create Values for Attribute "Escalation Reason"


under Finance

Dispute ResolutionDispute

Management

Create the permitted values for the attribute Reason for Escalation.

New configuration step Dispute case processing

Assign Escalation Reasons to an Attribute Profile


under Finance


Management

Determine which escalation reasons to use for which attribute profile.

New configuration step Process integration of dispute cases

Define Automatic Status Changes


under Finance


Management

For each case type, define statuses that are set in the dispute case by the process integration if the dispute case is automatically closed, automatically written off, or automatically reopened.


Make your entries in Configure Your Solution, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. In some cases, it


is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data consistency, the changes that you can make to predelivered configuration settings may be limited. In some cases, you can delete new records that you have added.



Related Information


3.8.1.9 Manage Dispute Cases

Technical Details

Type New







Finance






Additional Details


To make existing attachments available in this app, you have to migrate attachments. For this purpose, the following app is available for you: Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases



● Accounts Receivable - Dispute Resolution (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DISPUTES_PC)



https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/6813d0bce3f14d6eb5c8e780b93fffaa.html



Related Information

Manage Dispute Cases

3.8.1.10 Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases

Use this new app to migrate the attachments related to dispute cases. This is necessary to make existing attachments available in the new Manage Dispute Cases app.

Technical Details

Type New






Additional Details

This app supports the transition from the deprecated Manage Dispute Cases app (SAP Fiori ID F0702) to the successor app (SAP Fiori ID F0702A). It and will be removed from the SAP Fiori launchpad, along with the replaced app, as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud release 2105. Please plan the migration of your attachments accordingly.


The app is included in the following new standard business catalog:

● Accounts Receivable - Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DM_MIG_PC)



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/f47c550ce90b4f6ea8896b282f0e27ed.html


Related Information

Migrate Attachments for Dispute Cases

3.8.1.11 IAM Objects in Credit Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for SAP Credit Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management), 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD (Fiori-UI for SAP Collections Management, SAP Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)








https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/6813d0bce3f14d6eb5c8e780b93fffaa.html

IAM Objects


Credit Management - Credit Accounts (SAP_FIN_BC_CR_CRED_ACC_PC)

Business catalog New app added to this business catalog

A new app, Manage Credit Accounts, was added to this business catalog. More information: Manage Credit Accounts [page 282]

Credit Management - Display Documented Credit Decisions (SAP_FIN_BC_CR_DCD_DISPLAY_PC)

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog allows to display documented credit decisions related to sales documents.


Related Information


3.8.1.12 Manage Credit Accounts

Use this new app to display and edit the credit account details for your business partners in SAP Credit Management.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management), 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)


Finance




Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD (Fiori-UI for SAP Collections Management, SAP Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)


Additional Details

The following screenshots shows the overview page for a business partner in the new Manage Credit Accounts app, including the credit profile and the credit segments (English only):


You can also find a list of blocked sales documents for this business partner, and navigate there directly from this app (screenshot in English only):



● Credit Management - Credit Accounts (SAP_FIN_BC_CR_CRED_ACC_PC)


Related Information

Manage Credit Accounts


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/be5747120f22446dbaeabc02044722d3.html

3.8.1.13 Retrieve External Credit Information for Score and Credit Limit Calculation

If you have integrated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud for credit integration, you can now retrieve additional data from the credit agencies and use them in your Score and Credit Limit Calculation (UKM_BD_FORMULA) BAdI implementation.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1RY (Credit Agency Integration)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)


Additional Details

The new class CL_UKM_AGENCY_REPORT lets you receive additional information from the latest credit report of a business partner. Find a detailed description in the product assistance: Retrieve External Credit Information for Calculating Scores or Credit Limits


3.8.2 Invoice Management

3.8.2.1 Bundling and Sorting of Payment Advices in Payment Advice Forms

Payment advices that are created after payment runs can now be bundled into one payment advice form. Also, they can be sorted by postal code, name, or document number in the form.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/40c733457fee4e83a045f5e799377940.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/918bca53037f408f91a2295d04ac16bc/2011.500/en-US/40c733457fee4e83a045f5e799377940.html



Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)



When you configure the output of payment advice forms as described in Configuring the Output of Payment Advice Forms, if you set the dispatch time to 2 (Scheduled) and the output channel to PRINT (Printout), the payment advices that are created after payment runs are bundled into one payment advice form. This PDF document is then sent to the print queue and will be handled by SAP Cloud Print Manager.

To specify how to sort the payment advices in a payment advice form, proceed as follows:

1. Open the configuration step Set Up Payment Methods per Company Code for Payment Transactions.You can find this configuration step under Finance Accounts Payable Automatic Payments in the Configure Your Solution app, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app.

2. Double-click an entry to open it.3. Expand the Form Data section.4. Open the value help for the Correspondence field.5. Select how you want to sort the payment advices.

TipChecks are sorted by document number in a check form. Therefore, if you select Y1 (Sort by document number) here, the payment advices in a payment advice form will appear in the same order as the checks in a check form. This makes it easier for you to compare a check form against the corresponding payment advice form.

6. Save your changes.



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/fdf4bd57b301bd38e10000000a44147b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/fdf4bd57b301bd38e10000000a44147b.html



Related Information

Create and Send Payment Advices to Payees

3.8.2.2 Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs

You use the Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs app to schedule accounts payable jobs using the templates and scheduling options provided. Changes have been made to the job templates in this app.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

The following changes have been made:

● In the Automatic Scheduling of the Payment Program job template, the following parameters have been renamed:

Previous Name Current Name

Docs Entered Up To Docs Entered Up To (Run Date +/- X Days)

Customer Items Due By Customer Items Due By (Run Date +/- X Days)

Posting Date Posting Date (Run Date +/- X Days)

Their values are no longer set as the run date. You can now specify any date.

NoteThe customer items due by date must be on the same date as or after the posting date.

● A new job template Create and Send Payment Advices to Payees has been delivered. You use this job template to create payment advices and send them to your suppliers.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/9b60a8df481049faa9f35d4ccc47f325.html

● The job template Send Payment Advices to Payees was renamed to Send Scheduled Payment Advices to Payees.


Related Information

Automatic Scheduling of the Payment ProgramCreate and Send Payment Advices to PayeesSend Scheduled Payment Advices to Payees

3.8.2.3 BAdI: Tax Code Assignment for Posting Intercompany AP Documents

Suppose you receive an intermediate document (IDoc) for an intercompany accounts payable document. This IDoc includes information about the document. The information in this IDoc and the additional information that you provide to the Business Add-In (BAdI) Tax Code Assignment for Posting Intercompany AP Documents determine which tax code should be used.

Technical Details

Type New






Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/826a056436794da3871d5737c6419bf9.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/9b60a8df481049faa9f35d4ccc47f325.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/62ea8357e4879f2de10000000a44147b.html

Additional Details

In Configure Your Solution, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app, there is the Intercompany Billing configuration item under Finance Accounts Payable . While this configuration item also provides you with this capability, you can use this BAdI to implement your custom logic for assigning the tax code.


Related Information

Assigning a Tax Code for Posting Intercompany AP Documents

3.8.2.4 API: Payment Method - Validate

This synchronous inbound service enables you to validate payment methods from SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4AJ (Financial Master Data for SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central), J60 (Accounts Payable)







https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/3ca7d43b4ce044fbba81737cbd4cfced.html



Related Information

Payment Method - Validate

3.8.2.5 SEPA Direct Debit Pre-notifications - After Prenotification

You can use the SEPA Direct Debit Pre-notifications - After Prenotification app to schedule payment runs for SEPA direct debit pre-notifications created in the Manage Automatic Payments app. The former is deprecated as the latter already covers this payment run feature.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated






The SEPA Direct Debit Pre-notifications - After Prenotification app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in two releases. The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app Manage Automatic Payments as soon as possible.



Finance


https://help.sap.com/viewer/1b3aa9203ea84445b09653eb4498474c/2011.500/en-US/cc512910a7c945b484ddc7aec142608a.html




Related Information

Manage Automatic Payments

3.8.2.6 Delete Direct Debit Pre-notifications

The Delete Direct Debit Pre-notifications app has been deleted. It is replaced by the Manage Automatic Payments app.

Technical Details

Type Deleted





Additional Details

You can delete direct debit pre-notifications from the Proposals Processed tab in the Manage Automatic Payments app.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/45698054f87c033de10000000a441470.html



Related Information

Manage Automatic PaymentsConfiguring the Output of SEPA Direct Debit Pre-Notifications

3.8.2.7 IAM Objects in Invoice Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Invoice Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed









Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/45698054f87c033de10000000a441470.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/0ce933f64eb44ad9b94bf483b5441793.html

IAM Objects


Accounts Payable - Ad Hoc Payments (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_ADHOC_PAY_PC)

Business catalog This new business catalog was delivered and replaces an old business catalog.

This new business catalog includes only one app Create Single Payment. This app is now in its own business catalog for segregation of duties: the authorization for making ad hoc payments is now separated from that for scheduling regular payment runs.

This business catalog and the Accounts Payable and Receivable - Payments (SAP_FIN_BC_APAR_PAY_PC) business catalog replace the Accounts Payable - Payments Processing (Obsolete) (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_PAYM_PC) business catalog.

J60 (Accounts Payable)



Accounts Payable and Receivable - Payments (SAP_FIN_BC_APAR_PAY_PC)

Business catalog This new business catalog was delivered and replaces old business catalogs.

This new business catalog includes the following apps:

● Manage Automatic Payments

● Manage Journal Entries

● Manage Payment Media

● Monitor Payments● My Free Form

Payments● Post Incoming

Payments● Post Incoming

Payments - For Customers

● Post Outgoing Payments

● Revise Payment Proposals

This business catalog replaces the Accounts Payable and Receivable - Payments (Obsolete) (SAP_FIN_BC_APAR_PAYM_PC) business catalog. Together with Accounts Payable - Ad Hoc Payments (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_ADHOC_PAY_PC), it also replaces the Accounts Payable - Payments Processing (Obsolete) (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_PAYM_PC) business catalog.

J59 (Accounts Receivable), J60 (Accounts Payable)


Finance


Accounts Payable - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_AP0_PC)

Business catalog This new business catalog was delivered.

This new business catalog is required for making configurations using the configuration

steps under Finance

Accounts Payablein Configure Your Solution, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app.


The following figure summarizes these changes:


You are generally allowed to use a business catalog and its replacement in parallel for two releases. Then, the old business catalog will be deleted and you can use only its replacement. Therefore, you need to reassign your roles and users to the new business catalog immediately by using the Business Catalog app.




Related Information


3.8.2.8 Configuration in Invoice Management

With this release, changes have been made to the previously delivered configuration step Create Payment Medium Formats. This configuration step is for making settings related to Invoice Management in Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Finance




Additional Details

Type of changeConfiguration for ...

New/changed configuration object How to find it What you can do

Leading scope items

Configuration step enhanced

Payment medium format

Create Payment Medium Formats

Find this configu-ration under

FinanceAccounts Payable

Payment Medium

Formats

A new tab, Event Modules for Payment Medium Formats, has been added to the configuration step.


You use the configuration step Create Payment Medium Formats to create payment medium formats and make the relevant settings. For example, you can add format-specific parameters, create format supplements, and define the length and the number of reference fields.

This configuration step provides you with pre-delivered payment medium formats. If they do not meet your requirements, make a copy of them and then make your changes there or create new ones. You cannot change the pre-delivered formats. The payment medium formats that you create are preceded by a forward slash (/).

After you double-click a payment medium format to view its details, you can find the Mapping using DME engine indicator in the Program control section. If this indicator is set, the event modules of the data medium exchange (DME) mapping engine are used for the payment medium format.

NoteThe status of this indicator cannot be changed. If you copy a pre-delivered payment medium format, the status of this indicator is copied over. If you create a payment medium format, the indicator is always set.

The status of this indicator is also reflected in the DME Engine indicator on the newly added Event Modules for Payment Medium Formats tab. On this tab, if the indicator is set, you can add an entry with event 05 and then select one from the pre-delivered function modules to add additional reference fields that are relevant to the format. The events other than 05 on this tab are pre-delivered for other purposes and cannot be changed.


Make your entries in Configure Your Solution, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to pre-delivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. In some cases, it is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data consistency, the changes that you can make to pre-delivered configuration settings may be limited. In some cases, you can delete new records that you have added.




Related Information


3.8.2.8.1 Changes in Mapping Payment Format Data

This feature enables you to use enhanced functions in the Map Payment Format Data configuration step, which is available in the Configure Your Solution app under Finance Accounts Payable Payment Medium Formats .

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable), J60 (Accounts Payable), J78 (Advanced Cash Operations), BFB (Basic Cash Operations), 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management), 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)



Finance






Additional Details

The configuration app has been changed as follows:

● It has been enhanced to allow a significant increase in performance and reduced processing time for outgoing formats.

● For outgoing formats, under Format Mapping Properties, the new Empty Element Processing field is available under the Post-Processing section. This field allows you to define how the system processes XML elements that are empty.


Related Information

Map Payment Format Data

3.8.2.9 Situation Template: Payment Batch Partially Rejected

This situation template is used for Situation Handling that informs specific members of your team about payment batches that were partially rejected.

Technical Details

Type New








https://help.sap.com/viewer/c473e4fb3bca4420badc0de89c520328/2011.500/en-US/6efd7791bf4d4be7b5a961861baad186.html

Additional Details

This situation template is available for payment batches and navigates to the SAP Fiori app Monitor Payments.


Related Information

Monitor PaymentsSituation Template: Payment Batch Partially Rejected

3.8.2.10 Situation Template: Payment Batch Was Rejected

This situation template is used for Situation Handling that informs specific members of your team about payment batches that were rejected.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details



Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/b4d8475856c4a107e10000000a441470.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/3f14780a32474b9b882dda681fdbcd39.html


Related Information

Monitor PaymentsSituation Template: Payment Batch Was Rejected

3.8.2.11 Situation Template: Payment Batch Status Check

This situation template is used for Situation Handling that informs specific members of your team about payment batches that are stuck in a defined status.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

The status check is triggered daily. It’s possible to define the statuses for which the notification is triggered and also for how many days the payment batch must be stuck in the defined status for a notification to be sent.







https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/d4f3e33504fa49c191449b67351220c1.html


Related Information

Monitor PaymentsSituation Template: Payment Batch Status Check

3.8.2.12 Configuration for Cash Journal (SSC UI)

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Cash Journal have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component FI-BL-PT-CJ (Cash Journal)



Finance




https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/8394a555bbb44b898324e864d23f1477.html

Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Numbering Groups

Define Numbering Groups


FinancePayables / Receivables /

Cash .

You can define numbering groups in cash journals.

1GO (Cash Journal)

Finance Cash Journal


Number Ranges for Numbering Groups

Define Number Ranges for Numbering Groups


FinancePayables / Receivables /

Cash .

You can define number ranges for the cash document numbering groups that you have created.

1GO (Cash Journal)

Finance Cash Journal








Related Information


3.8.2.13 Manage Recurring Supplier Invoices

You can use the Manage Recurring Supplier Invoices app to create, edit, display, and delete a recurring supplier invoice. You can also check a recurring supplier invoice to simulate the creation of a supplier invoice, and execute a recurring supplier invoice to post a supplier invoice.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Manage Recurring Supplier Invoices


Finance






https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/ade56779af91442eac73751313fd830c.html

3.8.3 Settlement Management

3.8.3.1 Display Settlement Dates

This feature enables you to display a list of settlement dates together with their condition contracts. Furthermore, you can filter the list of settlement dates by selecting different filter criteria, like for example, the settlement date, the settlement date type, condition contract, supplier, customer, sales organization, purchasing organization or the settlement status.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing), 2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative), 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)



Related Information

Display Settlement Dates

3.8.3.2 Personnel Settlement Document

This feature enables you to display personnel settlement document data that were created in Settlement Management based on commissions data transferred from SAP Sales Cloud. You can enter the personnel settlement document directly using the Enterprise Search. Furthermore, you can display the details of the




https://help.sap.com/viewer/83bc764dd7874d349cc8150bdab246f6/2011.500/en-US/0ecee7b9cdf4438b87c2c82582fc3217.html

personnel settlement document data from within the Manage Personnel Settlement Documents and Monitor Personnel Settlement Documents apps.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales Cloud)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)


Additional Details


Related Information

Personnel Settlement Document

3.8.3.3 Custom Validation Logic During Condition Contract Processing

With this feature you can add custom logic to enhance the standard processing of certain extension points. During the processing of Condition Contracts certain extension points are provided in the form of SAP Cloud Business Add-Ins (BAdIs).


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/e6a740f26c994f63a89b514683e060a0/2011.500/en-US/5d244bf070c24019a5242b9e8301645a.html

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-AB



The BAdIs will enable you to enhance the validation checks. The following cloud BAdIs will enable key users to add custom validation:

● BAdI: Condition Contract Check Header ( WCB_CNDNCONTR_CHECK_HEADER)● BAdI: Condition Contract Check Business Volume Base ( WCB_CNDCONTR_CHK_BVB )● BAdI: Condition Contract Check Condition Records and Scales(WCB_CC_CHK_CONDSCALE )

You implement your custom logic by using the Custom Fields and Logic app under the Settlement Management: Condition Contract business context; sample coding, message classes, and messages are available.


Related Information

Custom Fields and LogicCreating Custom Logic




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/57909455bf7c4fdd8bcf48d76c1eae33.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/228e93706169472abdb1665293378e8b.html

3.8.3.4 Enhanced Web API to Read Pricing Elements of Settlement Document

With this feature, you can read the pricing elements of settlement documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)


Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/Information published on SAP site).


Related Information

Settlement Document


Finance



https://help.sap.com/viewer/185067f43f564a46b421b76a680182f8/2011.500/en-US/bf855abdfc6045c0a7aa2536781917ec.html

3.9 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance

3.9.1 International Trade

3.9.1.1 GTS Integration

3.9.1.1.1 Activation of Transfer of Documents to SAP Global Trade Services on Document Type/Company Code Level

It is now possible to activate the transfer of documents to SAP Global Trade Services not only on document type level, but also on document type / company code level. This provides more options to fine-tune the transfer of documents and will reduce the data traffic between S/4HANA and SAP GTS.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 24J, 2U1

Application Component SLL-ITR-INT-GTS ()


Additional Details







3.9.1.2 Intrastat

3.9.1.2.1 Additional Fields in Intrastat Declarations for Dispatches in Luxembourg

For Luxembourg, a new legal change is planned to take effect on January 1st, 2021.

The following 2 new fields were added to Intrastat declarations for dispatches:

● Partner VAT registration number● Country of origin

Before January 1st, 2021, these two fields are optional. Companies can start to specify this information before January 1st, 2021, to adapt their business processes in advance of the legal change.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Luxembourg

Scope Item BDT

Application Component SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)



Finance




3.9.1.2.2 Availability of Items for Corrections to previous Months for all Countries

Prior to SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, items for corrections to previous months were supported only for Italy and the Netherlands.

After the upgrade to SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, items for corrections to previous months are supported for all countries.

The following country-specific details must be taken into account:

● Items for corrections to previous months are taken over into declaration files only for Italy and the Netherlands. For all other countries, they are for Information purpose only. Users can check and decide if items for corrections to previous months must be reported to the authority by other means than declaration files.

● Items for corrections to previous months in French dispatch declarations are not available because corrections to previous months for dispatches in France are declared in the same section as normal items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for all countries you can create Intrastat declarations for

Scope Item BDT

Application Component SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)









3.10 APIs for Finance

3.10.1 Events for FinanceAs of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, new business events are available in Finance for communicating with remote systems:

● General Ledger Account Events: Created, Changed● Payment Advice Events: Created, Changed, Deleted

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component See the table below.


The following table has more information about the new business events:

Solution Area Event Name Technical NameApplication Component Status

Link to Business Documentation

Accounting and Financial Close

General Ledger Account Events: Created, Changed

GeneralLedgerAccountCreated, GeneralLedgerAccountChanged

FI-GL New General Ledger Account Events

Financial Operations

Payment Advice Events: Created, Changed, Deleted

PaymentAdviceCreated, PaymentAdviceChanged, PaymentAdviceDeleted

FI-FIO-AR New Payment Advice Events

These events are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).



Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b978f98fc5884ff2aeb10c8fdeb8a43b/2011.500/en-US/7ca0ca7e0dbe40ccaf69a8fbf830fe4c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b978f98fc5884ff2aeb10c8fdeb8a43b/2011.500/en-US/7ca0ca7e0dbe40ccaf69a8fbf830fe4c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4f22209d1f5d4bd79c4a55017608b51b/2011.500/en-US/b3b13d3ce86842bd83d68c72d238e5b6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4f22209d1f5d4bd79c4a55017608b51b/2011.500/en-US/b3b13d3ce86842bd83d68c72d238e5b6.html



3.10.2 SOAP APIs: Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous) and Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous)

The following fields have been added to the Journal Entry node of the Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous) (JournalEntryCreateRequestConfirmation_In) and Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous) (JournalEntryBulkCreationRequest_In) APIs:

● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef1 (country-specific reference 1 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate1 (country-specific date 1 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef2 (country-specific reference 2 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate2 (country-specific date 1 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef3 (country-specific reference 3 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate3 (country-specific date 1 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef4 (country-specific reference 4 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate4 (country-specific date 1 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef5 (country-specific reference 5 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate5 (country-specific date 1 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificBp1 (country-specific business partner 1 in document)● JrnlEntryCntrySpecificBp2 (country-specific business partner 2 in document)

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item Accounting and Financial Close

Application Component AC-INT


The API is available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).








Related Information

Journal Entry - Change (Asynchronous)Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous)

3.10.3 SOAP APIs: Journal Entry - Send Discount Information, Journal Entry - Update Discount Information

The Journal Entry - Send Discount Information service enables you to send discount information with the data provided in a payload to a discount management integration system. For more information, see Journal Entry - Send Discount Information.

The Journal Entry - Update Discount Information service enables you to update discount information with the data provided in a payload from a discount management integration system. For more information, see Journal Entry - Update Discount Information.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component FI-AP (Accounts Payable)


These APIs are available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).



Finance


https://help.sap.com/viewer/b978f98fc5884ff2aeb10c8fdeb8a43b/2011.500/en-US/c3833c31e7724a79b23e4273290f3e2e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b978f98fc5884ff2aeb10c8fdeb8a43b/2011.500/en-US/f5c8d0579212c525e10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/1b3aa9203ea84445b09653eb4498474c/2011.500/en-US/e1b93f9b93fa42e2b6d619d2ce57bdb3.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/1b3aa9203ea84445b09653eb4498474c/2011.500/en-US/e1b93f9b93fa42e2b6d619d2ce57bdb3.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/1b3aa9203ea84445b09653eb4498474c/2011.500/en-US/ee76afdb5a0e490ca5cfd0d8967faf33.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/1b3aa9203ea84445b09653eb4498474c/2011.500/en-US/ee76afdb5a0e490ca5cfd0d8967faf33.html




4 Manufacturing

4.1 Production Engineering

4.1.1 IAM Objects in Production Engineering

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Production Engineering require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component PP-BD-RTG (Production Routing)

PP-PI-MD-MRC(Master Recipe)






Manufacturing

IAM Objects


Production (Process) - Process Engineering(SAP_SCM_BC_PPROC_ENG_MC)

Production (Discrete) - Process Engineering(SAP_SCM_BC_PROC_ENG_MC)

Business catalog, Restriction type


To offer more flexibility in Production Engineering, these business catalogues will phase in restrictions based on Status and Task List Usage in addition to the Plant.

This will give you more flexi-bility to adjust functionality in your processes. Please use this release to adjust your roles accordingly, while the old restrictions still work.

Be advised, that empty restrictions mean that no authorization is granted, while all authorization (*) must be explicitly granted.

With future release, only the new restrictions will work. See more in Phase-In Status (Phase-In Status).


Related Information


4.1.2 Production Resources/Tools

These apps enable users to view, create, and update miscellaneous PRTs. Users can assign document PRTs and miscellaneous PRTs to routings and master recipes.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Manufacturing INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 317





Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order)

Application Component PP-BD-PRT (Production Resources/Tools)



Related Information

Production Resources/Tools

4.1.3 Manage Process Orders

This app allows users to select multiple orders and release or technically complete them. You can also choose to perform these actions immediately or schedule it for later.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order)


Manufacturing



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/71dbbd534f22b44ce10000000a174cb4.html

Application Component PP-FIO-PI (Manage Process Orders)



Related Information

Manage Process Orders

4.1.4 Configuration for Production Engineering

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Production Engineering have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component PP-BD-PRT (Production Resources/Tools)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/a84b0308f73c43f29154fbb7e54e15d3.html

Additional Details



Leading scope items

New configura-tion step

Production Resource Tools

Define PRT Group Key


Manufacturing

Shop Floor

Control Define

PRT Group Key

You can define group keys that could be used for combining PRTs into groups. These group keys will help you to setup matchcodes or use it for informational purposes in printing.

BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order)



Define PRT Status


Manufacturing

Shop Floor

Control Define

PRT Status

You can define and maintain the statuses for PRT to control the usage of production resources/tools.

BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order



Define PRT Control Keys


Manufacturing

Shop Floor

Control Define PRT Control

Keys

You can define control keys to specify how production resources/tools should be handled in the task list or in the order.

BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order



Manufacturing



4.2 Production Planning

4.2.1 OData API: Planned Order

With the OData API Planned Order (API_PLANNED_ORDERS), you can read, create, change, and delete planned orders. The API has been made extensible for reading header data.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order), J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-ES (Enterprise Services)


Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).


Related Information

Planned Order


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.sap.com



https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/43ae2e5876b4a107e10000000a441470.html

4.2.2 OData API: Material Planning Data - Read

With the OData API Material Planning Data – Read (API_MRP_MATERIALS_SRV_01), you can read planning data for materials in Material Requirements Planning (MRP). This API has been made extensible for reading material master data.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)



Additional Details



Related Information

Material Planning Data - Read

4.2.3 OData API for Forecast Demands (Deprecated)

This OData API has been deprecated. It won't be available as of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102. You can use the OData API Planned Independent Requirements instead. For more information, see Planned Independent Requirements.


Manufacturing




https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/ca111d6ed0004ac088b68f1360cf24fc.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/c81d1718b16147b5811acce3f1888054.html


Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing (BJ5)

Application Component PP-MP-DEM (Demand Management)


Related Information

Planned Independent Requirements

4.2.4 Schedule Production

With this feature, you can set an offset value before and after the current date in the Horizon filter based on which the dates are calculated.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3LQ (Production Capacity Leveling)

Application Component PP-CFS-SCH (Capacity Scheduling)







Related Information

Schedule Production

4.2.5 Monitor Work Center Schedules

This feature enables you to now view details related to the operation in the reschedule operation page, where you can now change the scheduling start or the scheduling end of the operation based on the strategy. You can also select a free slot on the chart and view its start and end times. In addition to this, the order receipt date and requirement date are now displayed in operation details.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3LQ (Production Capacity Leveling)

Application Component PP-CFS-SCH (Capacity Scheduling)



Related Information

Monitor Work Center Schedules

4.2.6 Assign Product Hierarchy for Production

With this feature you can use the Assign Product Hierarchy for Production app to define which product hierarchy should be used in which plant for which purpose. In addition, you can search for existing assignments


Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/8d2e44f0c279408ba2790e9ad0ac5188.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/063ae12de0c74b01b6fd49c78e895564.html

of product hierarchies to purposes and plants according to your filter criteria and display them in a list. From the list, you can execute different actions. For example, you can change the validity of an assignment or delete an assignment. The app is available in the search function embedded in the shell bar or in the app finder.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)


Additional Details

You can use the product hierarchy for the following purposes:

● Purpose 01 Production Planning: Used in the Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments app● Purpose 02 Production Execution: Used in the Manage Production Orders app

In both apps you can add columns to display the product hierarchy and the product hierarchy node to which the material is assigned. The product hierarchy and the nodes can only be displayed if the material is assigned to a product hierarchy node of a product hierarchy with status Active or In Revision in the Manage Product Hierarchies app.

In addition, in the Assign Product Hierarchy for Production app, the product hierarchy must be assigned to the 01 Production Planning purpose to be used in the Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments app or to the 02 Production Execution purpose to be used in the Manage Production Orders app .


To assign product hierarchies in this app, you first have to create them in the Manage Product Hierarchies app. In addition, the product hierarchy you want to assign in this app must be in status Active or In Revision.






Related Information

Searching for Business Objects and AppsApp FinderAssign Product Hierarchy for ProductionManage Product HierarchiesMonitor Material Coverage - Net SegmentsManage Production Orders

4.2.7 Material Requirements Planning

4.2.7.1 IAM Objects for Material Requirements Planning

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for material requirements planning (MRP) require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)





Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/03000c73b2474a318bb2e9882d62676a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/48a5dbb0308b47d8969485845d5966ae.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/a24c388bf7834af7b8ed3ebe00da2cd7.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f86dc2eb1f8b48c880a7607213104b27/2011.500/en-US/167772a8734345638f0524bab5fed089.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/cdbf6f543e0de830e10000000a44538d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/ee813158edcc9144e10000000a4450e5.html


IAM Objects

Name of IAM Object Object Type Changes with This Release Relevant Scope Items

Production Planning – MRP Administration Management (SAP_SCM_BC_PROD_PLNG_ADMIN_MC)

Business catalog The app Display Planning Calendar (MD27) was added to this business catalog.

For more information, see Display Planning Calendar (MD27) [page 330]

.

J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Production Planning – Planned Order Management (SAP_SCM_BC_PLND_ORD_MGMT_MC)

Business catalog The apps Firm Planned Order (MD19) and Collective Availability Check for Planned Orders (MDVP) were added to this business catalog.

For more information, see Firm Planned Order (MD19) [page 328] and Collective Availability Check for Planned Orders (MDVP) [page 329].


Production Planning – MRP Cross Evaluations (SAP_SCM_BC_MRP_CROSS_EVAL_MC)

Business catalog The app Cross-Plant Evaluation (MD48) was added to this business catalog.

For more information, see Cross-Plant Evaluation (MD48) [page 329].


Production Planning - MRP Cockpit (SAP_SCM_BC_MRPCOCKPIT_MC)

Business catalog The app Assign Product Hierarchy for Production was added to this business catalog.

For more information, see Assign Product Hierarchy for Production [page 324].


Production Planning – MRP Cross Evaluations (SAP_SCM_BC_MRP_CROSS_EVAL_MC)

Business catalog This is a new business catalog that enables users to monitor and adjust an enhanced current supply and demand situation of materials across different levels, groups or organizational units using a selection of tools.





Related Information


4.2.7.2 Firm Planned Order (MD19)

With this app you can firm the procurement proposals to prevent the system from adapting them automatically during the planning run.

Technical Details

Type New







Manufacturing






Related Information

IAM Objects for Material Requirements Planning [page 326]

4.2.7.3 Collective Availability Check for Planned Orders (MDVP)

This app provides a collective availability check to check whether the material components required are available for several planned orders simultaneously.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information


4.2.7.4 Cross-Plant Evaluation (MD48)

You can use this app to compare and check the planning situation for materials whose material master record is created in different plants.




Technical Details

Type New






Related Information


4.2.7.5 Display Planning Calendar (MD27)

In this app you can display the planning calendar used in material requirements planning at plant level. It defines the flexible period lengths.

Technical Details

Type New





Manufacturing





Related Information


4.2.7.6 Product Hierarchy in Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments App

With this feature you can search and display product hierarchy information in the Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments app for materials that are assigned to a product hierarchy node.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Additional Details

To display in the Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments app the product hierarchy information, you can add the following columns:




● Product Hierarchy● Product Hierarchy Description● Product Hierarchy Node● Product Hierarchy Node Description

To search in the Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments app for the product hierarchy information, you can use the following filters:

● Product Hierarchy● Product Hierarchy Node


The product hierarchy information can only be displayed if the material is assigned to a product hierarchy node of a product hierarchy in status Active or In Revision created in the Manage Product Hierarchies app. In addition, the relevant product hierarchy must be assigned to the 01 Production Planning purpose in the Assign Product Hierarchy for Production app.


Related Information

Manage Product HierarchiesAssign Product Hierarchy for ProductionMonitor Material Coverage - Net Segments

4.2.7.7 Enhancements to MRP-Relevant Apps

With this feature MRP-relevant apps have been enhanced as follows:

● You can export item lists and lists on detail screens to spreadsheets.● You can use the value help that has been added to the filters.


Manufacturing






Technical Details

Type Changed






Additional Details

The enhancements have been introduced in the following MRP-relevant apps:

● Export item lists and lists on detail screens to spreadsheets:○ My Area of Responsibility app○ Manage Planned Orders app○ Convert Planned Orders app○ Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments app○ Handover Purchase Requisitions app

● Use the value help added to the filters:○ My Area of Responsibility app○ Manage Planned Orders app○ Convert Planned Orders app○ Handover Purchase Requisitions app


Related Information

My Area of ResponsibilityManage Planned OrdersConvert Planned Orders




https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/c90d11814d7443dba946d834405f05a1.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/e45ca7eed9f44f828768e720e8d6f7ad.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/5a4ab0310c694ed18b94fdd7a4da8b58.html

Monitor Material Coverage - Net SegmentsHand Over Purchase Requisitions

4.3 Extended Production Planning and Scheduling

4.3.1 App Enhancements for Predictive Material and Resource Planning

In the Define Flexible Constraints app, you can create constraints for multiple materials, for example materials of a material group, supplied materials or materials of a production line. In addition, a constraint that is added without saving, is available as a draft.

In the Process pMRP Simulations app you can disregard a capacity issue in the Issue List view, if not considered critical.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item Predictive Material and Resource Planning (4B5)

,

Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management (1Y2)

Application Component PP-PMR (Predictive Material and Resource Planning)



Related Information

How to Create a Constraint for Multiple Materials


Manufacturing


https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/3388974b12994fe1b9fa7d80ec15d1c8.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/d6c9575428744c62abfe932223af95ed.html

Issue List

4.4 Demand-Driven Replenishment

4.4.1 OData API: Time-Dependent Stock Levels

With the OData API Time-Dependent Stock Levels (API_PROD_TIMEDPDNTSTCK_SRV), you can read, create, and update time-dependent stock level information, such as, max stock, reorder point and safety stock. It also enables you to split, insert, and adjust validity intervals of stock levels.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management)

Application Component PP-DD (Demand-Driven Replenishment)



Related Information

Time-Dependent Stock Levels


https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/e631fd4f966149cc868c8a7472435dd4.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/ddc1e3b71636456b898eff6b8c6abd8a.html

4.5 Production Operations

4.5.1 Kanban

4.5.1.1 Create Event-Driven Kanban Containers in the Kanban Board

In the Kanban Board app you can create new event-driven kanban containers.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Procurement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - In-House Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - Stock Transfer)

Application Component PP-KAB (Kanban)


Additional Details

In the Kanban Board the + Create Containers button is available to manually create new containers for event-driven control cycles.



Manufacturing



Related Information

Kanban BoardCreate Event-Driven Kanban Container

4.5.1.2 Withdraw Quantity from Kanban Container

The Set Kanban Container Status Fiori app has been enhanced to allow quantities to be withdrawn from kanban containers.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component PP-KAB-FIO (Kanban)


Additional Details

This feature enables you to withdraw a partial or the complete quantity of a material from a kanban container. You can choose one of the two processing options Change Status or Withdraw Quantity and select these options individually for each entered kanban container.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/11398b0b5ced4621af1ffa71ad5a8abd.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/f65fbd534f22b44ce10000000a174cb4.html



Related Information

Set Kanban Container Status

4.5.1.3 Schedule Deletion of Event-Driven Kanban Containers

This feature enables you to schedule the automatic deletion of event-driven kanban containers.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component PP-KAB-FIO (Kanban)


Additional Details

The Delete Event-Driven Kanban Containers - Job Scheduling app uses the SAP job scheduling framework to automatically delete event-driven kanban containers.



Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/bfd0f863bb1c4598a262a4fa10b46765.html



Related Information

Delete Event-Driven Kanban Containers - Job SchedulingEvent-driven Kanban

4.5.1.4 Add Requirement Types and Define Quotas for Improved Kanban Calculation

The Distribution for Kanban Calculation app enables you to specify which other requirement types are to be taken into account in the kanban calculation in addition to the dependent requirements that are already assigned to a production supply area (PSA). If the material is or will be assigned to more than one PSA, you have to define a quota arrangement of the requirements to the various PSAs.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component PP-KAB (Kanban)



Related Information

Taking Further Requirement Types into Account


https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/bfdde2159c354d7b866d159c3cfbd9e6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/935c8953d7363d58e10000000a174cb4.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/ed5ebd534f22b44ce10000000a174cb4.html

4.5.2 Production Execution

4.5.2.1 OData API: Production Order (Version 2)

With the OData API Production Order (Version 2) (API_PRODUCTION_ORDER_2_SRV), you can create, read, and update production orders as well as set a wide range of statuses. You can now read information on alternative items.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3W4 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry), BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)



Additional Details



Related Information

Production Order (Version 2)


Manufacturing




https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/0a4262096d2e43258df27c594bdd1468.html

4.5.2.2 OData API: Production Order (Deprecated)

Since SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2002, the OData API Production Order (API_PRODUCTION_ORDERS) is deprecated. It has been replaced by the successor OData API Production Order (Version 2) (API_PRODUCTION_ORDER_2_SRV).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item 3W4 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry), BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)



Additional Details

The successor interface Production Order (Version 2) (API_PRODUCTION_ORDER_2_SRV) is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).


Related Information

Production Order (Version 2)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/0a4262096d2e43258df27c594bdd1468.html

4.5.2.3 OData API: Production Order Confirmation

With the OData API Production Order Confirmation (API_PROD_ORDER_CONFIRMATION_2_SRV), you can process confirmations for production orders. Before you create a time ticket confirmation, you can now fetch proposal data for quantities, work activities, dates and times, personnel data, and goods movements using the new functions GetConfProposal and GetGdsMvtProposal.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), 3W4 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)



Additional Details



Related Information

Production Order Confirmation


Manufacturing




https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/e77b762e243b4045ad1f1f048f6aab87.html

4.5.2.4 OData API: Process Order (Version 2)

With the OData API Process Order (Version 2) (API_PROCESS_ORDER_2_SRV), you can create, read, and update process orders as well as set a wide range of statuses. You can now read information on alternative items.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3W3 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Process Industry), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order)



Additional Details



Related Information

Process Order (Version 2)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/c4e613a7bf9c40a39cda9ae048e5e2b7.html

4.5.2.5 OData API: Process Order (Deprecated)

Since SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008, the OData API Process Order (API_PROCESS_ORDERS) is deprecated. It has been replaced by the successor OData API Process Order (Version 2) (API_PROCESS_ORDER_2_SRV).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated





Additional Details

The successor interface Process Order (Version 2) is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).


Related Information

Process Order (Version 2)

4.5.2.6 OData API: Process Order Confirmation

With the OData API Process Order Confirmation (API_PROC_ORDER_CONFIRMATION_2_SRV), you can process confirmations for process orders. Before you create a time ticket confirmation, you can now fetch proposal


Manufacturing





https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/c4e613a7bf9c40a39cda9ae048e5e2b7.html

data for quantities, work activities, dates and times, personnel data, and goods movements using the new functions GetConfProposal and GetGdsMvtProposal.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details



Related Information

Process Order Confirmation

4.5.2.7 SOAP API: Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)

With the SOAP API Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2) (ManufacturingOrderExecuteRequest_Out_V2), you can send manufacturing orders from an SAP S/4HANA Cloud system to one or more external manufacturing execution systems (MES). The API has been enhanced. You can now add values for the total work quantity to be confirmed for the work center.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/fc8dbf5e46004f1c9069b6ac4301c384.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3W3 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Process Industry), 3W4 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)



Additional Details



Related Information

Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)

4.5.2.8 SOAP API: Manufacturing Order – Send (Deprecated)

Since SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008, the SOAP API Manufacturing Order – Send (ManufacturingOrderExecuteRequest_Out) is deprecated. It has been replaced by the successor SOAP API Manufacturing Order – Send, Version 2 (ManufacturingOrderExecuteRequest_Out_V2).


Manufacturing




https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/5ff8151a70dc4e2ca46c3c98707e3303.html

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item 3W3 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Process Industry), 3W4 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)



Additional Details

The successor interface Manufacturing Order – Send, Version 2 is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).


Related Information

Manufacturing Order – Send (Version 2)

4.5.2.9 Manage Production Orders

The enhancement for the Manage Production Orders app supports you even more in your daily work as a production supervisor: You can now display information on the product hierarchy for production in the worklist. Product hierarchies are helpful and often necessary to organize materials along multiple levels.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/d35113ee62644d3abee1aaec148291d9/2011.500/en-US/5ff8151a70dc4e2ca46c3c98707e3303.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC-EXE (Order Execution)


Additional Details

To display the product hierarchy information in the Manage Production Orders app, you can add the following columns:

● Product Hierarchy● Product Hierarchy Description● Product Hierarchy Node● Product Hierarchy Node Description

To search for the product hierarchy information in the Manage Production Orders app, you can use the following filters:

● Product Hierarchy● Product Hierarchy Node


The product hierarchy information can only be displayed if the material is assigned to a product hierarchy node of a product hierarchy in status Active or In Revision created in the Manage Product Hierarchies app. In addition, the relevant product hierarchy must be assigned to the 02 Production Execution purpose in the Assign Product Hierarchy for Production app.



Manufacturing



Related Information

Manage Product HierarchiesAssign Product Hierarchy for ProductionManage Production OrdersHow to Display Product Hierarchies

4.5.2.10 Collective Entry of Confirmations (CO12)

You can use the Collective Entry of Confirmations (CO12) app for entering time ticket confirmations for operations of different production orders. The app offers a table view in which you can enter multiple confirmations in one step.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component PP-SFC-EXE-CON (Confirmation)



Related Information

Collective Entry of Confirmations (CO12)




https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/ee813158edcc9144e10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/e01cb6b3b1b247a7ba40232fb49a018a.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/0a04b753128eb44ce10000000a174cb4.html

4.5.2.11 Collective Entry of Confirmations (CORR)

You can use the Collective Entry of Confirmations (CORR) app for entering time ticket confirmations for operations of different process orders. The app offers a table view in which you can enter multiple confirmations in one step.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Collective Entry of Confirmations (CORR)

4.5.2.12 Create Progress Confirmation (CO1F)

You can use the Create Progress Confirmation (CO1F) app to enter progress confirmations for production orders. You report the progress of the order by confirming the operation that you have reached, for example at the end of the day.


Manufacturing



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/6980bf53f106b44ce10000000a174cb4.html

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Create Progress Confirmation (CO1F)

4.5.2.13 Predefined Confirmation Processes (CO1P)

You can use the Predefined Confirmation Processes (CO1P) app to process future change records for confirmation processes. You only need to process future change records in exceptional cases (for example, bringing processing forward, if the background job is scheduled for a later point in time). Future change records are normally processed as background jobs.

Technical Details

Type New






https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/0404b753128eb44ce10000000a174cb4.html




Related Information

Predefined Confirmation Processes (CO1P)

4.5.2.14 Display Document Log (With ALV) – (MF12)

You can use the Display Document Log (With ALV) (MF12) app to display backflushing documents and reverse the backflush in case of incorrect postings.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BJH (Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-REM-ALY (Evaluations)




Manufacturing






Related Information

Display Document Log (With ALV) – (MF12)

4.5.2.15 IAM Objects for Production Execution

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for production execution require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component PP-SFC (Shop Floor Control)

PP-PI (Production Planning - Process Industries)






https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/b76bb6531de6b64ce10000000a174cb4.html

IAM Objects


Production Control (Process) - Order Management (SAP_SCM_BC_PROC_ORD_MGMT_MC)

Business catalog The Create Process Order w/o Material (CORO), Predefined Confirmation Processes (CO1P), and Collective Entry of Confirmations (CORR) apps were added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added app, see:

● Create Process/ Production Order without Material (CORO/CO07) [page 357]

● Predefined Confir-mation Processes (CO1P)

● Collective Entry of Confirmations (CORR)

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order)

Production Control (Discrete) - Order Control (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_ORD_CTRL_MC)

Business catalog The Collective Entry of Confirmations (CO12) app was added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added app, see Collective Entry of Confirmations (CO12).

BJ5 ( Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Production Control (Discrete) - Order Manipulation (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_ORD_MPLN_MC)

Business catalog The Create Prod. Order w/o Material (CO07 ) app was added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added app, see Create Process/ Production Order without Material (CORO/CO07) [page 357] .


Production Control (Discrete) - Order Manipulation (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_ORD_MPLN_MC)

Business catalog The Create Prod. Order with Sales Order (CO08) app was added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added app, see Create Production Order based on Sales Order (CO08) [page 358].


Production Control (Process) - Order Monitoring (SAP_SCM_BC_PROC_ORD_MNTR_MC)

Business catalog The Call Up Missing Parts List (CO24) app was added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added app, see Call Up Missing Parts List (CO24) [page 358].



Manufacturing










Production Control (Discrete) - Order Monitoring (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_ORD_MNTR_MC )

Business catalog The Call Up Missing Parts List (CO24) app was added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added app, see Call Up Missing Parts List (CO24) [page 358].


Production Control (Process) - Order Execution (SAP_SCM_BC_PROC_ORD_EXEC_MC)

Business catalog The Collective Entry of Confirmations (CORR) and Predefined Confirmation Processes (CO1P) apps were added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added apps, see:

● Collective Entry of Confirmations (CORR)

● Predefined Confir-mation Processes (CO1P)


Production Control (Discrete) - Order Execution (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_ORD_EXEC_MC)

Business catalog The Collective Entry of Confirmations (CO12) and Create Progress Confirmation (CO1F) apps were added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added apps, see:

● Collective Entry of Confirmations (CO12)

● Create Progress Confirmation (CO1F)


Production - Production Execution (Repetitive) (SAP_SCM_BC_REM_EXEC_MC)

Business catalog The Display Document Log (With ALV) (MF12) app was added to this business catalog.

For more information about the added app, see Display Document Log (With ALV) – (MF12).

BJH (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process Order)

Manufacturing - Master Data Display (SAP_SCM_BC_MFG_MD_OBJ_PGS_MC)

Business catalog Changes were made to the restriction types.

The Plant/Status/Task List Usage (WERKS_STATU_VERWE) restriction type was added (phased in).

Production - Master Data Display (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_MD_DSP_MC)

Business catalog Changes were made to the restriction types.

The Plant/Status/Task List Usage (WERKS_STATU_VERWE) restriction type was added (phased in).


















Plant/Status/Task List Usage (WERKS_STATU_VERWE)

Restriction type The restriction type is new.

The following business catalogs will phase in the new restriction type:

● Manufacturing - Master Data Display (SAP_SCM_BC_MFG_MD_OBJ_PGS_MC

● Production - Master Data Display (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_MD_DSP_MC

This will give you more flexibility to adjust functionality in your processes. Please use this release to adjust your roles accordingly, while the old restrictions still work. In a future release, only the new restrictions will work.

Be advised that empty restrictions mean that no authorization is granted, while full authorization (*) must be explicitly granted.

For more information, see Phase-In Status.



Manufacturing




Related Information


4.5.2.16 Create Process/ Production Order without Material (CORO/CO07)

The new apps Create Production Order w/o Material and Create Process Order w/o Material are available.

Technical Details

Type New







Related Information

IAM Objects for Production Execution [page 353]





4.5.2.17 Create Production Order based on Sales Order (CO08)

The Create Production Order with Sales Order app is available. With this app you can create a production order based on a selected sales order.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BJ5 Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing




Related Information


4.5.2.18 Call Up Missing Parts List (CO24)

The Call Up Missing Parts List app is available. This app displays a missing parts list for production or process orders. You can maintain additional criteria for creating the missing parts list.


Manufacturing



Technical Details

Type New







Related Information


4.5.3 Just-In-Time Supply to Customer

With this release, the following new features and changes to existing features have been included:

● Manage Reprocessing List of Customer JIT CallsYou use this app when production confirmation has been successful but goods movement posting or backflush have failed. This app monitors any unsuccessful good movements or backflushes, and enables you to trigger these manually.

● Schedule Goods Movement from Production for Customer JIT CallsWith this app, you can schedule periodic goods movements or backflushes using a background report.

● Manage Teams and ResponsibilitiesWith this app, as a master data specialist you can define teams in production and warehouse for performing tasks on customer JIT calls within their area of responsibility. These tasks could be, for example, confirm production or packing.

● Subsequent Outbound Delivery Split




In case of a subsequent delivery split on outbound deliveries to summarized JIT calls from customers, the reference to the subsequently created delivery documents is displayed for the corresponding JIT calls. Vice versa, the corresponding JIT calls are displayed for the delivery documents.

● Delivery Document Split for Sequenced JIT CallsThe delivery document corresponding to a sequenced JIT call can be split based on the criteria maintained in the Manage JIT Customer Data application. For example, it can be split based on planned handling unit.

● Delivery Item Split for Sequenced JIT CallsWhen creating outbound deliveries for sequenced JIT calls from customers, delivery items are automatically and separately created for each component material and customer supply area.

● Picking Relevance Disabled for Delivery Items from Sequenced JIT CallsFor sequenced JIT calls from customers, picking from stock is not required at all or is done using the package units. The outbound delivery is often created later, just before goods issue. Therefore, the picking relevance of outbound deliveries is switched off by default.

● Interim Save for Interlinked ActionsFor an interlinked action it can be defined whether each sub-action is executed separately with a defined new internal processing status for the JIT call, or if all sub-actions are processed together, resulting in a final new internal processing status.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 2EM (Just-In-Time Supply to Customer)

Application Component LE-JIT


Related Links

For more information, refer to the product documentation at https://help.sap.com under SAP S/4HANA Cloud Manufacturing Production Operations Just-In-Time (JIT) Supply to Customer .

4.5.4 Display Production Quantities

This feature enables you to search, view and download the list of production quantities within a plant and MRP area. You can set filters such as material, production line, dates, and so on. You can also save your user-specific settings and define various display variants.


Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BJH (Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-REM (Repetitive Manufacturing)



Related Information

Displaying Production Quantities

4.6 CDS Views for Production Planning

Several CDS (Core Data Services) views to manage data for shop floor control, basic routing data, basic work center data and capacity planning data have now been released.

Technical Details

Type New







https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/166bb6531de6b64ce10000000a174cb4.html

Application Component PP (Production Planning)


Related Information

Application Origin for Order ConfirmationText of Application Origin for Order ConfirmationConfirmation Record TypeText for Confirmation Record TypeFinal Confirmation TypeText for Final Confirmation TypeOrder Confirmation TypeText for Order Confirmation TypeStandard Value Help for CapacityStandard Value Help for Manufacturing Bill of OperationsStandard Value Help for Manufacturing OrderStandard Value Help for Work Center by Semantic KeyFailed Goods MovementBill of Operations GroupCapacity Requirement Item

4.7 Quality Management

4.7.1 Print Quality Certificates for Batches

With this app, you can create and print quality certificates for batches.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

Application Component QM-CA-CG (Quality Certificate Creation)



Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/505592c614584ed3827894dc2e42b681.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/948441e0c2ad48f0bc23a1506ee0519c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/2105615860af400386715cffecb3d5fe.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/9741bbc1c1aa40f281fb4c872e966295.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/b84af0ff531e45759bf8e8df87305379.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/fb409577c5d04bd5a89f1619575d6191.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/c14731e085e14f6384ea94fa7b350aba.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/f3165b58a72c4fdd9d238f1ce106f660.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/4e586fb9320e482294ccc460d1f528f5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/d164a0fdb70844cd9894f744f61dee90.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/8a8c0ffa65b14ca0aaf9678ed5b2b44c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/472633aaf0e0452db48dd0e35475a086.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/57498069a891473e82f518e271f63139.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/fcd8d750dcca41c1aa3b605bccfce991.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/e7c5b0f2c02e4811ad605ff481bcf7e2.html


Related Information

Print Quality Certificates for Batches

4.7.2 Print Quality Certificates for Inspection Lots

With this app, you can create and print quality certificates for the inspection lots for which usage decisions are made.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

Application Component QM-CA-CG (Quality Certificate Creation)






https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/4e7e5377570b4db8bc87fd98480fb959.html



Related Information

Print Quality Certificates for Inspection Lots

4.7.3 Manage Quality Info Records

This feature enables you to view logs related to quality info records in the Application Logs for Quality Info Records app.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

Application Component QM-PT-RP-PRC (Quality Planning)


Additional Details

To view application logs related to quality info records, you can either open the Application Logs for Quality Info Records app or navigate to it from the Manage Quality Info Records app.


Related Information

Manage Quality Info Records


Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/95bed3bd2c9d4c39ac02c615629dc3ae.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/2015756d2e3a4a4fbfebe9f34cac0ff7.html

4.7.4 Nonconformance Analytics and Nonconformance Detailed Analytics

With this feature, you analyze defects based on defect categories instead of defects with or without notifications.

Technical Details

Type ● Changed● Must know


Scope Item 2V0 (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Quality Management)

Application Component QM-QC-IS (Information System)



In configuration settings for defect analytics, a new measure called Defect Category is introduced and the dimensions Defects with Notifications and Defects Without Notification have been replaced by a new dimension called Defects.


Related Information

Nonconformance Analytics Last 365 DaysNonconformance Detailed Analytics Last 365 DaysConfiguration Settings: Defect Analytics




https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/d297571ff266491ca558467eb94ed739.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/1192d2060a4f4380b9081dcb79719a96.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/a2cb4e6253084c1981f9096db1d62252.html

4.7.5 Delete Quality Level

With this feature you can delete quality levels for which the deletion date has been reached or exceeded.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Management in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling), 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-QC (Quality Control)



Related Information

Deletion of Quality Levels

4.7.6 Apps for Quality-Related Master Data

With this feature you have access to several new apps to process quality-related master data. For example, you can create inspection method versions or master inspection characteristic versions, and you can check the usage of sampling procedures or dynamic modification rules and replace them, if necessary.


Manufacturing



https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/2e6cb65334e6b54ce10000000a174cb4.html

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component QM-PT (Quality Planning)


Additional Details

In detail, the following apps are now available:

● Create Master Inspection Characteristic – VersionWith this app you can create a new validity period (version) for an existing master inspection characteristic.

● Create Inspection Method VersionWith this app you can create a new validity period (version) for an existing inspection method.

● Sampling Procedure – Where-Used ListWith this app you can display the task lists (or inspection plans) and inspection setup in which a sampling procedure is used.

● Sampling Procedure – Replace UsageWith this app you can replace a sampling procedure that is used in task lists.

● Dynamic Modification Rule – Where-Used ListWith this app you can display the task lists and inspection setup data in which a code group is used.

● Dynamic Modification Rule – Replace UsageWith this app you can replace a dynamic modification rule that is used in task lists.

● Change QM Inspection Setup – Collective ProcessingWith this app you can process mass changes to the inspection setup.





Related Information

Creating or Changing a Master Inspection CharacteristicCreating or Changing an Inspection MethodDisplaying the Use of Sampling ProceduresReplacing Sampling ProceduresDisplaying the Use of Dynamic Modification RulesReplacing Dynamic Modification RulesMaking Mass Changes to the Inspection Setup

4.7.7 Apps for Inspection Lot Monitoring

With this feature you have access to several new apps for inspection lot monitoring.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component QM-IM (Quality Inspection)


Additional Details

The following apps are now available:

● Display Inspection Lots – Without Inspection CompletionWith this app you can process inspection lots without inspection completion.

● Display Inspection Lots – Without Usage DecisionWith this app you can process inspection lots for which no usage decision has been made.

● Display Inspection Lots – Outstanding QuantitiesWith this app you can process inspection lots for which there are open stock postings.



Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/bcbbbb53707db44ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/a67cbb53707db44ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/5c80b6531de6b64ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/5f80b6531de6b64ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/a222b853dcfcb44ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/a522b853dcfcb44ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/e122bd534f22b44ce10000000a174cb4.html


Related Information

Processing of Inspection Lots Without Inspection CompletionProcessing of Inspection Lots with Stock in Quality InspectionProcessing of Inspection Lots Without Usage Decisions

4.7.8 Configuration for Quality Management

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Quality Management have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component QM (Quality Management)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/5eaeba538c95b54ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/3016c453f57eb44ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/84dbf30eedb4450983dc3d1c81b71996/2011.500/en-US/2899ba53422bb54ce10000000a174cb4.html

Additional Details

Type of change



Leading scope items

Solution Capability


Client-specific QM settings

Maintain Settings at Client Level

Find this configuration un

der Quality

ManagementBasic Settings

Settings at Client Level and Plant

Level

You can change several central controlling functions at client level.

1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Management in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling), 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Quality Planning

New fields in configuration step

Plant-specific QM settings

Maintain Settings at Plant Level


der Quality

ManagementBasic Settings

Settings at Client Level and Plant

Level

You can now make settings relating to QM basic data and inspection lot creation (new tabs).


Quality Planning


Manufacturing

Type of change



Leading scope items

Solution Capability


Inspection plans

Define Task List Usages


der Quality

ManagementQuality

PlanningInspection

Planning

You can define inpection plan usages and assign dynamic modification criteria.


Quality Planning

New configura-tion item

Quality-related master data

New configura-tion steps:

● Define Characteristic Weighting

● Define Default Values for Control Indicators

● Define Inspection Severities

● Define Inspector Qualifica-tion


der Quality

ManagementQuality

Planning

Basic Data

You can make settings relevant for different types of master data:

● Master inspection characteristics

● Inspection methods

● Dynamic modification rules


Quality Planning


Type of change



Leading scope items

Solution Capability


Inspection types

Define Default Values for Inspection Type


der Quality

ManagementQuality

InspectionInspection Lot

Creation

You can now specify a sampling procedure and a modifica-tion rule.


Quality Inspection


Usage decisions

Define Inventory Postings


der Quality

ManagementQuality

InspectionInspection Lot

Completion

You can adapt the inventory postings that are linked to a usage decision.


Quality Inspection




Manufacturing




Related Information


4.7.9 CDS Views for Quality Improvement

With this feature, several CDS views for quality notifications and for defect codes are released in the area of quality improvement.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component QM-QN (Quality Notifications)








Additional Details

The following CDS views are released for quality notifications:

● Quality Notification (I_QltyNotification)● Quality Notification Long Text (I_QltyNotificationLongText)● Quality Notification Item (I_QualityNotificationItem)● Quality Notification Activity (I_QltyNotificationActivity)● Quality Notification Partner (I_QualityNotificationPartner)● Quality Notification Task (I_QltyNotificationTask)

The following CDS views are released for defect codes:

● Defect Code Group (I_DefectCodeGroup)● Defect Code Group Text (I_DefectCodeGroupText)● Defect Code Group (Value Help) (I_DefectCodeGroupStdVH)● Defect Code (I_DefectCode)● Defect Code Text (I_DefectCodeText)● Defect Code (Value Help) (I_DefectCodeStdVH)

Related Information

Quality NotificationQuality Notification Long TextQuality Notification ItemQuality Notification ActivityQuality Notification PartnerQuality Notification TaskDefect Code GroupDefect Code Group (Value Help)Defect CodeDefect Code (Value Help)

4.7.10 IAM Objects in Quality Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Quality Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.


Manufacturing

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/77bf876bd4d1496ba4374a56b842b333.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/218c03117089446990e624bdcf3ab9f0.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/79518500be834c58a25b59693998e849.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/ecccdfdb17304c338eef9bc27f400039.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/1b6e8af4e3dd45b295191eb14b8d938d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/f5198a9e2ecc454d917be28bcade801a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/f965e0d2dc654614b8704cdb57b2b057.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/1deb64aa803a4dafbff415e4f75eb2b6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/b7779908f0ba47c8995ace6334d5800e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/6318dd3f73cb430fba36ec66dea4a151.html

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component QM (Quality Management)





IAM Objects


Quality Management – Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_QLTYMGMT_PC)

Business catalog This business catalog is new.

This business catalog enables users to make settings for quality management using configuration steps contained in the Manage Your Solution app. It is assigned to the Configuration Expert – Business Process Configuration (SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT) business role template.

Not applicable

QM – Configuration (SAP_QM_BC_CONFIG_PC)

Business catalog This business catalog is obsolete.

The app in this obsolete business catalog was added to the new business catalog Quality Management – Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_QLTYMGMT_PC)

Not applicable



QM – Outgoing Quality Certificates (SAP_QM_BC_CERT_OUTGOING_PC)


This business catalog enables users to create and print quality certificates for inspection lots and batches.

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

QM – QM Data for Material (SAP_QM_BC_QM_DATA_MATL_PC)


This business catalog enables you to change inspection setup data in the material master.


QM – Master Inspection Characteristics (SAP_QM_BC_MSTR_INSP_CHARC_PC)

Business catalog An app was added to this business catalog.


New app:

● Create Master Inspection Characteristic – Version

Additional restriction type (phased in):

● Plant/Status/Task List Usage (WERKS_STATU_VERWE)For more information, see the last line in this table.


QM – Inspection Methods (SAP_QM_BC_INSP_METHODS_PC)



New app:

● Create Inspection Method Version

Additional restriction type (phased in):

● Plant/Status/Task List Usage (WERKS_STATU_VERWE)For more information, see the last line in this table.



Manufacturing


QM – Basic Data (SAP_QM_BC_BASIC_DATA_PC)

Business catalog Some apps were added to this business catalog.


New apps:

● Dynamic Modification Rule – Where-Used List

● Dynamic Modification Rule – Replace Usage

● Sampling Procedure – Where-Used List

● Sampling Procedure – Replace Usage

Additional restriction types:

● Authorization Group for Product (BEGRU_MAT)

● Authorization Group for Product Group (BEGRU_MATKL)

● Authorization Group for Product Type (BEGRU_MTART)




QM – Basic Data Display (SAP_QM_BC_BASIC_DATA_DSP_PC)



New apps:

● Dynamic Modification Rule – Where-Used List

● Sampling Procedure – Where-Used List

Additional restriction types:

● Authorization Group for Product (BEGRU_MAT)

● Authorization Group for Product Group (BEGRU_MATKL)

● Authorization Group for Product Type (BEGRU_MTART)

1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Management in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling), 2QN (Nonconformance Management), 2F9 (Quality Management for Complaints against Suppliers), , 2FA (Quality Management for Complaints from Customers), 2QP (Quality Management of Internal Problems)

QM – QM in Procurement (SAP_QM_BC_CERT_OUTGOING_PC)


New app:

Application Logs for Quality Info Records

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

QM – Quality Control (SAP_QM_BC_QUALITY_CONTROL_PC)


New app:

Delete Quality Level



Manufacturing


QM – Inspection Lot Monitoring (SAP_QM_BC_INSP_LOT_MNTRG_PC)


New apps:

● Display Inspection Lots – Without Inspection Completion

● Display Inspection Lots – Without Usage Decision

● Display Inspection Lots – Outstanding Quantities




Plant/Status/Task List Usage (WERKS_STATU_VERWE)

Restriction type The restriction type is new.

The following business catalogs will phase in the new restriction type:

● QM – Inspection Methods (SAP_QM_BC_INSP_METHODS_PC)

● QM – Master Inspection Characteristics (SAP_QM_BC_MSTR_INSP_CHARC_PC)

● QM – Results Recording (SAP_QM_BC_RESULT_RECG_PC)

● QM – Statistical Process Control (SAP_QM_BC_STSTC_PROC_CTRL_PC)

This will give you more flexibility to adjust functionality in your processes. Please use this release to adjust your roles accordingly, while the old restrictions still work. In a future release, only the new restrictions will work.

Be advised that empty restrictions mean that no authorization is granted, while full authorization (*) must be explicitly granted.

For more information, see Phase-In Status.



Manufacturing



Related Information








5 Professional Services

5.1 Customer Project Management

5.1.1 Manage Staffing Instructions

With this feature, project managers can maintain and view staffing instructions for roles planned in work packages. Project managers can use the Staffing Instruction field in the Plan Customer Projects and Plan Internal Projects apps to enter descriptions up to 1000 characters. These descriptions can be used by project managers and resource managers to collaborate on specific requirements and in staffing the right person.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J11 (Customer Project Management - Project-Based Services)

1A8 (Internal Project Management - Project-Based Services)

Application Component CA-CPD-SS (S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud - CPM)


Additional Details

Changes to staffing instructions are logged in the change document for commercial project roles and staffing. Please note that the change log currently stores only 120 characters.


A new field has been added to the views in the work package details screen and in the Team tab.

You can use the Settings button to hide or display the Staffing Instruction field from the respective views.


Professional Services


Transfer of information to this field is not supported through the Commercial project migration object or the Commercial Project - Create, Update API.


Related Information

Managing Work Packages and Resources

5.1.2 Search for Resources Using Skills

This feature enables you to search for individuals you want to staff to a work package using two criteria - role and a person's name, or skills. The first criteria can be used to search for individuals based on the roles they've been assigned in the past or by their full name, whereas the second criteria can be used to search for individuals based on skills recorded in their master data.

Technical Details

Type New






Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Professional Services INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 383



https://help.sap.com/viewer/29cf986299714386847f4d4c9bb86994/2011.500/en-US/9f75e846f21846b7bac5cb5780165dbc.html


The popover to search for individuals has been enhanced in the following manner:

● A new field has been added to select the search criteria● The field in the search results list that displays a person's name has been renamed from Resource to

Person.● The field in the search results list that displays a person's employment has been renamed from ID /

Company to Employment Type / Company.


5.1.3 Archive Attachments in Projects and Work Packages

This feature allows you to use a dedicated ILM object to manage the retention policy for documents attached to customer and internal projects, and their work packages. You must use the ILM object CV_DVS to set up retention rules for linked business objects, using document type SO1. It is important to note that attachments must be archived only after the projects are archived since the retention period is calculated from the date when the project is archived.

Technical Details

Type New











You must set up a valid retention policy for the ILM object CV_DVS with a desired retention period that suits your business needs. Note that the retention period begins from the date that the project is archived.


Related Information

Archiving Customer and Internal Projects with CPD_SS

5.1.4 Display of Revenue Information in Service-Based Work Packages

With the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011 release, the Revenue field is no longer displayed in the details of a service-based work package. In a service-based work package, revenue is calculated only on the quantity of service delivered and not on the basis of resources that are planned. This field has been removed from the default view and also from personalization settings, to display information that is more relevant to such work packages.

Technical Details

Type Changed









https://help.sap.com/viewer/29cf986299714386847f4d4c9bb86994/2011.500/en-US/f95d4fbda02f43c7a0b9819677631f63.html


5.1.5 Manage Project Billing

With this app, you can now:

● Prepare billing for one or more billing elements at a time.● Delete a project billing request for one or more billing elements.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4E9 (Project Billing - Project-Based Services)

Application Component PS-BIL (Project Billing)


Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this app, use component PS-FIO-BIL.


Related Information

Manage Project Billing







https://help.sap.com/viewer/29cf986299714386847f4d4c9bb86994/2011.500/en-US/09bddf5612e54600a06539c2e4250d30.html

5.1.6 Process Extensibility for Project Billing

With this feature, you can extend applications for the purpose of billing. The billing process transitions through a document flow involving certain business objects. The billing process typically starts with a sales order, moves on to the project billing element, billing document request and finally the billing document.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4E9

Application Component PS-FIO-BIL



Related Information

Process Extensibility for Project Billing




https://help.sap.com/viewer/29cf986299714386847f4d4c9bb86994/2011.500/en-US/b1ce25c2652c4720a2e05aa1c5777f6e.html

5.1.7 CDS Views for Customer and Internal Project Management

5.1.7.1 Enhancements to CDS Views (Queries)

With this feature, released CDS views (queries) for Customer and Internal Project Management have been enhanced with the following:

● My Project (IsMyProject) - A new field to filter customer or internal projects based on a user's assignment to a project role. You may enter X to filter and view projects that you are assigned to, or enter ' ' to view projects that you are authorized to access.

● Confidential Project (ProjectVisibility) - A new field to indicate whether a project is confidential or not.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

The following queries and their corresponding cubes have been enhanced:

CDS View Technical Name

Engagement Project Margin Analysis Query C_EngmtProjMargAnlysQuery

Engagement Project Work Analysis Query C_EngmtProjWorkAnlysQuery






Related Information

CDS Views for Customer and Internal Project ManagementEngagement Project Work Analysis QueryEngagement Project Margin Analysis Query

5.1.7.2 New Fields in CDS Views

New fields have been added to the following CDS cube and query that enable you to retrieve project forecasts for customer and internal projects:

● I_EngmntProjFcstCube_2 (Forecast Info for Engagement Project - Cube)● C_EngmntProjFcstQuery_2 (Engagement Project Forecast Query)

Technical Details

Type Changed






Additional Details

The following fields have been added:

● EngagementProjectForecastYear - Indicates the calendar year of a project forecast● EngagementProjectForecastMonth - Indicates the calendar month of a project forecast● RevenueAsSoldAmount - Indicates the net value of the corresponding sales document and its item



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/6340bec670a24801a514d691912482bf.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/2d9b71d7322f4da494256c1d9f62ff68.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/1473afc105a34881827a1a0c3f95cb37.html




Related Information

Forecast Information for Engagement Project - CubeEngagement Project Forecast Query

5.1.7.3 Deprecation of CDS Views

The following CDS views have been deprecated and will no longer be available after the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2111 release. We strongly recommend replacing any deprecated CDS views with the successor at your earliest convenience.

● C_WorkPackageWorkItemVH (Work Package Work Item Value Help)● C_EngmntProjectIDGenerate (Consumption View For Generating Enagagement Project ID)

Technical Details

Type Deprecated






Additional Details

Details of the deprecated and successor CDS views are as follows:

Deprecated CDS View Successor CDS View

C_WorkPackageWorkItemVH I_WorkPackageWorkItem



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/7a16af1215b24acb88e55a09508990bf.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/f32f4360f8274f6e83c660a520020007.html


C_EngmntProjectIDGenerate I_EngagementProject


Related Information

CDS Views for Customer and Internal Project Management

5.1.8 IAM Objects in Customer and Internal Project Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Customer and Internal Project Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed








https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/6340bec670a24801a514d691912482bf.html

IAM Objects


Project Management - Project Analysis (SAP_PSP_BC_PROJECT_ANALYZE_PC)

Business catalog This business catalog has been deprecated in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2008 and will be deleted in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102.

With the deprecation of this business catalog, the Margin Analysis app is no longer available in the business group Project Analysis.

The new business catalog Project Management - Project Analysis (SAP_PSP_BC_PRJ_ANALYTICS_PC) has been added to the business role template Project Manager - Commercial Services (SAP_BR_PROJ_MANAGE_COMM). This new business catalog provides authorizations to access the following queries which are substitutes for the Margin Analysis app:

● Engagement Project Margin Analysis Query (C_EngmtProjMargAnlysQuery)

● Engagement Project Work Analysis Query (C_EngmtProjWorkAnlysQuery)

NoteYou may access these queries using the View Browser or Query Browser apps.

J11 (Customer Project Management - Project-Based Services)


BGI (Customer Project Analysis)



Related Information









6 R&D/Engineering

6.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management

6.1.1 Project Financial Control

6.1.1.1 Schedule Project Accounting Jobs

With the new SAP Fiori app Schedule Project Accounting Jobs, you as a Project Financial Controller can schedule periodic accounting jobs for a project or work package. This reduces manual effort to get the most updated results which is later used for overall result analysis of a project.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1NT

Application Component PS-FIO


Additional Details

Using Actual Settlement: Projects (SAP) template,

● You can run background jobs periodically to detect potential risks and take counter measures at an early stage or reserve profit.

● You can reverse actual settlement.

NoteSchedule Project Accounting Jobs app with new template Actual Settlement: Projects (SAP) now replaces Run Settlement Projects-Actual app for project accounting activities.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011R&D/Engineering INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 395


Make sure that you have the Project Financials Controller role to use this app.

Business Catalog Used in Business Role Template

Project Systems – Project Control Management (SAP_PS_BC_PCM_MC)

Project Financial Controller (SAP_BR_PROJ_FIN_CONTROLLER)


Related Information

Schedule Project Accounting Jobs

6.1.1.2 Enable Project Stock for Capital Investment Projects

With this feature, you can now enable project stock for capital investment projects and hold material in inventory for a work package. This helps to evaluate the project stock for financial accounting and better material planning.

Also, the system now checks for any open maintenanace orders or project stock in a project or work package before changing it to Closed status.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1NT



R&D/Engineering



https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/5fa463111b4447a5ae16dbd3e02c6b59.html



You can configure the valuation class and account determination to enable separate accounts for project stock. Material can be posted into project stock either by external procurement with account assignment category Q or by goods movement from plant stock to project stock.


6.1.1.3 Project Controlling Object - One Master Data Service

This feature helps to simplify the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud applications to the One Master Data Service (ONEmds) of Project Controlling objects available on the SAP Cloud Platform (SCP). These project controlling objects can be manually or automatically replicated from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to the Project Controlling object.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item Project Financial Control






Additional Details

SAP cloud applications such as Concur, SuccessFactors, Fieldglass, Ariba and so on require these project controlling objects to allocate costs and expenses. You can therefore also have an integration between these cloud applications to the ONEmds of project controlling object.


6.1.2 Project Logistics Control

6.1.2.1 Enhancements to Manage Project Demand

With this feature, Manage Project Demand app offers following new functions:

● You can request multiple demands at once. A purchase requisition is created for all the successfully requested demands which is listed on the demand list page.

● You can copy multiple demands for quicker and easier creation of demands.● You can now choose to align the service demand or material demand dates with that of parent work

package. You can maintain dates to align with that of work package start and finish dates or enter dates independent of work package dates.

● Two new fields Purchase Contract and Purchase Contract Item are added to Procurement section.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4RF

Application Component PS-FIO-DMN




R&D/Engineering




Related Information

Manage Project Demand

6.1.3 Project Management

6.1.4 Actual Dates for Projects and Work Packages

This feature enables you to display and edit the actual start and finish dates of projects and work packages in Fiori apps for Project Financial Control and Project Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1NT (Project Financial Control), 1YF (Project Review)

Application Component PPM-FIO, PS-FIO-STR


Additional Details

The Actual Start and Actual Finish fields are available in the following apps:

● Project Control● Project Planning● Work Package● Mass Changes to Projects● Project Briefs

You can edit the actual start of a project or work package once it has been partially released or released. You can edit the actual finish of projects and work packages with the status Released.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/852df7e0a5d748deb52b1dc9c2baa4e0.html

When you copy a project or work package, the actual dates are not copied.

NoteThe Actual Start and Actual Finish fields are not visible by default in the list views of the above apps. You can display the corresponding columns in the list view by adjusting the personalization settings of the Projects or Work Packages table in the app.

In the Mass Changes to Projects app, the actual dates are not available for mass changes by default. Key users can enable these fields for mass changes by adding them to the Mass Change dialog box using UI adaptation at runtime.


Related Information

Project ControlProject PlanningWork PackageMass Changes to ProjectsProject Briefs

6.1.5 Enterprise Project Events

With this feature you can enable the Enterprise Project business object to trigger the following business events such as Created, Changed and Deleted. These events can be consumed using an external service or by configuring an external system. This event is published on the SAP API Business Hub .

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item Project Financial Control


R&D/Engineering



https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/a70d0302aa0b4a79b772aeb6dd50f6de.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/1504f6963f7b400789ef9b2ea2540a5f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/cdf62d19b01f42daabcc58fdf12d9478.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/d71c4fe87df84412a751bb3c56f90dd8.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/c99fb80ad0ec4ed09de56699294bd8ad.html


Application Component PS-FIO (Fiori UI for Project System)



Related Information

Enterprise Project EventsEvents on SAP API Business HubBusiness Event Handling

6.1.6 CDS Views for Enterprise Projects

The following CDS views are newly released for enterprise projects:

● I_EnterpriseProjectEntitlement (Enterprise Project Entitlement)● I_EnterpriseProjectRole (Enterprise Project Role)● I_EnterpriseProjectRoleType (Enterprise Project Role Type)● I_EntProjectRoleTypeText (Enterprise Project Role Type - Text)● I_EntProjectRoleCategory (Enterprise Project Role Category)● I_EntProjectRoleCategoryText (Enterprise Project Role Category - Text)● I_EnterpriseProjectTeammember (Enterprise Project Team Member)

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1NT

Application Component PS-FIO (Fiori UI for Project System)




https://help.sap.com/viewer/988903b47d7040f6ac4ec02e44bb58e4/2011.500/en-US/df37016265c44283bbbb19716845764f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/8cbf952e55364254be2da77aa1342aa5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/18658e70de3043cf894e41c38538f488.html



Related Information

CDS Views for Project Financials Control

6.1.7 Change Documents for Projects

With the Change Documents – Projects app you can now also display the change documents generated for changes to status information, milestones and team information of a project.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1YF (Project Review), 1NT (Project Financial Control)

Application Component PPM-FIO




R&D/Engineering



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/89bfcb016b2f4a08930f17254a97f407.html



Related Information

Change Documents - Projects

6.1.8 IAM Objects in Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component PS (Project System), PPM (Portfolio and Project Management)






https://help.sap.com/viewer/f369b2eff700401494ba6e7c9a573288/2011.500/en-US/6be11faca3f841aea33be328cd4db0bc.html

IAM Objects


Project Systems - Financial Control (SAP_PS_BC_FIN_CONTRL_MC)

Business catalog App was added. The new Schedule Project Accounting Jobs app was added to this business catalog and becomes visible in the Project Control Periodic Activities business group. It replaces the Run Settlement - Projects - Actual (Collective) app, which is deprecated and will soon be removed from this business catalog. For more information, see Schedule Project Accounting Jobs [page 395].

1NT (Project Financial Control), ONT (Project Financial Control)


Business catalog App was deprecated. The Enter Activity Allocation app is deprecated and will soon be deleted. Please use the Manage Direct Activity Allocation app instead. For more information, see Enter Activity Allocation [page 88].



Business catalog Restriction type was added.

The restriction type Company Code / Real Estate Contract Type (BUKRS_SMVART) was added to this business catalog.



R&D/Engineering


Project Systems – Project Financial Controlling (SAP_PS_BC_PROJ_CONTRL_MC)

Business catalog Restriction types were added.


● Authorization Group for Customer Related Journal Entries (BEGRU_BKPF_BED)

● Authorization Group for Supplier-Related Journal Entries (BEGRU_BKPF_BEK)

● Joint Operating Agreement Master (JV_JOA_MASTER)

1NT (Project Financial Control), ONT (Project Financial Control), 35E (Research and Development Project Management), 35F (Capital Investment Project Management)



Project Systems – Project Financial Controlling (SAP_PS_BC_PROJ_CONTRL_MC)

Business catalog Restriction types were changed.

The following restriction types were changed:

● Authorization Group for Product (BEGRU_MAT): Read access added

● Authorization Group for Product Group (BEGRU_MATKL): Read access added

● Authorization Group for Product Type (BEGRU_MTART): Read access added

● Authorization Group for Fund (FM_AUTHGRF): Write access added

● Account Type (KOART): Write access removed

1NT (Project Financial Control), ONT (Project Financial Control), 35E (Research and Development Project Management), 35F (Capital Investment Project Management)


R&D/Engineering


Project Systems - Project Financial Analytics (SAP_PS_BC_PROJ_FIN_ANLYTC_MC)

Business catalog Restriction types were changed.

The following restriction types were changed:

● Authorization Group for Engagement Project (CPD_MP_ORG_SUB_ACTVT): Read and write access added

● Responsible Cost Center (PS_FKSTL): Write access added

● Project Type (PS_PRART): Read and write access added

1NT (Project Financial Control), ONT (Project Financial Control), 35E (Research and Development Project Management), 35F (Capital Investment Project Management), O5F (PSM: Capital Investment Project Management), ONA (PSM: Period-End Closing - Projects)

Project Systems - Project Demand (SAP_PS_BC_PROJ_DEMAND_MC)

Business catalog Business catalog dependency was added.

The Master Data - Product Display (SAP_CMD_BC_PRODUCT_DSP_PC)

business catalog was added to the list of business catalog dependencies.

4RF (Project Control - Procurement)


Business catalog Restriction type was added.

The restriction type Hierarchy Type/ID (HRYTYPE_HRYID) was added to this business catalog.



Business catalog Restriction type was removed.

The restriction type Asset Class/Company Code (ANLKL_BUKRS) was removed from this business catalog.




Restriction Type for authorization extension object C_DEMAND (KOKRS_PRCTR)

Restriction type Restriction type was renamed.

The name of the restriction type with the technical ID KOKRS_PRCTR was changed from Restriction Type for authorization extension object C_DEMAND to Project Demand.



Related Information


6.1.9 APIs Deprecated for Enterprise Projects

The API API_ENTERPRISE_PROJECT_SRV (Enterprise Project) now replaces the SOAP service APIs listed below. These are now deprecated:

● ECC_PROJBYIDQR (Project - Retrieve Details using Project ID)● ECC_PROJECTWBSBYIDQR (WBS Element - Retrieve Details using Project ID)● ECC_PROJECTWBWQR (WBS Element - Retrieve Details using WBS Element ID)

Technical Details

Type Deprecated



R&D/Engineering




Scope Item 1NT



Additional Details

The service interface API_ENTERPRISE_PROJECT_SRV is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).


6.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries

6.2.1 IAM Objects in Bills of Material

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Bill of Material require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component PLM-FIO-BOM (Bills of Material)










IAM Objects


BOM Engineer - Customer Order (SAP_PLM_BC_SALES_ORDER_BOM_PC)

Business catalog The business catalog SAP_PLM_BC_SALES_ORDER_BOM_PC is no longer available in the business role template SAP_BR_BOM_ENGINEER .

You can access the

Manage Order Bill of Material app using the business role template SAP_BR_BOM_ENG_CUST_ORDER.

BJE (Make-to-Order Production - Finished Goods Sales and Final Assembly)


Related Information


6.2.2 Business Events for Bills of Material

With this feature, you can now trigger business events in Bills of Material for creation, modification, and deletion of BOM header and BOM items.


R&D/Engineering




Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Bill of Material Events

6.2.3 Business Events for Order Bills of Material

With this feature, you can now trigger business events for Order Bills of Material for creation, modification, and deletion of sales order BOM header and sales order BOM items.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BJE (Make-to-Order Production - Finished Goods Sales and Final Assembly)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/7489fa08cede494cbdf08fa3651598af/2011.500/en-US/e7f078a006e44e929c2f819117e23194.html



Related Information

Order Bill of Material Events

6.2.4 Configuration for Bills of Material

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Bills of Material have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New






R&D/Engineering



https://help.sap.com/viewer/7489fa08cede494cbdf08fa3651598af/2011.500/en-US/6d4ee4ad5d9d4814a8fa20e845ad06bc.html

Additional Details


New configuration step Explode bills of material

Define BOM Application for BOM Explosion


under R&D/

Engineering Product Development

Foundation

You can define if you want to override the BOM usage and BOM alternative settings maintained in the production version BOM for BOM explosion.





Related Information








6.2.5 AVC – Enablement of Engineer-to-Order Scenario with Configurable Products

This feature supports an engineer-to-order scenario for Variant Configuration products. With this feature you can:

● Seamlessly switch from planned/production order scenarios to an order BOM scenario by taking over all configuration values

● Block Sales Order Items for Configurable Products for Downstream Processes to be completed by engineering

● List all sales order items which are marked as Ready for Engineering to give a worklist to your order engineers

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4R8 (Engineer-to-Order Production with Variant Configura-tion)

Application Component LO-VCH-ETO


Additional Details

With this feature, you can also:

● Fixate Bill of Materials of Configurable Products in the Order Engineering Worklist app (fixed against changes of BOM master data and through BOM explosion results)

● Insert, update and delete order bill of material items in the Order Engineering Worklist app● Configure Multi-level Products as an order engineer in the Order Engineering Worklist app● Compare configuration differences in the sales order after engineering is finished● Accept engineering changes in the sales order item to complete the item after engineering is done● Mark sales order items for re-engineering in case there are changes (to highlight the importance of these

items to the order engineers)



R&D/Engineering




6.3 Product Compliance

6.3.1 Foundation for Product Compliance

6.3.1.1 Compliance Data Foundation - Integrated Phrases

With this release, you receive updates of phrases in Manage Physical-Chemical Properties and Ecological Information. Phrases are now integrated in Managing Accidental Release Measures and Manage Toxicological Information. These enhancements help to ensure up-to-date product declarations.

Technical Details

Type New





Related Information

Managing Accidental Release MeasuresManage Toxicological InformationSubstance - Ecological Information

6.3.1.2 Manage Phrase-Enabled Fields

The Manage Phrase-Enabled Fields app features allow you to view provided phrases and the translations. You can create your own phrases, including copying from provided content, and create new translations. Additional features are the ability to easily search for phrases based on many different details and hiding phrases that you no longer want or aren't applicable.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/a407e121bfd347ca8e7dd5b0cfaedb51.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/a00413b8319c4faba35712dd39d95fbe.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/d38a29dec38945369d0ed8f619808211.html

Technical Details

Type Changed





Related Information

Manage Phrase-Enabled Fields

6.3.1.3 Management of Ecological Information

With this feature you can edit and release ecological information of a substance or an unpackaged product which you have selected in the Manage Ecological Information app. You can also use this data for the classification of products according to different hazardous substance regulations or dangerous goods regulations.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 31G (Chemical Compliance Approval for Purchased Material and Supplier), 31H (Assess Marketability of a Product), 31J (Chemical Compliance in Sales), 3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in Sales), 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products), 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product), 3G8 (Dangerous Goods in Sales)

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND



R&D/Engineering

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/af10a4178c054a7290e3d38460a08280.html


6.3.1.4 Regulatory Content Update

With this feature, the system provides the following new and updated compliance requirements in each solution area:

● Product Marketability: 55 new or updated compliance requirements● Safety Data Sheets: 33 new or updated compliance requirements

You can find these compliance requirements in the Activate Compliance Requirements app for each solution area.

Technical Details

Type Changed











Related Information

SAP Content for Compliance Requirements

6.3.1.5 Management of Toxicological Information

With this feature, you can use the Substance - Manage Toxicological Information app to provide toxicological information for substances. This data is the prerequisite for the classification of products (substances or mixtures) based on their hazardous properties.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Substance - Manage Toxicological Information


R&D/Engineering

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/9f5248da04fc492babd04d5cedd5cbb0.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/a00413b8319c4faba35712dd39d95fbe.html

6.3.1.6 Configuration for Product Compliance

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Product Compliance have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance)



Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


General settings for substance volume tracking

Define Legal Entities and Mappings for Legal Entities


Configure Your Solution

R&D/Engineering

Product Compliance

Product Compliance Configuration

Define Legal Entities and Mappings for Legal

Entities

Define legal entities and map combinations of business process scenarios and plants to these legal entities.

4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Product Compliance

Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance






R&D/Engineering



Related Information


6.3.1.7 IAM Objects in Product Compliance

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Product Compliance require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component EHS-SUS-FND









IAM Objects


Product Compliance - Monitor Substance Volumes (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_SUB_VOL_MON_PC)

Business Catalog The business catalog is new.

This business catalog has been created and includes the new Monitor Substance Volumes (F4693) app.


Master Data Specialist - Product Compliance (SAP_BR_MD_SPECIALIST_PCL)

Business Role Template A new business catalog is assigned.

The SAP_PSS_BC_PC_SUB_VOL_MON_PC business catalog has been assigned to this business role template.


Product Compliance - Manage Substance Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_SUBST_MAN_PC)

Business Catalog A new app was added to this business catalog.

The app Manage Toxicological Information (App ID: F5045) was added to the Product Compliance - Manage Substance Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_SUBST_MAN_PC) business catalog.

031G (Chemical Compliance Approval for Purchased Material and Supplier)

31H (Assess Marketability of a Product)

31J (Chemical Compliance in Sales)

035V (Proposal for Substance Groups)

Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC)


The app Manage Toxicological Information (App ID: F5045) was added to the Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC) business catalog.




03VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

03VQ (Safety Data Sheets in Sales)


R&D/Engineering


Product Compliance - Unpackaged Dangerous Goods (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_UPKG_DG_MGMT_PC)

Business Catalog Five new apps were added to this business catalog.

Five new apps were added to the Product Compliance - Unpackaged Dangerous Goods (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_UPKG_DG_MGMT_PC) business catalog:

● Dangerous Good - Classification Details (Unpackaged Product / RID) (App ID: F5029)

● Dangerous Good - Classification Details (Unpackaged Product / ADG) (App ID: F5030)

● Dangerous Good - Classification Details (Unpackaged Product / NZS5433) (App ID: F5031)

● Dangerous Good – Classification Details (Unpackaged Product / SANS) (App ID: F5032)

● Dangerous Good – Classification Details (Unpackaged Product / ADN) (App ID: F5033)

3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

3G8 (Dangerous Goods in Sales)



Product Compliance - Manage Substance Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_SUBST_MAN_PC)


The app Manage Ecological Information (App ID: F4779) was added to the Product Compliance - Manage Substance Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_SUBST_MAN_PC) business catalog.




035V (Proposal for Substance Groups)



The app Manage Ecological Information (App ID: F4779) was added to the Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC) business catalog.







R&D/Engineering



Business Catalog Changed target mapping for material-based compositions.

In the Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC) business catalog, the target mappings UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayMatlBasedCompositionInProgress and UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayMatlBasedCompositionReleased are replaced by the target mapping UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayMatlBasedComposition.







Business Catalog Changed target mapping for analytical compositions.

In the Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC) business catalog, the target mappings UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayAnalyticCompositionInProgress and UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayAnalyticCompositionReleased are replaced by the target mapping UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayAnalyticalComposition.









Business Catalog Changed target mapping for substance-based legal compositions.

In the Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC) business catalog, the target mappings UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displaySubstBsdLglCompositionInProgress and UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displaySubstBsdLglCompositionReleased are replaced by the target mapping UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displaySubstBsdLglComposition.






Product Compliance - Manage Raw Materials Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_RMON_PC)


In the Product Compliance - Manage Raw Materials Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_RMON_PC) business catalog, the target mappings UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayAnalyticCompositionInProgress and UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayAnalyticCompositionReleased are replaced by the target mapping UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displayAnalyticalComposition.





R&D/Engineering




In the Product Compliance - Manage Raw Materials Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_RMON_PC) business catalog the target mappings UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displaySubstBsdLglCompositionInProgress and UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displaySubstBsdLglCompositionReleased are replaced by the target mapping UnpackagedChemicalInfo->displaySubstBsdLglComposition.





Business Catalog Changed target mapping for material-based compositions.

In the Product Compliance - Manage Raw Materials Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_RMON_PC) business catalog, the target mapping RawMaterialChemicalInfo->displayMatlBasedComposition is added.






In the Product Compliance - Manage Raw Materials Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_RMON_PC) business catalog, the target mapping RawMaterialChemicalInfo->displayAnalyticalComposition is added.








In the Product Compliance - Manage Raw Materials Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_RMON_PC) business catalog, the target mapping RawMaterialChemicalInfo->displaySubstBsdLglComposition is added.





Business Catalog Changed target mapping for compliance assessment.

In the Product Compliance - Manage Raw Materials Compliance (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_RMON_PC) business catalog the target mapping RawMaterialChemicalInfo->displayCRR is added.





Related Information


6.3.2 Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance

6.3.2.1 Monitoring of Substance Volumes

With this feature, you can get an overview of the aggregated volumes of substances that are imported or produced by a specific legal entity of your company. You can use this feature to:


R&D/Engineering




● Identify substances that approach or exceed the thresholds defined in the relevant compliance requirements.

● Examine the details of the aggregated substance volumes and trace them back to the originating business process document.

A new SAP Fiori app Monitor Substance Volumes (F4693) is made available to support this feature.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance)


Additional Details

The system is delivered with sample compliance requirement definitions for 43 countries/regions. You can use substance volume tracking with these sample definitions. You can create new versions of the sample definitions and make adjustments in the new version, such as defining additional exemptions, changing the default threshold, or changing substance lists. You can also activate and use your own compliance requirement version to track and monitor substance volumes.


A background job that creates an event of type SVT Periodic Tracking Requested upon every occurrence is scheduled for every 6 hours. The event, which is carried out in the Product Compliance Event Processing (PCEP) framework, triggers the processing of material documents and logistics documents that are relevant for substance volume tracking. The execution of the job is disabled by default, but it is enabled with the first activation of a compliance requirement version that is relevant for substance volume tracking. The background job runs without any user interaction.


You can define legal entities and map combinations of business process scenarios and plants to these legal entities in Configuration under Configure Your Solution R&D/Engineering Product Compliance Product


Compliance Configuration Define Legal Entities and Mappings for Legal Entities . The system uses this mapping to determine the legal entities that are relevant for substance volume tracking based on the receiving or production plants and the corresponding business process scenarios.


Related Information

Monitor Substance Volumes

6.3.3 Dangerous Goods Management

6.3.3.1 Enhancements in Dangerous Goods Classification for Content-Based Regulations

With this feature, new content-based compliance requirements for the RID 2019, the ADN 2019, the ADG 2019, the NZS 5433:2012, and the SANS 10228:2012 are delivered that contain information provided by these dangerous goods regulations to simplify your classification process for unpackaged products.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)



R&D/Engineering



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/645d89ac29f14136ba4b89961e99e382.html

Additional Details

As part of the SAP content for Dangerous Goods Management, the following new content-based compliance requirements are delivered:

● RID 2019Compliance requirement with data from the Convention concerning International Carriage by Rail (COTIF) Appendix C – Regulation concerning the international Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Rail (RID).

● ADN 2019Compliance requirement with data from the European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Inland Waterways (ADN) regulation.

● ADG 2019Compliance requirement with data from the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail.

● NZS 5433:2012Compliance requirement with data from the NZS New Zealand DG.

● SANS 10228:2012Compliance requirement with data from the South African National Standard of Dangerous Goods.

These compliance requirements contain detailed classification data for a UN number, such as packing group, proper shipping name, special provisions, and labeling information.

When classifying an unpackaged product using these content-based compliance requirements, you only select the applicable data set for the UN number and the other provided classification data is filled automatically into the corresponding fields in the apps for classifying unpackaged products according to one of these three dangerous goods regulations.


6.3.3.2 Enhancements in Dangerous Goods Classification for Packaged Products

With this feature, you can use the My Packaged Dangerous Goods app to adapt existing basic product classifications that are defined on the unpackaged product level.




Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)


Additional Details

For the selected product only, you can adapt the basic classification data as needed. For example, you can change the UN number if needed for a specific product and regulation. You can also revert an adapted classification to the original basic classification.


6.3.4 Safety Data Sheet Management

6.3.4.1 Management of Accidental Release Measures

With this feature, you can enter accidental release measures data for an unpackaged product in the Manage Accidental Release Measures app. You can update the data to ensure it stays compliant over time. Once you have provided the accidental release measures data, you can release it for further use.

Technical Details

Type New


R&D/Engineering





Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)


Additional Details

As a prerequisite, you have to:

● Use the World Accidental Release Measures compliance requirement of Policy type delivered by SAP. This compliance requirement uses the Accidental Release Measures compliance pattern. You can find it in the Manage Compliance Requirements – Safety Data Sheets app.

● Activate the requirement in the Activate Compliance Requirements - Safety Data Sheets app.● Assign the compliance requirement to a compliance purpose in the Manage Compliance Purposes app. You

can either create a new compliance purpose or assign the compliance requirement to an already existing one. Make sure that you activate the compliance purpose for further use.

● Select the unpackaged product whose accidental release measures data you want to enter in the Manage Basic Compliance Data - Unpackaged Products app.

● Ensure that the selected unpackaged product has the compliance purpose you have created or maintained in the Manage Compliance Purposes app assigned.

● Navigate to View Compliance Assessments for this unpackaged product and then to Safety Data Sheet Assessments Safety Data Sheet: Related Assessments . Select the entry for the accidental release measures assessment. You're navigated to the Manage Accidental Release Measures app, where you can enter the accidental release measures data for this product.


Related Information

Manage Accidental Release Measures




https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/ee1091f745e44b36ad80a514fbc44f6e.html

6.3.4.2 Enhancements to Apps Used for SDS-Related Assessments

With these features, you can:

● Indicate where the data you’ve entered can be used, for example on safety data sheets (public use). This enhancement has been introduced in:○ Manage Personal Protection Measures app

● View the change history of the compliance assessment. This enhancement has been introduced in:○ Manage Personal Protection Measures app○ Manage Firefighting Measures app

● Change the processor of a compliance assessment. This enhancement has been introduced in:○ Manage Personal Protection Measures app○ Manage Firefighting Measures app

● Delete the In Progress version of a compliance assessment when a Released version exists. This enhancement has been introduced in:○ Manage First Aid Measures app○ Manage Personal Protection Measures app○ Manage Firefighting Measures app

● View the details of the assigned compliance requirement. This enhancement has been introduced in:○ Manage First Aid Measures app○ Manage Personal Protection Measures app○ Manage Firefighting Measures app

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Sustainability Foundation)




R&D/Engineering



Related Information

Manage First Aid MeasuresManage Personal Protection MeasuresManage Firefighting Measures




https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/b4ab4eac52ab4449a4cc2a82d6209b6b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/098ee4ac6e284c0cb3186452388ec2c6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6540a57e42314b5a8c208bca283e29e6/2011.500/en-US/55f72527cbbd4cc3af543637662133bc.html

7 Service

7.1 Service Operations and Processes

7.1.1 Solution Order Management

7.1.1.1 Situation Templates

7.1.1.1.1 Situation Template: Sales Item Delivery Date Changed

This situation is raised when the delivery date of a sales item is changed due to reprioritization. The situation will only be raised if an item relationship is maintained and there are one or more items related to the sales item whose delivery date was changed. The situation is raised for relevant items based on certain conditions. This situation is only raised if an item relationship is maintained.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4GT (Solution Order)

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SLO (Solution Order)




Service



Related Information

Sales Item Delivery Date Changed

7.1.1.1.2 Situation Template: Sales Item Delivery Date Reached

This situation is raised when the delivery date of a sales item in a solution order has been reached. If necessary, the situation can be configured to be raised a few days before the delivery date. By default, this situation is raised on the day after the confirmed delivery date. The situation is only raised for all items dependent on the sales item and only if an item relationship is maintained.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Sales Item Delivery Date Reached

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Service INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 437

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/55d56543051c442a8ef3a063b25e2194.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/e861baa4fcdd46ec80fb8257519a12c6.html

7.1.1.1.3 Situation Template: Planned Execution Date Changed

This situation is raised when the planned execution of a service item is changed, and this change affects another item dependent on this service item. The situation is raised for relevant items based on certain conditions. It is only raised if an item relationship is maintained.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Planned Execution Date Changed

7.1.1.1.4 Situation Template: Planned Execution Date Reached

This situation is raised when the service is not completed even after the planned start date of a service item has reached. If necessary, the situation can be configured to be raised a few days before the planned start date. By default, this situation is raised on the day after the planned start date. It is raised on all items dependent on the service item and only if an item relationship is maintained.


Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/ef6cbeefd3564156bd5d27a08de34c9a.html

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Planned Execution Date Reached

7.1.1.2 OData API for Business Solution Order

Solution orders OData API has been enhanced enabling you to do the following:

● Establish item relationships● Read the distribution status for solution order items● Redistribute operations to reprocess erroneous orchestration messages

The new entity, A_BusSolnOrdItemRelationships, corresponds to the item relationships in the solution order. You can define relationships between different items to indicate how they are connected.

The new fields BusSolnOrdItmDistrStatus and BusSolnOrdItmDistrStatusName indicate the distribution status of solution order items. The following table shows the status codes for released solution order items:

Status Code Status name

A Distribution Started

B Distribution Success




https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/fe014f4660944046a8cadfd1a6d50855.html

Status Code Status name

C Distribution Incorrect

D Distribution Incomplete

E Distribution Error

For more details on distribution status, see Solution Order Orchestration.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Item RelationshipsExpense ItemSales Order ItemService Contract ItemService Order ItemService Part Item

7.1.1.3 Enhancements to Manage Solution Orders

The Manage Solution Orders app has been enhanced with the following features:


Service

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/f12201f52cb44ebebc9f9b23b3796d2e.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/1caca218f7d543bd915eebb2e4170b9b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/e468a4bae4194facab987a831d286e82.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/409745acd2ae47e48228ccdb61afc013.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/636d4725d1d545b1aea8f12df0e6f6eb.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/7cc1e302948e48cfa28dfca46cd5c7a1.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/6e5ff0c967604195b7137650e39b67a5.html

● Item Relationship VisualizationThis feature enables users to visualize relationships between items in a solution order. This allows users to better understand the relationships between the items in the solution order. The items with situations are highlighted in orange.

● Updated Situations with Item RelationshipsWith item relationships, situation templates are updated to handle situations in a better way by only raising the situations if they affect the dependent items.

● Show Progress of Related ItemsThis allows users to view the progress of other items in addition to the current item, which helps in comparing the progress of multiples items related to each other.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Sales Item Delivery Date ChangedSales Item Delivery Date ReachedPlanned Execution Date ChangedPlanned Execution Date Reached

7.1.1.4 Enhancements to Solution Orders

Solution orders have been enhanced, enabling you to do the following:








● Assign items to new item categories (SOEW external service items, SONP non-stock service part items, and SOPA service contract items for price adaptation)

● Define item relationships between items● Send a new request for data distribution if no follow-up transaction is created or the update fails after you

release an item or change a released item

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

Ensure that products used for the new item categories are assigned to the following item category groups in your product master:

● SRVP for external service items● SRVM for non-stock service part items● SCNP for service contract items


Related Information

Service Contract Items in Solution OrdersService Items, Expense Items, and Service Part Items in Solution OrdersSolution Orders


Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/2bc487a84aac4e478929548675771a34.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/8d069344691b4d3796867053a978385c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/14270e57a9a446a1a49dcec62506a41d.html

7.1.2 Service Order Management

7.1.2.1 Manage Service Quotations

With this feature, you can add standard and fixed price service bundles to service quotations (SVQ1). Using service bundles you can offer customers packages of services. In addition, you can add various types of attachments to service quotation headers.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item Service Order Management and Monitoring

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVQ (Service Order Quotation)



Related Information

Service QuotationsService Bundles

7.1.2.2 Manage Service Order Templates

With the Manage Service Order Templates app, you can create and use templates for service orders that occur frequently in your service business. Service order templates are used to define reusable sets of service-related data that minimize the amount of time required to create a service transaction.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/822f4236f8414b7ab3f2470fcb283856.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/b77e6c372a464a7dad9792167495f258.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVT (Service Order Template)



Related Information

Manage Service Order Templates

7.1.2.3 OData API for Service Order Template

With the OData API Service Order Template, you can create and use templates for service orders that occur frequently in your service business.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVT (Service Order Template)


Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/f2b5bd1e099e4c2a8d80deae2ceed6b0.html



Related Information

Service Order Template

7.1.2.4 OData API for Service Order

The fields RefServiceOrderTemplate and RefServiceOrderTemplateItem have been added to the OData API for service orders. The RefServiceOrderTemplate field, added to the service order header, is used only during creation, update, or deletion to refer to the service order template. The RefServiceOrderTemplateItem field, added to the service order items, is used along with RefServiceOrderTemplate during creation to refer to the service order template item.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (S4CRM: Service Order)






https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/c90a2ce42b9b49f7b9bcc5abb9dc248b.html



Related Information

Service OrderService Order Items

7.1.2.5 Intercompany Billing for Service Orders

With this feature, you can use intercompany billing in service management. You can generate invoices for service items and expense items contained in service orders and charge them to other units within a corporate group.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3D2 Service Order Management and Monitoring

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)



Related Information

Generate Intercompany Billing Request


Service


https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/a4e52579ed454e3e934b9bef3b45be2a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/17ee23b18d464e83b473e4416c5e003c.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/29cf986299714386847f4d4c9bb86994/2011.500/en-US/4f9b8457e0d7b576e10000000a4450e5.html

7.1.2.6 Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Fixed Price Service Orders

With this feature, revenue analysis is enabled for fixed price service orders (SVO2) using event-based revenue recognition. The feature uses the revenue recognition method Completed Contract that defers costs until service order items have been invoiced completely.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3M3, Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents - IFRS, Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents - US GAAP, Service Order Management and Monitoring

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition), CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)



Related Information

Service Order Integration with Event-Based Revenue Recognition

7.1.2.7 Output Management for Manage Service Orders

With this feature, you can print or e-mail service orders. Output management for service orders provides selected functions of the output management framework.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/89d896ca9cd64318b1667df5ec00e4b2/2011.500/en-US/ea1e5891741843e5ab43b75caddc8b19.html

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (S4CRM: Service Order)



Related Information

Output Management

7.1.2.8 Situation Template: Billing for Service Order Not Completed

You can now use a situation to inform customer service managers on a regular basis when billing for billing-relevant service orders hasn't been completed within a defined number of days. Using automatic notifications, customer service managers can directly navigate to the critical service orders and take appropriate action to receive payment for delivered services without delay.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 43A (Service Delivery Issue Analysis)


Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/d7bd4b5d70d94f09bcf99b221a7a1688.html

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV (Service Order)



Related Information

Situation Template: Billing for Service Order Not CompletedSituation Handling

7.1.2.9 Bulk-enabled SOAP APIs for Service Confirmations

With this feature you can use the bulk-enabled, asynchronous inbound service ServiceConfirmationBulkRequest_In to create and change service confirmations. You can also use the bulk-enabled, asynchronous outbound service ServiceConfirmationBulkConfirmation_Out to communicate with external systems when a service confirmation is created or changed using the service ServiceConfirmationBulkRequest_In.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3D2







https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/6d0ece7fa9744f1eaf6e5a6bc89870f2.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/516c8ecb7462453ca430a42481cc33ec.html


Related Information

Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Create, Change (Asynchronous)Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

7.1.2.10 Integration with Field Service Management

When an SAP S/4HANA service order is released, a corresponding service call and activities are created in SAP Field Service Management. In this release it is possible to update this service call and its activities in SAP Field Service Management based on current service order values by releasing the service order in SAP S/4HANA again.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 49X (Service Order processing with SAP Field Service Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-INT-FSM (Field Service Management Integration)




Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/1f69e92b14e745cdb69b3fdedecf5bf2.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/a2805c62907e4d15853922206e1af288.html



7.1.3 In-House Repair

7.1.3.1 Improvements to In-House Repair

The In-House Repair apps have been enhanced as follows:

● Manage Repair Orders app: If you have entered an executing service employee in the header data for a repair order, the repair confirmations, which are created as follow-ups for the repair order, then inherit the executing service employee in their header data.

● In the Manage Repair Confirmations app, you can cancel repair confirmations with the status Completed if a billing document request has not been created for the repair confirmation yet.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3XK In-House Repair

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)


Additional Details

Manage Repair Orders

When you enter the executing service employee in the header for the repair order or the repair confirmation under Parties Involved, the executing service employee is transferred as follows:

● The executing service employee for the repair order is transferred to the repair confirmation that is created as a follow-up for the repair order.In the repair confirmation, you can change the executing service employee who has been inherited from the repair order.

● The executing service employee for the repair confirmation is transferred to the repair confirmation items.In the repair confirmation items, you can change the executing service employee who has been inherited from the repair confirmation.

Manage Repair Confirmations

The Cancel Confirmation button is displayed for repair confirmations with the status Completed.

If you cancel a repair confirmation, the checkbox Cancelled Internally is selected and the repair confirmation is no longer displayed in the Prepare for Billing app.


You can cancel repair confirmations with the status Completed that have not yet been billed. The status of the corresponding billing document request then changes to Rejected.

Further Information


Related Links

● Repair Confirmation● Perform Repairs (process)

7.1.3.2 Improved Handling for Decisions in the Precheck Step

This feature changes the handling of decisions in the Perform Prechecks app.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/dd9da131c097451eb33f86289327e83c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/730ae15e00ff46d68f80ea5c9ae9551c.html

Additional Details

If the repair object has the status Precheck: Decision Pending, possible follow-up steps are displayed as buttons on the Perform Precheck Details screen under Decide.

Further Information


Related Links

● Perform Prechecks (process)● Perform Prechecks (app description)

7.1.3.3 OData API for In-House Repair (A2X)

You can use the OData service In-House Repair API (API_InHouseRepair) to initiate the in-house repair process from an external system. You can create in-house repairs and add repair objects to the in-house repairs. You can also read and update in-house repairs.

Technical Details

Type New








https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/f76b69ede70d47ce8edea731a17c41c6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/9ee2982f67a04f9aab10c433e5fb9fb9.html

Further Information


Related Links

In-House Repair (API)

7.2 Service Master Data and Agreement Management

7.2.1 Service Contract Management

7.2.1.1 Maintenance Plans in Service Contracts

With this feature, you can create service contract items for the recurring service implemented by maintenance plans. Once you create maintenance plans that refer to these service contract items, you can view the maintenance plans within the service contract items and navigate to related maintenance plan apps.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3MO (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)



Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/40347a9ad1b54a4b931ea07b54faa42d.html

Additional Details

To use this feature, be aware of the following details:

● Service contract items must be in the released status when you refer to them in maintenance plans.● Maintenance plans must lie within the validity period of the referred service contract items.● You must change your maintenance plans manually if relevant changes are made to service contract items

(such as contract renewal or change of sold-to party) after the bounding reference is specified.● Contract validation works for service order generation from maintenance plans if the service order

template contains products not covered by the product list of the referred service contract items.

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component CRM-S4-SRV-MNP (Recurring Service).


To navigate to related maintenance plan apps, your user must have the business role SAP_BR_SERVICE_PLANNER assigned.


Related Information

Recurring ServiceService Contract Items

7.2.1.2 Header Price Agreements in Service Contracts

With this feature, you can use the new condition type DSC3 (discount for service contract) to define price agreements at the header level of service contracts. It can be used to apply additional discounts to the service transaction items (such as service order items) when service contract items are assigned to service transaction items after service contract determination.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/930f3db37617444c9c0327f0de57b807.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/29345f51f8624dfebe1f45d3c800d7b3.html

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (S4CRM: Service Contract)


Additional Details

When you copy a service contract or a service contract item, or the system performs one of these actions (for example, through a change process), only price agreements at the item level are copied.


Related Information

Price Agreements in Service Contracts

7.2.1.3 Tax Destination Country in Service Contracts

You can use the tax destination country in the service contract header to specify which country's tax rate is applied to the entire service contract. Generally speaking, the tax destination country is derived from the ship-to party at header level. You can always manually set a tax destination country if the derived one doesn't meet your business requirements. Whenever the ship-to party at header level changes, the system derives a tax determination country again accordingly.


Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/4b7b3bab7f2e49ad8040feae38b7fbd0.html

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Manage Service Contracts

7.2.1.4 SOAP APIs for Service Contract

A new field called VATRegistrationCountry, which contains the tax destination country, has been added to the three following SOAP APIs for service contracts: Service Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous), Service Contract - Send Confirmation (Asynchronous), and Service Contract - Send Notification (Asynchronous).

Technical Details

Type Changed







https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/bfd98ae6ed9f4eb6b92436c7815dbf66.html


These APIs are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).


Related Information

Service Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous)Service Contract - Send Confirmation (Asynchronous)Service Contract - Send Notification (Asynchronous)

7.2.2 Service Monitoring and Analytics

7.2.2.1 Enhancements for Apps in Service Monitoring and Analytics

The apps in Service Monitoring and Analytics have been enhanced as follows:

● In Overdue Service Orders Analysis, you can now use new compact filters to narrow down the set of overdue service orders by the IDs of referenced equipment and item category. In addition, you can use the new fields Reference Object, Reference Object Type, and Item Category to group and sort the list of service order items.

● You can now use the following apps on tablets:○ Service Management Overview○ Service Contracts Analysis○ Service Orders Analysis○ Expiring Service Contracts Analysis○ Overdue Service Orders Analysis


Service




https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/467d9cfca87d4d59b4db24f393896351.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/319d1df6e2f345f8b044a8bfb9ba4f0b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/6d57d4ab71e5408581e2018320a0ce49/2011.500/en-US/e43eaeadbc814ef198c21b8a479b7efa.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 43B (Service Management Overview)

Application Component CRM-S4-ANA-BI (S4CRM: Business Intelligence)



Related Information

Service Monitoring and AnalyticsService Management Overview

7.2.2.2 CDS Views for Service Monitoring and Analytics

CDS views for retrieving solution order data and data for a cancellation procedure for service contracts have been released. In addition, two CDS views have been deprecated and have been replaced by successor views with improved architecture.

Technical Details

Type New






https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/1bdd626792394fbd8f2188d9cee68c80.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/ba6b9d1dd0644bf58e2208a7239f61b7.html

Application Component CRM-S4-ANA-CDS (S4CRM: Analytics Data Service)


Additional Details

The following CDS views have been released:

CDS View Purpose

Solution Order for Financial Reporting (I_BusSolnOrdBasicFinancial)

Provides basic solution order data at header level so that it can be integrated into financial reporting

Solution Order Item for Fin Reporting (I_BusSolnOrdItmBasicFinancial)

Provides basic solution order data at item level so that it can be integrated into financial reporting

Service Cancellation Procedure (I_SrvcCanclnProcedure) Can be used to define a cancellation procedure for service contracts

CDS views Service Order - Cube (I_ServiceOrderCube) and Service Contract Cube (I_ServiceContractCube) have been deprecated as of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2005 and won't be available as of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2105. Their successors are Service Order - Cube (I_ServiceOrderCube_2) and Service Contract - Cube (I_ServiceContractCube_2) respectively. These views have an improved design from the architecture perspective.

In addition, the views Service Order - Cube (I_ServiceOrderCube_2) and Service Contract - Cube (I_ServiceContractCube_2) have been enhanced with the field External Reference (PurchaseOrderByCustomer). This field can be used to access information on external documents referenced in the current transaction.


Related Information

Solution Order for Financial ReportingSolution Order Item for Fin ReportingService Cancellation ProcedureService Contract - Cube


Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/771a2162a9434fa591bf3bb7832a4cb3.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/e48e9df6224145afbadc5e3a075bec0f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/2c7149e32a97419dbeff02fcb97c2ae0.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/6e65bc45139c4352a21615ff1aba1b4e.html

Service Order - Cube

7.2.2.3 CDS View for Data Extraction

A CDS view for CDS-based extraction of service contract data has been released: Data Extraction for Service Contract (C_ServiceContractItemDEX). This CDS view is app independent and is available for all external consumers who want to extract service contract header and item data, including custom field data, to SAP Business Warehouse (SAP BW) or other external systems.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CRM-S4-ANA-CDS (S4CRM: Analytics Data Service)


Additional Details

Along with service contract data, you can also extract the data of preceding transactions or data related to reference objects. In addition, the view is GDPR compliant: It allows external systems to receive notifications about service contracts that have been archived or destroyed in the application system.


Related Information

Data Extraction for Service Contract


https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/264b28df567641c88f1c6a4ef08f83da.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/4f9643b4955c4074a7e62ec8f52af731.html

7.2.3 Recurring Service

With this feature, you can schedule and organize periodic services that occur repeatedly at certain intervals, such as regular maintenance, ahead of time. The recurring service helps you save costs resulting from unforeseen outages or breakdowns, to plan services in a better and more transparent way, and to schedule resources, like personnel or materials, more efficiently.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4X5(Recurring Services)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNP (Recurring Service)



Related Information

Recurring Service

7.3 Configuration Steps for Service

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Service have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.


Service



https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/930f3db37617444c9c0327f0de57b807.html

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Pricing Copy Item Categories – Pricing Control Data

Service → General Settings

Using this configuration step, you can define how condition rates are copied from source to target item categories.

Not applicable

Service Service Operations and Processes


Service Contract Management

Deactivate Service Contract Validation

Service → Service Contract Management

Using this configuration step, you can deactivate service contract validation.

Not applicable

Service Service Master Data and Agreement Management


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability



Specify Contract Determination Option for Trans. Types


Using this configuration step, you can determine whether the system can search for service contracts and how to assign an existing service contract when you create a business transaction, such as a service order.

Not applicable




Specify Item Filtering Option for Contract Determination


Using this configuration step, you can specify the item filtering option by product list/object list for service contract determination in each given item category.

Not applicable





Service



Related Information


7.4 IAM Objects in Service

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Service require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed











Additional Details




IAM Objects


SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_SRV_GS0_PC

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog enables users to make settings for Service using configuration steps contained in the Manage Your Solution app.

Not applicable

SAP_S4CRM_BC_SRVC_MGR_PC

Business catalog App added to business catalog

A new app Manage Service Order Templates has been added to the business catalog.

Service Order Management and Monitoring

SAP_SERV_BC_RECUR_DSP_PC

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog enables you to display maintenance plans and maintenance items for recurring service by navigating from the maintenance plans and maintenance items in the transaction history of a service order, from the maintenance plan assignment block of a service order template, or from the maintenance plan assignment block of a service contract item.

4X5 (Recurring Services)


Service


SAP_SERV_BC_RECUR_MGR_PC

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog enables you to work with the recurring service by using the Create Maintenance Plan, Find Maintenance Plans, Find Maintenance Items, Schedule Maintenance Plan, Mass Schedule Maintenance Plans, Monitor Mass Scheduling Logs apps.

4X5 (Recurring Services)

SAP_BR_CUSTOMER_SRVC_MGR

Business role template Changed business role template

The role additionally enables customer service managers to manage service order templates.

3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)

SAP_S4CRM_BC_SRVO_TMPL_DSP_PC

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog enables users to display service order templates in the Manage Service Order Templates app.

3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring

SAP_S4CRM_BC_CUST_QTAN_DSP_PC

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog enables users to display service quotations in the Manage Service Quotations app.

3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)


Related Information






7.5 Data Management in Service

Additional condition fields are available for the creation of ILM polices for various ILM objects in Service.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

You can use the condition fields SALES_ORG_SD and BS_COUNTRY_OF_VKORG as condition fields when you create ILM policies for the ILM objects CRM_SERORD (service order), CRM_SRVCON (service confirmation), and CRM_SRCONT (service contract).



Service



8 Sales

8.1 Order and Contract Management

8.1.1 Sales Master Data Management

8.1.1.1 Additional Responsibility Definitions Available for Sales

In the Manage Teams and Responsibilities app, the following three responsibility definitions are now available for the team category sales:

● Customer price group● Price list type● Sales district

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1NJ (Responsibility Management

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)


Additional Details

You can maintain responsibility definitions to define a team's responsibility context. For example, you can define that a team is responsible for sales district 01. This ensures that team members are authorized to perform predefined functions related to sales district 01.


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Sales INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 469



Related Information

Manage Teams and Responsibilities

8.1.2 Price Management

8.1.2.1 Manage Prices - Sales

With this app, you can view details of your condition record imports including imported time, import status, and the relevant follow-up actions.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-MD-CM (Conditions)



Related Information

Manage Prices - Sales


Sales


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/73c04858392e9244e10000000a4450e5.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/b2a4b6024aa54e30af5a523ff62f43bc.html

8.1.2.2 Additional Fields in CDS View: Pricing Condition Type

The CDS view Pricing Condition Type (I_PricingConditionType) has been enhanced with the following new fields:

● Manual entries indicator (CndnManualEntries)An indicator that controls the priority within a condition type between a condition entered manually and a condition automatically determined by the system.

● Header condition (CndnAppliesHeader)● Item condition (CndnAppliesItems)● Condition category (ConditionCategory)

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Pricing Condition TypeCDS Views




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/e21794bff4bd4d37b4ec65d1a99c743e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/5418de55938d1d22e10000000a44147b.html

8.1.2.3 Additional Business Events for Condition Records for Pricing in Sales

With this feature, subscribers of the Sales Pricing Condition Record Events can now consume detailed change events for condition records for pricing in sales. Subscribers can be notified whenever the validity period, condition amount, or condition percentage of a condition record in your system is changed. In previous releases, the subscribers can only be notified whenever a condition record is changed in general, without knowing what specifically has been changed.

The events are published on the SAP API Business Hub.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Sales Pricing Condition Record Events


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/71703bca89464fa0a164163979327bf4.html

8.1.3 Sales Contract Management

8.1.3.1 Approval Workflows for Sales Contracts

With this feature, you can now create approval workflows for sales contracts. You could, for example, define that a sales contract exceeding USD 10,000 should always be approved before it can proceed to the next step of the returns processing.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item I9I (Sales Contract Management)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contract)


Additional Details

To enable the approval process, as a key user, you can either set up an approval workflow in your system (internal workflow), or set up an external workflow to connect to an approval process of an external system by using the OData API Sales Contract (A2X). For each case, you must make specific settings:

● To set up internal workflows, see How to Set Up Approval Workflows in Your System.● To set up external workflows, see Approval Workflows in an External System.


Related Information

Approval Workflows for Sales DocumentsApprove or Rework a Sales Document


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/709aae2194ab45cd9867515282da7351.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/32cbfc031df8468fb422813a2211f6e3.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/5a5f3f686c06490893a588c99b36adca.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/d457e9e16faa4608be4e2b89a558dfeb.html

Sales Contract (A2X)Sales ContractManage Sales Contracts

8.1.3.2 Approval Details in Sales Contract

You can now display details about the approval workflow for sales contracts that are relevant for approvals in the Sales Contract app. You can display information such as the status of single workflow steps, the processor, or the recipient of the workflow task.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Sales ContractApproval Workflows for Sales DocumentsManage Sales Document Workflows


Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/bc2d6c95d98e4b96ae70e7db2de4cca1.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/47a1f156be425632e10000000a441470.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/b9b779568741762fe10000000a4450e5.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/47a1f156be425632e10000000a441470.html


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/82db0a77a4ee48cda01f873d5a416bd2.html

8.1.3.3 OData API: Sales Contract (A2X)

You can use the OData API Sales Contract (A2X) to create, read, update, and delete sales contracts. In addition, you can now use this API to approve or reject sales contracts that can only be proceeded to the next logistical step with the consent of an approver.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

The following perperties have beeen added to entity Sales Contract Heaer (A_SalesContract):

● SalesContractApprovalReason● SalesDocApprovalStatus


Related Information

Sales Contract (A2X)Sales Contract HeaderRelease or Reject Sales Contracts in Approval




https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/bc2d6c95d98e4b96ae70e7db2de4cca1.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/af669786a6cd4d0797f4a5dbc810babe.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/e301667c1b264a11ae006789d40487d6.html

8.1.3.4 BAdI for Sales Scheduling Agreements

With the Business Add-In (BAdI) SD_EDI_INB_SEARCH_SA_CSGNMT, you can now implement your own custom logic that searches for sales scehduling agreements with conignment processing (document type LK) in EDI processing.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4LZSales Scheduling Agreement with Consignment

Application Component SD-SLS-EXT (Sales Extensibility)


Additional Details

In the Custom Fields and Logic app, you can implement custom logic for BAdI Search for Sales Scheduling Agreements with Consignment Processing in EDI Processing in business contexts Sales: Sales Document and Sales: Sales Document Item

.


Related Information

Extensibility: Consignment Issue for Sales Scheduling Agreement - Create (B2B)


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/163d715b9de444f7a4eae35a7805b065.html

8.1.4 Sales Order Management and Processing

8.1.4.1 Resolve Payment Card Issues - Reauthorizations

With this release, you can serach for sales orders by filtering credit statuses of sales orders and their subsequent outbound deliveries in the Resolve Payment Card Issues - Reauthorizations app. If a sales order or its subsequent outbound delivery fails the overall credit limit check, and if a documented credit decision has been created, you can navigate to the documented credit decision.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1Z1 (Digital Payments - Sales)

Application Component SD-SLS-EPY (S/4HANA: Electronic Payments Sales)



Related Information

Resolve Payment Card Issues - Reauthorizations

8.1.4.2 Manage Sales Orders - Beta Version

The Manage Sales Orders - Beta Version app is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102. The app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to other apps as soon as possible. You can use the Manage Sales Orders and the Create Sales Orders apps instead.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/804a4fa328d6411d8d8b9467336fe059.html

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others




Related Information

Manage Sales OrdersCreate Sales Orders

8.1.4.3 Create Sales Orders

The Create Sales Orders app was enhanced on header and item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/ce158e56ba281e5ee10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/ae4138d6a804446faa0a249f3a7e18d8.html


Additional Details

In the app, you can now do the following:

● From the net sales volume (YTD), you can now navigate directly to the Sales Volume - Check Open Sales app.

● If a business role based on the role template for credit controllers (SAP_BR_CREDIT_CONTROLLER) is assigned to your user, you can navigate to the Display Credit Exposure app from the credit limit utilization.

● If a business role based on the role template for shipping specialists (SAP_BR_SHIPPING_SPECIALIST) is assigned to your user, you can create a delivery.

● The system automatically creates pricing elements when you create an item. You can display, change or delete these pricing elements and create new ones.

● You can enter texts (such as internal notes or notes for your customer) on item level.● You can maintain work breakdown structure (WBS) elements on item level.● As a key user, you can adapt the UI at runtime.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Create Sales Orders (Key User)Create Sales Orders

8.1.4.4 Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction

With this app, you as an internal sales representative can create sales orders from PDF files. After a purchase order file in PDF format is uploaded, the system automatically extracts data from the file and determines master data (for example, the sold-to party) from the extracted data. This data is saved in a sales order request, which you can later convert into a sales order.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data)


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/2f2d3629b8b149b1a0ccb11127d3ac3f.html




Additional Details

The data extraction function in this app is provided by the Document Information Extraction service on SAP Cloud Platform. Before using this app, key users must set up the required communication scenario to integrate with Document Information Extraction. For configuration details, see Integrating Document Information Extraction.

If you need to create an incident regarding this app, use component SD-FIO-SLS.


Related Information

Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction

8.1.4.5 Data Management for Sales Order Requests

The blocking and archiving of a customer now both require additional checks in sales order requests:

● Blocking check (that is, end of purpose [EoP] check)Before the system marks the customer as blocked, customer data should be no longer relevant for business activities in sales order requests.

● Archiving checkBefore the system marks the customer as archived, customer data should no longer exists in sales order requests.


Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/aee553e6ddbb4af69a3b798722edfec3.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/aee553e6ddbb4af69a3b798722edfec3.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/2dcf49a616b842b096e0a3cad4dac458.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data



Additional Details

Blocking Check (that is, EoP Check)

SAP has added the application ERP_SD_SLS_SOR to a number of applications where the system performs the customer EoP check. In the Block Master Data - Customer & Supplier app, you can block a customer and query whether the customer has passed the EoP check in each of the applications (including ERP_SD_SLS_SOR).

Archiving Check

After a customer is blocked, you can archive a customer in the Manage Archiving Variants app. For the customer archiving to be successful, the customer data should not exist in any sales order requests. Customer data in sales order requests can be destroyed based on the following data destruction object:

Data Destruction Object Details More Information

SD_SOR_DESTRUCTION You can use this object to destroy sales order requests.

Destroying Sales Order Requests Using SD_SOR_DESTRUCTION

NoteIf a customer has been blocked or archived, you can't create sales order requests for the customer.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/5337153f3ecd46f3998dbc811e03730e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/5337153f3ecd46f3998dbc811e03730e.html



Related Information

Archiving Customers Using FI_ACCRECVBlock Master Data - Customer & SupplierBusiness Partner End of Purpose (EoP) Check in Sales Order RequestsCreate Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction

8.1.4.6 Read Access Logging for Sales Order Requests

You can now log data to track who has accessed sensitive customer data in the Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction app. Such data may include bank account and tax number information.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data)



Additional Details

You can enable Read Access Logging (RAL) of the data based on pre-delivered template configurations in the Read Access Logging Configuration app.



Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/a320c253d0a4b54ce10000000a174cb4.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/92659924b34a41fab641524736c7718c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/750ac29019044e848fc7a59dc334acc4.html




Related Information

Read Access LoggingRead Access Logging Configurations in Order and Contract ManagementCreate Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction

8.1.4.7 Intelligent Product Proposal

You can use this feature to receive product and quantity proposals as an input help to select products and quantities quickly when creating sales orders in the Create Sales Orders – VA01 app.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1BS

(SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)

Application Component SD-BF (Basic Functions)


Additional Details

The Intelligent Product Proposal – Read (API_INTELLIGENTPRODUCTPROPOSAL_SRV) API is also available to retrieve product and quantity proposals for sales order items.


The following new configuration steps enable configuration experts to define parameters and procedures for the intelligent product proposal:

● Maintain Algorithm Parameters for Intelligent Product Proposal● Maintain Backgr. Procedure Determination for Intelligent Product Proposal● Maintain Online Procedure Determination for Product Proposal

You can find these configuration steps in the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your SolutionSales Basic Functions Intelligent Product Proposal .


https://help.sap.com/viewer/55a7cb346519450cb9e6d21c1ecd6ec1/2011.500/en-US/5688c3a63f4e400e841a4c7afc2bee8b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/d7dd59f08925417cbed8d145b35f9551.html



Related Information

Intelligent Product ProposalIntelligent Product Proposal - Read

8.1.4.8 Approval Workflows for Sales Documents

Any sales document that has already been approved can no longer be rejected by an approver. Also, approvers can now access any sales document attachments.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component SD-SLS (Sales),


Additional Details

Having access to information in attachments could facilitate the approval process of sales documents and can therefore help approvers make a decision quickly. With this release, when approvers (for example, sales managers) of sales quotations, sales contracts, sales orders, and credit memo requests are notified of an approval request in the My Inbox app, they can review the attachments that the approval requester (for example, an internal sales representative) added to the documents. In previous releases, the attachments for these sales document categories were not visible in the approval process.


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/50bd87ba35004f6280a820b20ddd1f02.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/73122fae9acf4206a29b3ce0932d72d2.html


Related Information

Approval Workflows for Sales DocumentsApproval Statuses and AuthorizationsApprove or Rework a Sales Document

8.1.4.9 Delivery Date Rule

In sales documents, you can use a delivery date rule to indicate when the ordered goods should be delivered. You can maintain this field in the business partner. If you do so, the corresponding value is now used as the default value in sales documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed










https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/583f3832e8124b9b95dbdfb16a467727.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/d457e9e16faa4608be4e2b89a558dfeb.html



8.1.4.10 SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)

You can use the Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B) API to create, update, and cancel sales orders and customer returns. In addition, you can now do the following:

● Create data for advanced variant configuration in sales order items.● Specify how the system should process the address data.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers), 4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network)



Additional Details

The following nodes or fields have been added to the SOAP API Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B):

● VariantConfiguration in node OrderItem● ExternalAddressParserCode in nodes Address at both header and item levels

The interface Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B) is available on the SAP API Business Hub (http://https:api.sap.com/ ). If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages).



Sales

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=http%3A%2F%2Fhttps%3Aapi.sap.com%2F



Related Information

Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)VariantConfiguration

8.1.4.11 SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B)

You can use the Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B) API to confirm the processing of sales orders and customer returns. In addition, you can now send data for advanced variant configuration in a sales order confirmation.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers), 4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network)



Additional Details

The following nodes or fields have been added to the SOAP API Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B):

● VariantConfiguration in node Item● ExternalAddressParserCode in nodes Address at both header and item levels

NoteField ExternalAddressParserCode is not in use.

The interface Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B) is available on the SAP API Business Hub (http://https:api.sap.com/ ). If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages).


https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/4261582b6ca44d008c72be11b9a400e2.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/01bd8f0c79cb4b388cf32d2cc3eeed12.html

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=http%3A%2F%2Fhttps%3Aapi.sap.com%2F


Related Information

Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B)VariantConfiguration

8.1.4.12 OData API: Sales Order (A2X)

You can now use this API (API_SALES_ORDER_SRV) for sales orders to do the following:

● Create, update, and delete schedule lines● Create, read, update, and delete attachments● Create single entities without deep insert requests

You can also use additional properties for sales orders on header and item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BD9 Sell from Stock

Application Component SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)


Additional Details

The following properties were added:


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/cf829dd7c1ef4eb08eca4575c2e518ff.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/01bd8f0c79cb4b388cf32d2cc3eeed12.html

Property In Entity

FixedValueDate A_SalesOrder

ExternalDocLastChangeDateTime

PriceDetnExchangeRate

ExternalItemID A_SalesOrderItem

Also, you can create the following entities on their own, without having to embed them in a deep insert request:

● Header● Header partner● Header pricing element● Header text● Item● Item partner● Item pricing element● Item text● Item schedule line



Related Information

Sales Order (A2X)

8.1.4.13 SOAP API: Sales Order (A2A)

With the Sales Order (A2A) API (SalesOrderBulkRequest_In), you can now create, update and delete sales order texts in the header and in the item. You can also create, read, update, and delete attachments Furthermore, the API was enhanced with additional fields for sales orders on header and item level.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/00d244581efca007e10000000a441470.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), 2TY (B2B Order Fulfillment with SAP Commerce Cloud)



Additional Details

The following fields were added:

Field In Node

FixedValueDate SalesOrder

TaxDepartureCountry

VATRegistrationCountry

MaterialPricingGroup Item

Batch

WBSElement

ProfitCenter



Related Information

Sales Order (A2A)


Sales




https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/2b2fd9fb158e4629bf9106c80dcbf7ff.html

8.1.4.14 SOAP API: Sales Order - Send Processing Notification (A2A)

You can now use texts on header and item level with the Sales Order - Send Processing Notification (A2A) API (CO_SDSLS_ESR_SALES_ORDER_NOTIF). The API was also enhanced with additional fields for sales orders on header and item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

Field In Node

FixedValueDate SalesOrder

TaxDepartureCountry

VATRegistrationCountry

FixedValueDate Item

MaterialPricingGroup

Batch

WBSElement

ProfitCenter







Related Information

Sales Order - Send Processing Notification (A2A)

8.1.4.15 SOAP API: Sales Order - Confirm Processing (A2A)

The Sales Order - Confirm Processing (A2A) API is no longer supported and will be deleted from the SAP API Business Hub as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2111. We recommend that you switch to the successor API as soon as possible. It has been available for some time already and is now renamed from Sales Order - Confirm Processing (A2A), Version 2 to Sales Order - Confirm Processing in Bulk (A2A).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated





Additional Details



Related Information

Sales Order - Confirm Processing (A2A) (Deprecated)


Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/027c27eb8b264015b13323527a1a512d.html




https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/ea61b285c1ec4347b11790cf3a6b99b6.html

Sales Order - Confirm Processing in Bulk (A2A)

8.1.4.16 Flexible Proposal of Requested Delivery Dates in Sales Documents

With this feature, you can implement the flexible proposal of requested delivery dates in sales documents by performing configuration steps.

Using the Configurable Parameters and Formulas (CPF) framework, you as a configuration expert can create rules in a decision table that the system uses to propose requested delivery dates for newly created sales documents. The decision table enables a dynamic calculation of requested delivery dates based on the lead time in days, factory calendar, and processing indicator for incoming requested delivery dates that are controlled by one or more header fields of the sales document to be created.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock

)




The following new configuration steps enable configuration experts to fully configure the flexible proposal of requested delivery dates in sales documents:

● Define Rules to Determine Factory Calendar● Define Parameter Catalog for Requested Delivery Date● Define Formulas for Requested Delivery Date● Define Custom Routines for Requested Delivery Date in Sales Documents● Assign Custom Routines to Sales Document Type



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/186082f3fb3b4f1ba12297f2d82639b0.html



Related Information

Configuration in Sales [page 527]Flexible Proposal of Requested Delivery Dates

8.1.4.17 Custom Fields for Incompleteness Procedures in Sales Documents

With this feature, in several apps for creating, changing and displaying sales documents, you can now navigate to the custom fields tab from the incompletion log if you use custom fields in incompleteness procedures.

Examples of apps where this is now possible include:

● Create Sales Orders - VA01● Change Sales Orders - VA02● Display Sales Orders - VA03● Create Debit Memo Request● Change Debit Memo Request● Display Debit Memo Request

Technical Details

Type New






Sales


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/2a82ec49fbf0407a9034be1574488f9a.html

Additional Details

You can create custom fields in the Custom Fields and Logic app. You can define incompleteness procedures in the Incompleteness Procedures configuration item within the Manage Your Solution app. To find this configuratiom item, filter by application area Sales and sub application area Basic Functions.


Related Information

App Extensibility: Create, Change, or Display Sales Documents

8.1.4.18 New Fields Available for Adapting Copying Control for Sales Documents

With this feature, you, as a key user, can now use the following fields when implementing custom logic in the Business Add-Ins (BAdls) Define Data Transfer for Sales Document Header and Define Data Transfer for Sales Document Item:

● Shipping condition● Delivery date and quantity fixed

You can use these new BAdI fields to better adapt copying control for sales documents to your business requirements. For example, you can copy the shipping condition from a preceding sales quotation to a sales order to overwrite the shipping condition taken from the master data.

Technical Details

Type New






https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/5725c35796fa0e2be10000000a441470.html




Related Information

Custom Logic: Data Transfer and Copying Requirements for Sales Documents

8.1.4.19 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management in Sales Documents

If you use Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management (EPPM), you can now assign work breakdown structure (WBS) elements from these projects to additional item categories in sales documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/d309fa912946447ab9bca5a813c9515c.html

Additional Details

You can now assign a WBS element to an item of a standard order for the following item categories:

Relevant for pricing:

● CBTA: Make-to-order standard item● TAD: Service item● TAX: Non-stock item

Free of charge or no pricing:

● CB3: Third party with shipping notification free● CB4: Third party without shipping notification free● CBLN: Free of charge express● CBTN: Free of charge configuration at material level● CBXB: Bought-in item free of charge


Related Information

Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management in Sales Documents

8.1.4.20 Payment Card Handling in Sales Orders

In the Create Sales Orders - VA01 and the Change Sales Orders - VA02 apps, if you change the sold-to party of a sales order that contains payment cards, the system now reminds you that these payment cards are not automatically removed when you change the sold-to party.

Technical Details

Type Changed




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/3804ed4c209a408d8eb660a67172139a.html


Scope Item BD9Sell from Stock and others




Related Information

Electronic Payments in Sales Documents

8.1.5 Sales Billing

8.1.5.1 Renamed Configuration Item and Configuration Step; Moved Configuration Step

With the current release, the following configuration objects in the Manage Your Solution app were renamed for clarity and consistency reasons:

● Configuration item Billing Enhancements has been renamed to Custom Adaptations for Billing Documents● Within the above configuration item, the configuration step Define Process Enhancements According to

Billing Type has been renamed to Assign Custom Routines to Billing Types

In addition, the configuration step Define Custom Routines for Data Transfer to Billing Documents has been moved from configuration item Custom Adaptations for Billing Documents (formerly: Billing Enhancements) to configuration item Copying Control for Billing Documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/eb016223cf56498daad29de59b167e01.html



Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)



Related Information

About Managing Your Solutions

8.1.5.2 Flexible Billing Document Cancellation

With this feature, when a billing clerk attempts to cancel a billing document, the system can dynamically determine whether to allow or forbid the cancellation. This flexible mechanism is facilitated by custom logic, which can evaluate header fields of the billing document to be canceled. If cancellation is permitted, a designated billing date and reversal reason can be written to the newly created cancellation document.

Technical Details

Type New








https://help.sap.com/viewer/c857207fd43747228df905e0c4eaa0eb/2011.500/en-US/550531cb9554413583b4b10815292335.html

Additional Details

Developers can create custom logic to fulfill your business requirements for flexible cancellation by creating one or more implementations of the filter-enabled Business Add-In (BAdI) Flexible Billing Document Cancellation (SD_BIL_FLEX_CANCELLATION).

The custom logic can evaluate many billing document header fields to determine whether cancellation is allowed and, (if applicable) whether a new billing date or reversal reason must be set. Examples of these fields include the clearing status, posting status, organizational data (for example, the sales organization), sold-to party, and more. In addition, any custom fields created via extensibility for business context Sales: Billing Document can also be evaluated.


After the BAdI has been implemented in the Custom Fields and Logic app, some additional configuration is required to get flexible billing document cancellation up and running. In the Manage Your Solution app, a business process configuration expert must perform the following configuration steps within the configuration item Custom Adaptations for Billing Documents:

● Define Custom Routines for Flexible Billing Document Cancellation● Assign Custom Routines to Billing Types

For more information, see the link below and the documentation of the BAdI and of the respective configuration step.


Related Information

Flexible Billing Document Cancellation

8.1.5.3 Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing Documents

With the new app Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing Documents, you can schedule single or periodic jobs for the automated creation of billing documents on the basis of preliminary billing documents.


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/3e9ab63d5fa14080a74adef6024cf521.html

The app offers a range of selection criteria to select the preliminary billing documents for which you want to create billing documents. The app has been added to the business catalog Sales - Billing Scheduling (SAP_SD_BC_BIL_SCHEDULE_PC).

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

You can use this app to do the following:

● Schedule the creation of billing documents based on preliminary billing documents● Easily set up single and recurring jobs● Copy and modify existing jobs● Select the preliminary billing documents to be processed by specifying a wide range of selection criteria● Use the job log to check whether creation was successful or diagnose issues


Related Information

Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing Documents




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/cd9bf1b2415349349b4059837f38d7c6.html

8.1.5.4 Schedule Creation of Preliminary Billing Documents: Finalize Automatically

With this feature, the parameter section of the Schedule Creation of Preliminary Billing Documents app has been enhanced with a checkbox for the finalization of newly created preliminary billing documents. If you select it, any preliminary billing documents created by the current job are automatically created with the finalized status. If the checkbox is not selected, the new documents are created with the in process status.

Note that when a preliminary billing document's status changes to finalized, the system automatically checks whether the document is relevant for approval. Therefore, if approval workflows are implemented, an approval request is automatically sent for every newly created, finalized document that the system identifies as being relevant for approval. For more information about the approval of preliminary billing documents, see Approval Workflows for Preliminary Billing Documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)




Related Information

Schedule Creation of Preliminary Billing Documents


Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/2b6bc3cb22e043d3a845e3e140a43c9f.html




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/33e016b6a1ae45be9f3fbaee3ca15d3e.html

8.1.5.5 Billing of Partial Delivery Quantities in the Create Billing Documents - VF01 App

With this feature, you can use the selection list in the Create Billing Documents - VF01 app to create billing documents containing partial quantities of items in the referenced delivery. This allows you to create multiple billing documents for a single delivery, with each billing document containing only a partial quantity of the total quantity specified in the referenced delivery. For example, if the delivery that you want to bill contains item A with a quantity of 20, you can tell the system to create an invoice for only 10 pieces of this item. The remaining quantity of 10 can then be billed into a separate invoice (or multiple invoices) at a later time.

Note that this billing of partial quantities is only possible for items of item category TAN (standard item).

Also note that you can only bill partial quantities for deliveries that were created after the upgrade to SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Create Billing Documents - VF01




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/c49274578cdc6a2be10000000a441470.html

8.1.5.6 Fields for Product and Customer Tax Classifications Added to Template for the Manual Creation of External Billing Document Requests

You can now supplement the billable items which you import into your system to create external billing document requests in the Manage Billing Document Requests app with additional tax classifications for products (that is, materials) and customers. This enables these additional tax classifications to be carried forward into the resulting billing document request items. To facilitate this, the following nine fields were added to the IT_EBDR_REQUEST worksheet of the spreadsheet template (Template_EBDR_Create.xlsx) for importing billable data into the system:

● ProductTaxClassification2● ProductTaxClassification3● ProductTaxClassification4● ProductTaxClassification5● CustomerTaxClassification1● CustomerTaxClassification2● CustomerTaxClassification3● CustomerTaxClassification4● CustomerTaxClassification5

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1MC (Convergent Billing)





Sales



Related Information

Creating External Billing Document Requests ManuallyManage Billing Document Requests

8.1.5.7 PDF Preview of Preliminary Billing Documents in the My Inbox App

When an approver or requester of approval requests for preliminary billing documents receives an approval-related task in their My Inbox app, they can now view a PDF-based preview of the corresponding preliminary billing document.

On the attachments tab of the My Inbox app, choose the Preview of Preliminary Billing Document link to display the PDF in a new browser tab.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)




Related Information

Approval Workflows for Preliminary Billing DocumentsApprove or Rework a Preliminary Billing Document


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/45c61e0f6e4e4fe28363e51318c01610.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/44401f6bfb6749c19a843195d3fde816.html




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/48ed4f303ab24d14923d7b5dc748e3b1.html

8.1.5.8 CDS Views for Preliminary Billing Documents and Billing Document Requests

Several new CDS (Core Data Services) views have been released that enable you to access the data of, and answer business questions about, preliminary billing documents and billing document requests. You can also use these CDS views to construct custom views or apps that need to retrieve data about preliminary billing documents and billing document requests in your system.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details

The following table provides an overview of the newly released CDS views. For more information about each view, click its name.

Business Object View Name View Technical Name

Preliminary billing document Preliminary Billing Document I_PrelimBillingDocument

Preliminary Billing Document (Value Help)

I_PrelimBillingDocumentStdVH

Preliminary Billing Document Item I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem

Preliminary Billing Document Item (Value Help)

I_PrelimBillingDocItemStdVH

Preliminary Billing Document Partner I_PrelimBillingDocPartner

Preliminary Billing Document Item Partner

I_PrelimBillingDocItemPartner

Preliminary Billing Document Pricing Element

I_PrelimBillingDocPrcgElmnt

Preliminary Billing Document Item Pricing Element

I_PrelimBillgDocItemPrcgElmnt

Billing document request Billing Document Request I_BillingDocumentRequest


Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/df28a8a6368b413da0d976245c62fbfb.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/cb7eac3cfb05424fbe02ecef2245795e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/cb7eac3cfb05424fbe02ecef2245795e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/467beae7dd6f45abba538871008bcc97.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/3107a5b7fad447cea1e7599964c9c4e6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/3107a5b7fad447cea1e7599964c9c4e6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/da97049580aa4c7fb63424439be2258c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/7ccce0dcc6f040cc9c3d6f968a4a0fd0.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/7ccce0dcc6f040cc9c3d6f968a4a0fd0.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/fe4fdd4bc68745018598e351e506275a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/fe4fdd4bc68745018598e351e506275a.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/151836ae2ec14bd282ccd3f80acd8bfd.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/151836ae2ec14bd282ccd3f80acd8bfd.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/e8b2a201707440c69d0941d8691e9661.html

Business Object View Name View Technical Name

Billing Document Request (Value Help) I_BillingDocumentRequestStdVH

Billing Document Request Item I_BillingDocumentRequestStdVH

Billing Document Request Item (Value Help)

I_BillingDocReqItemStdVH

Billing Document Request Partner I_BillingDocReqPartner

Billing Document Request Item Partner I_BillingDocReqItemPartner

Billing Document Request Pricing Element

I_BillingDocReqPrcgElmnt

Billing Document Request Item Pricing Element

I_BillingDocReqItemPrcgElmnt

Users with the role Analytics Specialist (SAP_BR_ANALYTICS_SPECIALIST) can access these views using the View Browser app.

In addition, these views are available on the SAP API Business Hub.


8.1.5.9 SOAP API: Test Run Mode for Billing Document - Create

With this feature, consumers of the Billing Document - Create SOAP API can now perform test runs for billing document creation. The test run simulates billing document creation using the provided external billing data and provides feedback about whether the planned billing document creation is possible without errors.

When performing a test run, the confirmation sent by the response service Billing Document - Send Creation Confirmation (CO_SDBIL_ESR_BD_CONF_OUT) provides the same information (including error messages) as for an actual creation. The only difference is that the returned billing document numbers are prefixed with the $ symbol, which indicates that no actual billing documents have been created, but only simulated.

Test run mode can be activated by setting the new field IsTestRun in the ActionControl node to 1.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/9ef6472b0d154636a2a42be1616c56a6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/f743398037ee4f2bbb45c7c4423cacfb.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/4ef2c7511f2d4c7cb082ccb2ecb65c75.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/4ef2c7511f2d4c7cb082ccb2ecb65c75.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/24a0f6c2535b47a0b5fe8b5f5b66d174.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/3f817c452ced4df886432bb41b8d8641.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/2b91fbba10654fd68352db6c3fb65e20.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/2b91fbba10654fd68352db6c3fb65e20.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/a1bba005d60749febdb19c895ae09aac.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/a1bba005d60749febdb19c895ae09aac.html



Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1Z6 (External Billing)




Related Information

Billing Document - Create

8.1.5.10 SOAP API: Detailed Error Log for Billing Document Request - Send Creation Confirmation

The outbound, asynchronous response service Billing Document Request - Send Creation Confirmation has been enhanced with additional nodes and fields that provide information about billing document requests and individual billing document request items that the system was unable to create. When a billing document request creation triggered by an inbound SOAP message to the service Billing Document Request - Create fails, this information is now included in the outbound response message to the service consumer.

The new subnode Log has been added to the BillableDocumentFailed node. The Log subnode relays logged details of the failed creation, such as the processing result code, the severity code, and the actual system message (for an example, an error text) itself.

For more information about the new service response structure, see the section Service Nodes under Billing Document Request - Send Creation Confirmation.


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/3ddf092469f8410f9186c0aaab1ec56e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/ab19ef0c4112472fbc7719fad8427c3a.html


Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1MC (Convergent Billing)




Related Information

Billing Document Request - Send Creation Confirmation

8.1.5.11 SOAP API: Tax-Related Fields Added to Customer Invoice - Send (B2B)

The outbound, asynchronous SOAP web service Customer Invoice - Send (B2B) has been enhanced with the following fields:

● TaxAmount in node Invoice (contains the total tax amount for the entire invoice)● BuyerVATRegistration in node Invoice (contains the VAT registration number of the invoice's sold-to

party)● SupplierVATRegistration in node Invoice (contains the VAT registration number of the supplier, that

is, the creator of the invoice)● TaxAmount in subnode Item (contains the tax amount for a specific invoice item)● Amount in subnode ItemTax (contains the tax amount per condition corresponding to the associated

supplier tax type code)





Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers), 3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements), 4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with Ariba Network)




Related Information

Customer Invoice - Send (B2B)

8.1.5.12 Additional Payload Fields in Business Events for Billing Documents

With this feature, five new payload fields were added to business events for billing documents. Whenever a billing document in your system is created, changed, or canceled, subscribers of these business events now receive these fields together with the existing payload fields of the event notification. The following fields were added to the payload of all three business events for billing documents:

● BILLINGDOCUMENTCATEGORY: Billing category of the billing document that raised the event. For example, A (order-related billing) or L (delivery-related billing)

● PAYERPARTY: Business partner responsible for settling the billing document that raised the event● SOLDTOPARTY: Business partner to which the billed items in the billing document were sold● SALESORGANIZATION: Sales organization for which the billing document was created● DISTRIBUTIONCHANNEL: Distribution channel for which the billing document was created


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/a95e8586cf87415890c74127e9c7ae52.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1Z6 (External Billing)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing))



Related Information

Billing Document Events

8.1.5.13 Display Billing Documents - Redacted (App for External Auditors)

With the new app Display Billing Documents - Redacted, external auditors (that is, users with the business role External Auditor [SAP_BR_EXTERNAL_AUDITOR]), can display a redacted view of billing documents in your system. This redacted view of billing documents enables tax audits to be performed while protecting the personal data of business partners. In some countries, protecting this data during tax audits is a legal requirement. This feature has been delivered with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011 for testing purposes only.

You can display, sort, and filter a list of all billing documents in the system. You can also display individual billing documents in detail by selecting them from the list. In addition, administrators can control which billing documents external auditors can see by restricting the list according to the billing date, sales organization, and billing type.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/28ff5a6e242249e0b82645ca26d46043.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 2OO (External Tax Audit)




Related Information

Display Billing Documents - RedactedAuditor Direct Access for Professional Services [page 215]External Tax Audit

8.1.6 Claims, Returns, and Refund Management

8.1.6.1 Manage Customer Returns

When you run a third-party returns scenario and need to send the returned goods back to your supplier (via follow-up activity Shipment to Supplier or Direct Shipment to Supplier), you can use the Manage Customer Returns app to select any of the return-to addresses maintained for the supplier. In previous releases, you could only use the default return-to address. In addition, if the returned goods are managed in batches, you can assign a batch number to each customer return item. The batch number will be copied to the subsequent documents in the returns processing.


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/fd849abf7f5441d9bcc148200b0d22fe/2011.500/en-US/7b933c30a5b445858fe34774556f34a7.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/fd849abf7f5441d9bcc148200b0d22fe/2011.500/en-US/4d72a7ce5ab546d5a5822efb63d190d2.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)



Related Information

Manage Customer ReturnsFollow-Up Activities

8.1.6.2 SOAP API: Customer Return (A2A)

If the inbound, asynchronous SOAP API Customer Return (A2A) receives messages that cause application errors due to incorrect field values in the message payload, you can now correct the fields directly in the data content of the messages. You can then reprocess the corrected messages in the Message Dashboard app. In previous releases, it was not possible to correct field values in this API during message monitoring in your system. Thus, if errors occurred, external consumers of this API had to resend the SOAP messages.

Technical Details

Type Changed





https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/0902ec5653ed017ee10000000a441470.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/aad8417242c84d70a64b2742fe818c90.html





Related Information

Customer Return (A2A)Message DashboardMessage Monitoring

8.1.6.3 SAP Unit Codes Supported in SOAP APIs for Customer Returns

SAP internal codes for units of measure (SAPunitCode) are now available as an additional attribute for quantity fields in the following SOAP APIs for returns: Customer Return - (A2A), Customer Return - Confirm Processing (A2A) and Customer Return - Replicate (A2A). Previously, these APIs supported only standard ISO units of measure.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/88075b574160445a8aa3670f0edd12ed.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/cebfdfcd97834e5fb7468df801457034.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/b0e61556c5317c65e10000000a44147b.html


Related Information

Customer Return - Confirm Processing (A2A)Customer Return - Replicate (A2A)

8.1.6.4 Serial Number Added to APIs for Customer Returns

Consumers of the inbound, synchronous OData API Customer Return (A2X) and the inbound, asynchronous SOAP API Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B) are now able to assign a serial number to individual pieces of returned goods. Serial number and material number together form a unique identifier for you to track single material items in returns processing. You can send the assigned serial numbers in a customer return confirmation through the corresponding asynchronous, outbound service Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B).

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns), 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns), SD-SLS-RE-EDI (S/4HANA: Returns EDI Messages)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/782cb0425aef4c2a8aef185802d3bc33.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/67d7dbd3a97a4603b609e97850dcfdf0.html

Additional Details

● In the OData API Customer Return (A2X): A new entity for serial numbers (A_CustomerReturnSerialNumber) was added

● In the inbound SOAP API Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B): A new subnode for serial numbers (SerialNumber) was added to the order item node (OrderItem)

● In the outbound SOAP API Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B): A new subnode for serial numbers (SerialNumber) was added to the order confirmation item node (Item)


Related Information

Customer Return (A2X)Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B)

8.1.6.5 OData API: Credit Memo Request (A2X)

You can now use the Credit Memo Request (A2X) API (API_CREDIT_MEMO_REQUEST_SRV) to create, read, update, and delete texts for credit memo requests on header and on item level. The API was also enhanced with additional fields on header and item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), BKL (Invoice Correction Process with Credit Memo)



Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/69bd2e81cb394eb0b3d8eae85d6b4517.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/4261582b6ca44d008c72be11b9a400e2.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/cf829dd7c1ef4eb08eca4575c2e518ff.html


Additional Details

The following properties were added:

Property In Entity

CustomerAccountAssignmentGroup A_CreditMemoRequest

CustomerTaxClassification1









MatlAccountAssignmentGroup A_CreditMemoRequestItem

ProductTaxClassification1















Related Information

Credit Memo Request (A2X)

8.1.6.6 OData API: Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)

You can now use the Sales Order Without Charge (A2X) API (API_SALES_ORDER_WITHOUT_CHARGE_SRV) to create, read, update, and delete texts for sales orders without charge on header and on item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)



Additional Details



Related Information

Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)


Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/191531b7e2e048d9bddffab772f1788b.html




https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/1eb3e97d4e314e769d614b8d5b16468d.html

8.1.6.7 CDS Views for Sales Orders Without Charge

You can now use several CDS views for sales orders without charge.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)



Additional Details

The following CDS views are now released:

● I_SalesOrderWithoutCharge (Sales Order Without Charge)● I_SlsOrdWthoutChrgPartner (Partner for Sales Order Without Charge)● I_SalesOrderWithoutChargeItem (Item for Sales Order Without Charge)● I_SlsOrdWthoutChrgItmPartner (Item Partner for Sales Order Without Charge)● I_SlsOrdWthoutChrgSchedLine (Schedule Line for Sales Order Without Charge)

You can find these CDS views in the View Browser app or on the SAP API Business Hub .


Related Information

Sales Order Without ChargePartner for Sales Order Without ChargeItem for Sales Order Without Charge


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=http%3A%2F%2Fapi.sap.com



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/c057b358877245a98265a4838ea8c5c6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/15dc608953e242b4b28e399549ae8e5e.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/edda63dc50c241459b511658310d8cb2.html

Item Partner for Sales Order Without ChargeSchedule Line for Sales Order Without ChargeView Browser

8.1.6.8 Approval Workflows for Credit Memo Requests: Email Notifications

In approval workflows for credit memo requests, approval requesters and approvers can be notified through automated emails about the following:

● Approvers can receive emails about new approval requests and approval reminders.● Approval requesters can receive emails about document releases, rejections, and rework requests.

A prerequisite for these email notifications is that the related email templates have been maintained.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing



Additional Details

Approval workflows for credit memo requests can be defined using a deprecated method or an SAP-recommended generic method, which follows the same logic as the workflows for sales orders, sales quotations, and customer returns. The email notification functionality described here applies to approval workflows for credit memo requests created from the generic method.


To set up the email notifications, administrators must do the following:

● In the Import Employees app, import email addresses of the designated notification recipients.● In the Maintain Email Templates app, copy predelivered email templates to custom templates as needed

and specify mandatory IDs of the custom templates as follows:


Sales

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/6e36316a9bb742ff9b01eebd029acc16.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/6f270ae32bd044699a5ddc2531e25b89.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/0bde695751505c08e10000000a441470.html

Role Email Notification Type Predelivered Template Custom Template

Approver New approval request SD_SLS_CMR_APPROVAL_EMAIL_TMPL

02000029_CRT_ALL or 02000029_CRT_26

Approval reminder SD_SLS_CMR_DEADLINE_EMAIL_TMPL

Any custom ID you like (no longer than 26 characters)

Approver requester

Document release SD_SLS_CMR_RELEASE_EMAIL_TMPL

02000029_COMPLETE_POSITIVE

Document rejection SD_SLS_CMR_REJECT_EMAIL_TMPL

02000029_COMPLETE_NEGATIVE

Document rework request SD_SLS_CMR_REWORK_EMAIL_TMPL

02000029_CRT_41


Related Information

Manage Sales Document WorkflowsMaintain Email TemplatesSet Up Email Notifications for Approval Workflows for Credit Memo Requests

8.1.7 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

8.1.7.1 Enhancement to Sales Scheduling Agreements - Product Demand app

The sales scheduling agreement type is newly available in the Sales Scheduling Agreements - Product Demand app. With this dimension, it is possible to do the following:

● Confine your analysis to a particular sales scheduling agreement type● Analyze product demand by sales scheduling agreement type




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/82db0a77a4ee48cda01f873d5a416bd2.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/578952e8d39e410da77947037534f875.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/924122abb4b8498b8466cc3a5a66f9ef.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)




Related Information

Sales Scheduling Agreements - Product Demand

8.1.7.2 Customers Overview

The following four new cards have been added to this app:

● Rejected Quotations● Sales Contract Fulfillment● Quick Actions● Customer Contact

The existing cards Rejected Sales Orders and Customer Returns now display data for the last 6 months instead of year-to-date.

Technical Details

Type New


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/7b1aefcbf69240e1b960a89e32563573.html


Scope Item 1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)




Related Information

Customers Overview

8.1.7.3 Enhancement to Track Sales Orders

Up till now, you were able to create a sales order from Track Sales Orders using the Create Sales Orders - VA01 app. You can now also create a sales order from Track Sales Orders using the Create Sales Orders app.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BKK (Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring)

Application Component SD (Sales and Distribution)






https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/b3f6a249a0094bec8deb67c0b8706095.html


Related Information

Track Sales OrdersCreate Sales Orders

8.1.7.4 Enhancement to Track Sales Order Details

You can now display and analyze delivery blocks (in sales orders) that are part of sales order schedule lines.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BKK (Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring)

Application Component SD (Sales and Distribution)


Additional Details

To do so, select the Delivery Block in Sales Order issue in the tree structure, then select the sales order item in the details. An additional screen is displayed with general information and the requested and confirmed delivery quantities for the schedule line.



Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/6d40c601bc2f46a898ad1f9efe227cf7.html




Related Information

Track Sales Order Details

8.1.7.5 CDS Views for Data Extraction

The following CDS views have been released for data extraction:

● Data Extraction for Multi-Level Process Flow (C_SDDocMultiLevelProcFlowDEX)● Data Extraction for Change Document Item (C_SalesChangeDocItemDEX)

These CDS views are app-independent, and enable you to to display the relationships between your SD documents and display change document information for your sales documents, and extract this data to SAP Business Warehouse (SAP BW) or other external systems.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)



Related Information

Data Extraction for Multi-Level Process FlowData Extraction for Change Document Item


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a376cd9ea00d476b96f18dea1247e6a5/2011.500/en-US/33b6ac03b37e493da6ba7e754b0d9236.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/0ae63282ad734adfbfc6d3b0b359c844.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/e988a4743251476b89e71e8405f8e1c7.html

8.1.7.6 Performance Enhancement for Data Extraction CDS Views

The performance of the following data extraction CDS views has been enhanced:

● Data Extraction for Sales Document Item (C_SalesDocumentItemDEX)● Data Extraction for Sales Document Item Pricing Element (C_SalesDocItmPrcgElmntDEX)● Data Extraction for Sales Document Schedule Lines (C_SalesDocumentSchedLineDEX)

In order to make use of the optimized performance, you need to restart full and delta extraction for the above data extraction CDS views.

Technical Details

Type Must know



Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)



Related Information

Data Extraction for Sales Document Schedule LinesData Extraction for Sales Document Item Pricing ElementData Extraction for Sales Document Item


Sales



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/249174accc7a44dbadc1eb6e72c35dd7.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/14fe60b7b63e4c4d941815b06571b418.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/7956d1b7a4c743489e4a80f93237ea9b.html

8.1.8 Configuration in Sales

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to sales have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component SD-SLS (Sales), SD-BF-MD (Material Determination), SD-BF-PD (Partner Determination), SD-BF (Basic Functions)


Additional Details


New/changed configuration object How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Capability


Requested delivery date in sales documents

Custom Adaptations for Requested Delivery Date

Find this config-uration under

SalesSales Order Management and

Processing

Adapt how the system proposes requested delivery dates in sales documents to your business requirements.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)

Sales Order Management and Processing




What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Capability



Define Rules to Determine Factory Calendar


SalesSales Order Management and Processing

Custom Adaptations for Requested

Delivery Date

Create and maintain rules for the system to determine the factory calendar.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Define Parameter Catalog for Requested Delivery Date




Delivery Date

Make custom sales document header fields available as parameters for the CPF implementation of requested delivery date.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Define Formulas for Requested Delivery Date




Delivery Date

Create and maintain the rules used by the implementation of flexible proposal of requested delivery date in sales documents.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)



Sales



What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Capability



Define Custom Routines for Requested Delivery Date in Sales Documents




Delivery Date

Register new routine numbers and assign them to enhancement IDs (CPF formula IDs) that represent custom routines for flexible proposal of requested delivery date.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)



Sales documents

Assign Custom Routines to Sales Document Type



Sales

Documents

Assign custom routines for the flexible proposal of requested delivery dates to individual sales document types.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)



Material determination

Material Determination


SalesBasic

Functions

Define rules and conditions for material determination in sales.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)

Sales Master Data Management



Maintain Condition Tables


SalesBasic Functions

Material Determinatio

n

Maintain condition tables for material determination in sales.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)





What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Capability



Maintain Access Sequences




n

Maintain access sequences for material determination in sales.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Define Condition Types




n

Maintain condition types for material determination in sales.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Maintain Determination Procedures




n

Maintain determination procedures for material determination in sales.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Assign Determination Procedures to Sales Document Types




n

Activate material determination for sales documents.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)



Sales



What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Capability

Changed configuration step name

Partner determination in sales documents

Set Up Partner Determination for Customer and Supplier Master



Partner Determinatio

n

This configura-tion step has been renamed from Set Up Partner Determination for Customer Master to Set Up Partner Determination for Customer and Supplier Master. The configuration scope remains unchanged.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)



Intelligent Product Proposal



SalesBasic

Functions

Define parameters and procedures for the intelligent product proposal.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Maintain Algorithm Parameters for Intelligent Product Proposal



Intelligent Product

Proposal

Maintain an algorithm parameter for double exponential smoothing to calculate and predict product proposals.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Maintain Backgr. Procedure Determination for Intelligent Product Proposal



Intelligent Product

Proposal

Maintain background procedure determination for the intelligent product proposal.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)




Maintain Online Procedure Determination for Product Proposal



Intelligent Product

Proposal

Maintain online procedure determination for the intelligent product proposal.

BD9

(Sell from Stock)







Related Information


8.1.9 IAM Objects in Sales

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for sales require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New




Sales






Application Component SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement), SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts), SD-MD-MM-PPR (Item Proposal), SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Quotations), SD-SLS (Sales), SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)





IAM Objects


Sales - Accelerated Returns Processing (SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC)

Business catalog New restriction types were added to the business catalog.

You can now define read restrictions for the following:

● Profit center● Responsible cost

center● Project type

BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns)



Sales - Archived Sales Scheduling Agreements (SAP_SD_BC_SALES_ARCH_SSA_PC )

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog is now assigned to the business role template for External Auditor - Sales (SAP_BR_EXTERNAL_AUDITOR_SLS).

The Display Sales Scheduling Agreements app has been added to this business catalog and becomes visible in the Archived Sales Scheduling Agreements business group.

3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

Sales - Archived Sales Contracts (SAP_SD_BC_SALES_ARCH_CONTR_PC)


The Display Contract app has been added to this business catalog and becomes visible in the Archived Sales Contracts business group.

I9I (Sales Contract Management)


Sales


Sales - Sales Order Automation (SAP_SD_BC_SO_EXTRACTION_PC)

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog is now assigned to the business role template for Internal Sales Representative (SAP_BR_INTERNAL_SALES_REP).

The Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction app has been added to this business catalog and becomes visible in the Sales Orders business group.

4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data)

Sales - Archived Sales Inquiries (SAP_SD_BC_SALES_ARCH_INQRY_PC)


The Display Inquiry app has been added to this business catalog and is visible in the Archived Sales Inquiries business group.

1IQ (Sales Inquiry)

Sales - Archived Item Proposals (SAP_SD_BC_SALES_ARCH_ITMPS_PC)


The Display Item Proposal app has been added to this business catalog and is visible in the Archived Item Proposals business group.

BD9 (Sell from Stock)



Sales - Billing Scheduling (SAP_SD_BC_BIL_SCHEDULE_PC)

Business catalog New app added to business catalog

The new app Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing Documents has been added to the Sales - Billing Scheduling business catalog. You can use this app to schedule the creation of billing documents on the basis of preliminary billing documents. For more information, see Schedule Billing Creation for Preliminary Billing Documents [page 500].

BD9 (Sell from Stock), J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)

Sales - Sales Order Fulfillment Analyze Issues ( SAP_SD_BC_SOFM_ANALYZE_PC )

Business catalog New dependent business catalog added to business catalog

Materials Management - Purchase Orders(SAP_MM_BC_PO_MANAGE_PC ) has replaced Materials Management - Purchase Orders (Obsolete) (SAP_MM_BC_PO_PROCESS_PC )

Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring (BKK)

Sales - Sales Scheduling (SAP_SD_BC_SLS_SCHEDULE_PC)

Business catalog New app added to business catalog

The new Schedule Intelligent Product Proposal app has been added to the Sales - Sales Scheduling (SAP_SD_BC_SLS_SCHEDULE_PC) business catalog and becomes visible in the Sales Scheduling business group

Sell from Stock (BD9)

Sales - Sales Order Fulfillment Analyze Issues ( (SAP_SD_BC_SOFM_ANALYZE_PC)

Business catalog App deprecated in business catalog

The app Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze Issues has been deprecated in the business catalog Sales - Sales Order Fulfillment Analyze Issues (SAP_SD_BC_SOFM_ANALYZE_PC)



Sales


Sales - Sales Order Processing (SAP_SD_BC_SO_PROC_MC)

Business catalog Apps deprecated in business catalog

The following apps have been deprecated in the business catalog Sales - Sales Order Processing (SAP_SD_BC_SO_PROC_MC) :

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Issues

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze Issues

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Issues in Next 7 Days

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Billing Block

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Delivery Block

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Credit Block

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Incomplete Data




Sales - Sales Orders for Professional Services (SAP_SD_BC_SO_PROC_PS)

Business catalog Apps deprecated in business catalog

The following apps have been deprecated in the business catalog Sales - Sales Orders for Professional Services (SAP_SD_BC_SO_PROC_PS):

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Issues

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze Issues

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Issues in Next 7 Days

● Sales Order Fulfillment - Resolve Billing Block


Sales - Payment Cards in Sales Documents (SAP_SD_BC_SALES_DOC_PAYC_PC)

Business catalog New dependent business catalog added to business catalog

The following dependent business catalog has been added: Credit Management - Display Documented Credit Decisions (SAP_FIN_BC_CR_DCD_DISPLAY_PC)

BD9 (Sell from Stock), 1QM (Advanced Credit Management), BD6 (Basic Credit Management)

Sales - Sales Scheduling (SAP_SD_BC_SLS_SCHEDULE_PC)

Restriction type Restriction type changed

The write option was removed for the following restriction type in this business catalog: Sales Area (SALES_AREA)

n/a


Related Information



Sales




8.1.10 CDS Views in Sales

Some CDS views have been relabelled and new CDS views have been added to Sales.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component Sales and Distribution (SD)


Additional Details

The following CDS views have been released:

● Data Extraction for Multi-Level Process Flow (C_SDDocMultiLevelProcFlowDEX)● Data Extraction for Change Document Item (C_SalesChangeDocItemDEX)

For more information, see CDS Views for Data Extraction [page 525].

Text ViewsText views have been relabelled. For example, Partner Function Text (I_PartnerFunctionText) has been relabelled as Partner Function - Text.

Analytical ViewsThe following analytical cube and query views have been relabelled:

Technical Name Old Label New Label

I_CreditMemoRequestItemCube Analytics - Credit Memo Request Cube Credit Memo Request Item - Cube

C_CreditMemoRequestItemQry Analytics - Credit Memo Request Item Query

Credit Memo Request Item - Query

I_DebitMemoRequestItemCube Analytics - Debit Memo Request Cube Debit Memo Request Item - Cube

C_DebitMemoRequestItemQry Analytics - Debit Memo Request Item Query

Debit Memo Request Item - Query

I_CustomerReturnItemCube Analytics - Customer Return Cube (deprecated)

Customer Return Item - Cube (deprecated)

I_CustomerReturnItemCube_2 Analytics - Customer Return Cube Analytics - Customer Return Cube



I_CUSTOMERRETURNRATECUBE Analytics - Customer Return Rate Cube Customer Return Rate - Cube

C_CustomerReturnItemQry Analytics - Customer Return (deprecated)

Customer Return Item - Query (deprecated)

C_CustomerReturnItemQry_2 Customer Returns - Flexible Analysis Customer Return Item - Query

C_CustomerReturnRateQry Analytics - Customer Return Rate Customer Return Rate - Query

I_SalesContractItemCube Analytics - Sales Contract Cube Sales Contract Item - Cube

I_SalesContractItemFlfmtCube Analytics - Sales Contract Fulfillment Rate Cube

Sales Contract Fulfillment Rate - Cube

C_SalesContractItemQry Analytics - Sales Contract Sales Contract Item - Query

C_SalesContractItmFlfmtQ Analytics - Sales Contract Fulfillment Rate

Sales Contract Fulfillment Rate - Query

I_SalesSchedgAgrmtItemCube Analytics - Sales Scheduling Agreement Item Cube

Sales Scheduling Agreement Item - Cube

C_SalesSchedgAgrmtItemQry Analytics - Sales Scheduling Agreement Item

Sales Scheduling Agreement Item - Query

I_SalesOrderCube Analytics - Sales Order Cube Sales Order - Cube

I_SalesOrderItemCube Analytics - Incoming Sales Order Cube Sales Order Item - Cube

C_SalesOrderQuery Analytics - Sales Order Sales Order - Query

C_SalesOrderItemQry Analytics - Incoming Sales Order Sales Order Item - Query

I_SalesQuotationItemCube Analytics - Sales Quotation Cube (deprecated)

Sales Quotation Item - Cube (deprecated)

I_SalesQuotationItemCube_2 Analytics - Sales Quotation Cube Sales Quotation Item - Cube

I_SlsQtanConversionRateCube Analytics - Quotation Conversion Rate Cube

Sales Quotation Conversion Rate - Cube

C_SalesQuotationItemQry Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis Sales Quotation Item - Query

C_SlsQtanConversionRateQ Analytics - Quotation Conversion Rate Sales Quotation Conversion Rate - Query

I_BillingDocumentItemCube Analytics - Sales Volume Sales Volume - Cube

C_RevenueFromInvoiceQry Analytics - Sales Volume Flexible Analysis

Sales Volume Flexible Analysis - Query

I_BillgItmPrcgElForCoTypAn Core Analytics View: Billing Document Item Pricing Element

Billing Document Item Pricing Element Analytics

I_BillgItmPrcgElForCoTypAn Analytics - Billing Document Item Pricing Element Cube

Billing Document Item Pricing Element - Cube

C_BillgItmPrcgElForCoTypQ Analytics - Billing Item Pricing Element for Condition Type

Billing Item Pricing Element for Condition Type – Query


Sales

Other CDS Views


I_SlsOrganizationDistrChnl Distribution Channel for Sales Org. Distribution Channel for Sales Org

I_BillingPlanCategory Sales Document Item Bill. Plan Category

Sls Document Item Billing Plan Category


Related Information

CDS Views for Sales






https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/87fae757dc3bf032e10000000a441470.html

9 Sourcing and Procurement

9.1 Generic Features

9.1.1 New Applications for Maintenance and Analytics Capability

With this release, new applications for maintenance and analytics are included. For further information regarding specific apps and descriptions of use, refer to the Additional Details section in this document.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BHD (Create Purchasing Info Record) BMD (Purchase Contract) BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement) J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials) 18J (Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)


Additional Details

App Title Description Scope Item

Maintain Changes to Purchasing Info Records

Maintain and change data related to info records. Display information relating to previous changes to the info records, such as who created the changes and when.

BHD (Create Purchasing Info Record)

Delete Purchasing Info Record Flag info records for deletion. Info records that are earmarked for deletion are deleted when the archiving program is run by the system administrator.



Sourcing and Procurement


Maintain Deletion Proposals of Purchasing Info Record

Create a list of deletion proposals and choose the relevant records that are to be deleted from this list.


Updating Prices in the Background Carry out a new price determination process for the documents specified in a particular job variant.


Maintain Quotation Price History Check how conditions such as prices or price variants in info records have developed over time.


Display Purchasing Info Record by Supplier

Display purchasing info records specific to a supplier.


Display Purchasing Info Record by Material Group

Display purchasing info records specific to a material group.


Maintain Purchasing Conditions Call up an overview screen based on all selection criteria (general overview) or specific criteria such as material group or contract.


Maintain Rounding Profile Round the procurement quantity up to quantities that can be delivered or transported.

N/A

Maintain Changes to Source List Display and manage details regarding changes to the source list.

BMD (Purchase Contract)

Analyze Source List Analyze source list records, for example, you can check the materials in a plant with source list requirements that have no source list records within a specified period.


Create Scheduling Agreement Create scheduling agreements manually or using a referencing document.

BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Price Change Involving Supplier's Scheduling Agreement

Change a supplier's prices in info records, contracts, or scheduling agreements, either as a gross change or by a specific condition.

BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Conditions by Supplier Maintain time-dependent and time-independent conditions specific to a supplier.

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Conditions for Material Type Maintain time-dependent and time-independent conditions specific to a material type.


Conditions by Condition Group of Supplier

Maintain time-dependent and time-independent conditions specific to a supplier condition group.


Conditions by Incoterms Maintain time-dependent and time-independent conditions related to the incoterms.


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Sourcing and Procurement INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 543


Conditions for Invoicing Party Maintain time-dependent and time-independent conditions specific to the invoicing party.

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Conditions by Supplier Sub-Range Maintain time-dependent and time-independent conditions specific to a supplier subrange.


Price Change Involving Supplier Contracts

Change a supplier's contract prices, either as a gross change or by a specific condition.


Purchasing Documents per Project Display purchasing documents and related data specific to a project.


Display Archived Purchase Requisitions View archived purchase requisitions, that is, read and display the purchase requisitions from the Archiving object, MM_EBAN.

18J (Requisitioning) BMD (Purchase Contract)

Display Related Documents - Purchase Requisitions

View purchasing documents that are related or linked to a purchase requisition.

18J (Requisitioning) BMD (Purchase Contract)


9.1.2 Additional Business Events for Condition Records for Pricing in Purchasing

With this feature, subscribers of the Purchasing Pricing Condition Record Events can now consume detailed change events for condition records for pricing in purchasing. Subscribers can be notified whenever the validity period, condition amount, or condition percentage of a condition record in your system is changed. In previous releases, the subscribers can only be notified whenever a condition record is changed in general, without knowing what specifically has been changed.

The events are published on the SAP API Business Hub.





Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component SD-MD-CM (Conditions), MM-PUR-GF (Basic Functions)



Related Information

Purchasing Pricing Condition Record Events

9.1.3 IAM Objects in Sourcing and Procurement

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Sourcing and Procurement require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed






https://help.sap.com/viewer/03c04db2a7434731b7fe21dca77440da/2011.500/en-US/818f410d690147a08b55df0f7c388ae6.html

Application Component MM-IV-HUB, MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice Verification), MM-FIO-PUR-PO (Fiori UI for Purchasing), MM-PUR-PO (Purchasing)





IAM Objects


Central Invoice Management - Administration SAP_MM_BC_CIM_ADMIN_PC)

Business catalog New business catalog This business catalog is assigned to the business role template Configuration Expert (SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT). The new app Schedule Jobs for Central Invoice Management has been added to this business catalog and becomes visible in the business group Central Invoice Administration (SAP_MM_BCG_CIM_PC).

4N6 (SAP Central Invoice Management Backend Enablement)




Materials Management - Employee Self ServicesSAP_MM_BC_PR_PROCESS_PC

Restriction type Changes were made to the restriction types.

Restriction type Authorization Group for Fund (FM_AUTHGRF) was changed: removed read/write option, added value help.

Restriction type BP Role (RLTYP) has a new value help.

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services)

Materials Management - Supplier Invoice Approval (SAP_MM_BC_INV_WIAPPROVE_PC)


Restriction Type Company Code/Business Place (BUKRS_BUPLA) has a new read option.

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services)

Accounts Payable - Supplier Invoices ( SAP_MM_BC_INV_PROCESS_PC)



Restriction Type Earmarked Funds Document (FM_FUNDSRES) has a new value help.

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

Materials Management - Supplier Invoices (SAP_MM_BC_INV_PROCESS_MC)



Restriction Type Earmarked Funds Document (FM_FUNDSRES) has a new value help.

Restriction Type Transportation Execution (TM_EXEORG) has a new value help.




Accounts Payable - Supplier Invoice Parking (SAP_MM_BC_INV_PARK_PC)




Materials Management - Invoicing Document Display (SAP_MM_BC_INV_DOC_DSP_PC)







Business Catalogs:

● Materials Management - Purchase Orders (SAP_MM_BC_PO_PROCESS_PC )

● Materials Management - Purchase Orders (SAP_MM_BC_PO_MANAGE_PC )

● Materials Management - Purchasing Documents (SAP_MM_BC_PURDOC_PROCESS_PC )

Business Catalogs Business Catalog Materials Management - Purchase Orders ( SAP_MM_BC_PO_PROCESS_PC ) was split into Business Catalog Materials Management - Purchase Orders ( SAP_MM_BC_PO_MANAGE_PC ) and Business Catalog Materials Management - Purchasing Documents ( SAP_MM_BC_PURDOC_PROCESS_PC )

The following apps now belong to the Business Catalog Materials Management - Purchase Orders ( SAP_MM_BC_PO_MANAGE_PC ):

● Manage Purchase Orders

● Monitor Supplier Confirmations

● My Purchasing Document Items - Professional

● Monitor Subcontracting Documents

● Monitor Purchase Order Items

● Print Scheduled Purchase Orders

The following apps now belong to the Business Catalog Materials Management - Purchasing Documents ( SAP_MM_BC_PURDOC_PROCESS_PC ):

● Manage Purchase Requisitions

● Redistribute Workload

J62 (Asset Accounting), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J82 (Automated Purchase-to-Pay with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation), 18J (Requisitioning), BMY (Subcontracting), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), BMH (Stock Transfer without Delivery), BME (Stock Transfer with Delivery), 3NI (Procurement for Service Management), 3QD (Accelerated Third-Party Returns from Seller to Supplier), 1W8 (Legal Control), 1LE (Invoice Processing by OpenText), 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement), 2EJ (Integration of Procurement with External Suppliers), 2LG (Supplier Consignment), 2TS (Intercompany Stock Transfer Returns), 22K (External Workforce Procurement via SAP Fieldglass), 22Z (Procurement of Services), 2LH (Automated Invoice Settlement), 2TW (Complementary Procurement Functions), 2R3 (Cross-Company Purchasing Organization), 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying), 2XU (Procurement of Materials with Variant



Configuration), 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)


Related Information


9.1.4 Configuration for Sourcing and Procurement

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Sourcing and Procurement have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO (Fiori UI for Purchasing), MM-PUR-PO(Purchasing)







Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Info Records Settings for Default Values



Operational Procurement

Purchase Order

Processing

You can prevent an automatic update of info records when a purchase order is changed by using this configuration step.

J62 (Asset Accounting), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J82 (Automated Purchase-to-Pay with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation), 18J (Requisitioning), BMY (Subcontracting), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), BMH (Stock Transfer without Delivery), BME (Stock Transfer with Delivery), 3NI (Procurement for Service Management), 3QD (Accelerated Third-Party Returns from Seller to Supplier), 1W8 (Legal Control), 1LE (Invoice Processing by OpenText), 1FM (Quality Management


Purchase Order Processing


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability

in Procurement), 2EJ (Integration of Procurement with External Suppliers), 2LG (Supplier Consignment), 2TS (Intercompany Stock Transfer Returns), 22K (External Workforce Procurement via SAP Fieldglass), 22Z (Procurement of Services), 2LH (Automated Invoice Settlement), 2TW (Complementary Procurement Functions), 2R3 (Cross-Company Purchasing Organization), 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying), 2XU (Procurement of Materials with Variant Configuration),



Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)


Purchasing Documents

Define Tolerance Limit for Archiving




Purchase Order

Processing

In this step, you specify how long external purchasing documents are retained unchanged in the database before beeing archived.

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services)




Taxes Assign tax Indicators for Account Assignments



Operational Procuremen

t

In this step, you can assign a tax indicator to an account assignment category.





Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability



Maintain Periodic Invoicing Plan Types




Purchase Order

Processing

In this step, you define the periodic invoicing plan types by specifying the relevant control data for each desired instance.






Define Date Descriptions




Purchase Order

Processing

In this step, you can create and maintain date descriptions.






Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability



Maintain Date Category for Invoicing Plan Type




Purchase Order

Processing

In this step, you can assign one or more date categories to each invoicing plan type.








Related Information







9.2 APIs for Integration with Sourcing and Procurement

9.2.1 OData API for Purchase Requisitions - Create, Read, Update, Delete

The OData API for purchase requisitions now enables you to create, read, update and delete limit items. It provides two new parameters, ExpectedOverallLimitAmount and OverallLimitAmount for limit items, in the Item entity (A_PurchaseRequisitionItem).

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)


Additional Details

Limit items are items that cannot be planned in detail at the time of ordering.

● ExpectedOverallLimitAmount - Amount expected to be spent on the limit item● OverallLimitAmount - Maximum amount that can be spent on the limit item. It is the upper limit that the

expected value of the limit item (ExpectedOverallLimitAmount) must not exceed.








Related Information

ItemAdd a Limit Item to a Purchase Requisition

9.2.2 SOAP API for Service Entry Sheet - Revoke (Lean Services)

This service enables you to revoke an already approved service entry sheet in the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system. Make sure that no subsequent invoice has been created yet or cancel the invoice before using this service.

If the data that is sent via the inbound SOAP service is correct and complete (200)

● the service entry sheet is revoked.● a goods receipt reversal (102) is posted to the goods receipt clearing account. You can see the reversal of

the goods receipt in the Process Flow view.● you receive a response message that the status of the service entry sheet is reset to In Process (10)

without any errors.

This API is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ )."

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 42K (Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), 22ZProcurement of Services

Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES (Service Entry Sheet for Service Procurement)



To monitor messages transferred by this service, you need to assign the following recipient to the users:

● Namespace: </MMPUR>● Recipient Name: <MMPUR_SESRVREQUESTIN>


https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/800f455816dda007e10000000a441470.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/f7cdfda32838471f94ea986e2fae210f.html



Related Information

Service Entry Sheet – Revoke (Lean Services)

9.2.3 SOAP API for Purchase Order - Send, Update, and Cancel

With this API, you can now use the following new features:

● A new PartyType Supplier, is now available. This allows the buyer system to send the supplier address data.

● For the PartyType: Bill-to, the form of address is usually the string “Company”. The API supports two fields, FormOfAddress and FormOfAddressName. From this release, the form of actual addressing for the Bill-to PartyType appears in the field FormOfAddressName instead of the string “Company”.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 2EJ (Integration of Procurement with External Suppliers)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Integration of Procurement with External Suppliers )


Additional Details

The new PartyType Supplier, gets the following values for the fields BuyerPartyID and SupplierPartyID:





https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/b9916ec227df4d45aa26fd31e8b440cb.html

● BuyerPartyID: Supplier code in the buyer system● SupplierPartyID: Not applicable

The node Address in the API structure OrderRequest_Out - Party can be used to send the supplier address data from the buyer system. The below sample payload illustrates use of the Supplier PartyType:

Sample Code

<Party PartyType="Supplier"> <BuyerPartyID>10300081</BuyerPartyID> <Address> <FormOfAddress>0003</FormOfAddress> <FormOfAddressName>Company</FormOfAddressName> <StreetName>Dietmar</StreetName> <HouseNumber>152</HouseNumber> <StreetAddressName>Dietmar 152</StreetAddressName> <PostalCode>69190</PostalCode> <CityName>Walldorf</CityName> <Country>DE</Country> <Region>BW</Region> <District>Industriegebiet</District> <PhoneNumber>Phone number</PhoneNumber> <EmailAddress>Sample Email ID</EmailAddress> <CorrespondenceLanguage>DE</CorrespondenceLanguage> </Address></Party>

Here, 10300081 is the supplier code maintained in the buyer system.


Related Information

Feature B2B API OrderRequestOut SoldTo Party Mapping Enhancement from Procurement [page 577]OrderRequest_Out - Party

9.2.4 OData API for Purchase Scheduling Agreements

This OData service is enhanced with features such as:

● Create items with the item category Third-Party.● Create items with the account assignment type Third-Party Project.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/72bf4510036c4cc99e56ab0b2f21d0a5.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-PUR-OA-SCH (Purchase Scheduling Agreements)



Related Information

Purchase Scheduling Agreements

9.2.5 OData API for Central Purchase Contracts

This OData service is enhanced with features such as:

● New entities such as Header Distribution, Header Partner, Item Partner, Item Condition Validity, Item Condition Amount, Item Condition Scales, and Legal Transaction are now available.

● A new operation Legal Transaction is now available. External solutions integrated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud can now invoke this operation on central purchase contracts to assign a legal transaction.

Technical Details

Type Changed






https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/c7584658aac4a007e10000000a441470.html

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CCTR (Central Purchase Contracts)


Additional Details

You can use the following nodes:

● Header Distribution (A_CntrlPurContrHdrDistribution) contains the fields of a distribution line in the header of a central purchase contract.

● Header Partner (A_CntrlPurContrHeaderPartnerType) contains the partner fields in the header of a central purchase contract.

● Item Partner (A_CntrlPurContrItemPartnerType) contains the partner fields in the item of a central purchase contract.

● Item Condition Validity (A_CntrlPurContrItmCndnValdty) contains the information about condition validity of central purchase contract items.

● Item Condition Amount (A_CntrlPurContrItmCndnAmount) contains the information about condition amount information of central purchase contract items.

● Item Condition Scales (A_CntrlPurContrItmCndnScales) contains the information about condition scales of central purchase contract items.

● Legal Transaction (A_CntrlPurContrLegalTrans) contains the fields of the legal transaction of a central purchase contract.


Related Information

Central Purchase Contract




https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/4995aa55d3b4428f882d512356aa5307.html

9.3 Sourcing and Contract Management

9.3.1 Source Assignment

9.3.1.1 Mass Changes to Purchasing Info Records

You can now change prices in one or more purchasing info records.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BHD (Create Purchasing Info Record)

Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC (Info Record)



Related Information

Mass Changes to Purchasing Info Records

9.3.1.2 Configuration for Supplier Quotations

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to supplier quotations in Materials Management have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/35d6447404594053b2977a03e01a8cce.html

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)


Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


General settings for supplier quotation processing.

Define Document Types for Supplier Quotations

Find this configuration under Manage Your Solution→Config-ure Your Solution→Application Area Sourcing and Procurement→Sub Application Area Source Assignment→RFQ and Supplier Quotation Processing

Configure supplier quotation document types and their follow-on document categories and types.

1XF (Request for Price)

1L2 (Supplier Quote Automation with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation)

1A0 (Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing)

42K (Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network)

4BL (Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing)


Source Assignment


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


General settings for supplier quotation processing.

RFQ and Supplier Quotation Processing

Find this configuration under Manage Your Solution→Config-ure Your Solution→Application Area Sourcing and Procurement→Sub Application Area Source Assignment

Make the settings that are relevant for working with RFQs and supplier quotations.

1XF (Request for Price)

1L2 (Supplier Quote Automation with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation)

1A0 (Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing)

42K (Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network)

4BL (Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing)


Source Assignment


Make your entries in Configure Your Solution, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. In some cases, it is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data consistency, the changes that you can make to predelivered configuration settings may be limited.







Related Information


9.3.2 Purchase Contract Management

9.3.2.1 Manage Purchase Scheduling Agreements


● Create items for a purchase scheduling agreement with the item category Third-Party.● Assign Third-Party Project as the account assignment to an item of a purchase scheduling agreement.● Indicate if the acceptance of an ordered item is to take place at the point of origin (that is, on the supplier's

premises) by selecting Origin Acceptance in the GR/IR Control facet for the specific item.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH (Purchase Scheduling Agreements)


Additional Details








Related Information

Manage Purchase Scheduling Agreements

9.4 Operational Procurement

9.4.1 Self-Service Requisitioning

9.4.1.1 Create Purchase Requisition

● You can now copy items within a purchase requisition. A new option Copy is available in the item list (Cart Overview) screen. You can copy multiple items at a time by selecting the checkboxes corresponding to the items, and choosing Copy.

● The PO Price Type that is set for the requestor in the Default Settings for Users app is used as the default PO Price Type while creating purchase requisition items.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)


Additional Details

In the case of Shop on Behalf, the PO Price Type that is set for the author or creator in the Default Settings for Users app is used as the default PO Price Type while creating purchase requisition items.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/ef4ef35723a6bc12e10000000a4450e5.html




Related Information

Create Purchase Requisition

9.4.1.2 My Purchase Requisitions

● You can now copy items within a purchase requisition. A new option Copy is available in the item list (Cart Overview) screen.

● The PO Price Type that is set for the requestor in the Default Settings for Users app is used as the default PO Price Type while creating purchase requisition items.

● You can view limit items that are created from external systems, in the list screen.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

● You can copy multiple items at a time by selecting the checkboxes corresponding to the items, and choosing Copy.

● In case of Shop on Behalf, the PO Price Type that is set for the creator or author in the Default Settings for Users app is used as the default PO Price Type while creating purchase requisition items.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/5898f3579f9f0f70e10000000a44147b.html



Related Information

My Purchase Requisitions

9.4.1.3 Default Settings for Users - Purchase Requisitions

With this app, the configuration expert can now set the default PO Price Type for a user. The PO Price Type determines the adoption of price of purchase requisition item in the purchase order item created from it. The value that is set here is used as the default PO Price Type when the user creates purchase requisition items using the apps Create Purchase Requisition and Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

The <PO Price Type> can take one of the following values:

● Do Not Adopt - The price of the purchase requisition item is not adopted in the purchase order item.● As Gross Price - The price of the purchase requisition item is adopted in the purchase order item as the

gross price.● As Net Price - The price of the purchase requisition item is adopted in the purchase order item as the net

price.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/4524f3577f9dbd12e10000000a4450e5.html


Related Information

Default Settings for Users

9.4.2 Requirements Processing

9.4.2.1 Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional

The PO Price Type that is set for the user in the Default Settings for Users app is used as the default PO Price Type while creating purchase requisition items.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase Contract), OMD (Purchase Contract)







https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/6ca1e8569e093f0ae10000000a4450e5.html



Related Information

Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional

9.4.2.2 Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions

With this app, you can now define workflows for purchase requisitions containing limit items. If the start condition of the workflow is based on the net amount or total net amount, the expected value of the limit item is considered.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchasing Approval)



Related Information

Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/0df90d3c7cb848eeb4a6832e96606c32.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/bacc21e14d6c4b0fbf53dca3218abdd5.html

9.4.2.3 Deprecated CDS Views for Purchase Requisitions

The CDS views, I_PurchaseRequisition_Api01 and I_PurReqnAcctAssgmt_Api01, have been deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2005. They have been replaced with the successor CDS views: I_PurchaseRequisitionAPI01, I_PurchaseRequisitionItemAPI01, and I_PurReqnAcctAssgmtAPI01.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated


Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase Contract), OMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requistions)


Additional Details

Reason for Deprecation

Deprecated View Replacement View(s) Reason for Deprecation

I_PurchaseRequisition_Api01 I_PurchaseRequisitionAPI01, I_PurchaseRequisitionItemAPI01

To retain the header and item details of a purchase requisition separately

I_PurReqnAcctAssgmt_Api01 I_PurReqnAcctAssgmtAPI01 To maintain compatibility with the replacement views for purchase requisition


Related Information

(Deprecated) Purchase Requisition Item




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/96dac48d2e26438cb14a603e5495fe2e.html

Purchase Requisition HeaderPurchase Requisition Item(Deprecated) Account Assignment in Purchase RequisitionAccount Assignment in Purchase Requisition

9.4.2.4 Enhancements in BAdIs for Purchase Requisitions

The BAdIs BAdI for PR Check and PR BAdI for Item are now enhanced with an additional parameter PURCHASEORDERPRICETYPE. The PO Price Type determines the adoption of the price of purchase requisition item in the purchase order item created from it.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning)



Additional Details

BAdI Name Enhancement

BAdI for PR Check - MM_PUR_S4_PR_CHECK Additional importing parameter PURCHASEORDERPRICETYPE. You can include custom logic to validate the PO Price Type of a purchase requisition item.

PR BAdI for Item - MM_PUR_S4_PR_MODIFY_ITEM Additional importing and changing parameter PURCHASEORDERPRICETYPE. You can include custom logic to modify the PO Price Type of a purchase requisition item.

You can access the BAdI and the BAdI documentation using the Custom Fields and Logic app.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/23475a767eb24b198d79098294179e4b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/2ebe7775e8c44876896064e765091f52.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/662b5d556a59484fa18f580a01f2f428.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/10560131c67545fe87ebced0169c163f.html



Related Information

Custom Fields and Logic

9.4.3 Purchase Order Processing

9.4.3.1 Display Suppliers Purchasing

With this app, you can:

Search for suppliers and display details like, for example supplier's name and address, and the currency used by the supplier.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO (Fiori UI for Purchasing), MM-PUR-PO (Purchasing)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/57909455bf7c4fdd8bcf48d76c1eae33.html



9.4.3.2 Create Purchase Order - Advanced

With this app, the following feature is now available:

The fields TAXCODE and TAXCOUNTRY have been added to order type UD/UB. Therefore RITA is now supported for stock transport order.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO(Fiori UI for Purchasing), MM-PUR (Purchasing)



9.4.3.3 Display Purchasing Documents by Tracking Number


Display purchasing documents, for example purchase orders, purchase requisitions, and outline agreements according to the tracking number.

Technical Details

Type New










9.4.3.4 Display Purchasing Documents by Supplying Plant


Display purchasing documents, for example purchase orders, purchase requisitions, and outline agreements according to the supplying plant.

Technical Details

Type New










9.4.3.5 Manage Workflows for Purchase Order

With this app, you can now include supplier name and created by user details in the email that is sent to the approvers when the approval for a purchase order is pending.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO-WFL (Workflows for Purchase Orders)


Additional Details

To include supplier name and created by user details in the email, update the custom email template created from the pre-delivered template MMPUR_PO_WFL_DEADLINE_EMAIL.

As an administrator, follow the below steps to add supplier name and created by user details in the email template:

1. Open the app Manage Email Templates.2. Copy the email template MMPUR_PO_WFL_DEADLINE_EMAIL or choose an existing custom template that

was earlier created using the same template.3. Edit the template and add the fields CreatedByUser and SupplierName.4. Save the template.5. Select this template in the field E-mail Template while configuring the workflow. Refer to the topic How to

enable email notifications for pending purchase order approvals? to know more about the detailed configuration.

Refer to the documentation of Maintain Email Templates to know more about configuring email templates.






https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/40c92fe9016a4e6dba80316f01377eef.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/40c92fe9016a4e6dba80316f01377eef.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/578952e8d39e410da77947037534f875.html


Related Information

Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders

9.4.3.6 Feature B2B API OrderRequestOut SoldTo Party Mapping Enhancement from Procurement

A new feature B2B API OrderRequestOut SoldTo Party Mapping Enhancement from Procurement is now available for the API Purchase Order - Send, Update, and Cancel. For the PartyType as Sold-to, activating this feature allows you to use the new mapping for the fields BuyerPartyID and SupplierPartyID. With this feature, you can control the mapping for the above mentioned fields.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 2EJ (Integration of Procurement with External Suppliers)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)


Additional Details

The feature B2B API OrderRequestOut SoldTo Party Mapping Enhancement from Procurement is available in the app Activate New Features. For the PartyType as Sold-to, this feature activates use of the new mapping for the fields BuyerPartyID and SupplierPartyID.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/46c9e5b6ba7a4feeb920ca1cbad68c73.html

The mapping for these fields is mentioned below:

Feature is Activated Feature is Not Activated

BuyerPartyID Purchasing organization number in the buyer system. Supplier information can be sent using the new PartyType, Supplier.

Supplier code in the buyer system.

SupplierPartyID Account with vendor value in the buyer system (at the purchasing organization or company level).

Account with vendor value in the buyer system (at the purchasing organization or company level). If account with vendor is not maintained in the buyer system, then purchasing organization number in the buyer system is used.

Sample Payload Sample Code <Party PartyType="SoldTo"> <BuyerPartyID1010</BuyerPartyID> <SupplierPartyID1101001</SupplierPartyID></Party>

Here, 1010 is the purchasing organization ID maintained in the buyer system. 1101001 is the Account with Vendor (Supplier Master) maintained in the buyer system.

Sample Code <Party PartyType="SoldTo"> <BuyerPartyID>10300081</BuyerPartyID> <SupplierPartyID>1010</SupplierPartyID></Party>

Here, 10300081 is the supplier code maintained in the buyer system. 1010 is the purchasing organization ID maintained in the buyer system.

Follow below steps to activate this feature:

NoteOnce you activate this feature you cannot deactivate it.

1. As a configuration expert user, log on to SAP Fiori Launchpad.2. Open the app Activate New Features.3. Select the feature B2B API OrderRequestOut SoldTo Party Mapping Enhancement from Procurement.4. Choose Activate.

The feature is activated and available for use. Refer to the documentation of Activate New Features for more details.

NoteThe old mapping that is available when the feature is not activated, is planned to be deprecated with the release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102. We recommend that you activate this feature and start using the new mapping. A new PartyType, Supplier is now available that carries supplier code in the buyer system. This new PartyType and the new mapping acts as a replacement for the old mapping.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/b249d650b15e4b3d9fc2077ee921abd0/2011.500/en-US/3e94fcc37b42433b97d6aef0c830dc52.html

NoteWe recommend that you first activate this feature in your test system to get a feel of the new mapping before activating it in the production system.


Related Information

SOAP API for Purchase Order - Send, Update, and Cancel [page 558]

9.4.4 Add and Delete Multiple Service Entry Sheets

In the app Manage Service Entry Sheets, you can now

● directly add multiple service entry sheet items based on one purchase order item.● delete multiple service entry sheet items at once.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), 22Z (Procurement of Services)






Additional Details

In more detail, you can make use of the following enhancements to the Manage Service Entry Sheets app:

● Add Multiple Service Entry Sheet Items Based on One Purchase Order ItemWhen selecting which purchase order item you want to add as a service entry sheet item, you can now define that you want to add multiple service entry sheet items based on one purchase order item. You can do this by using the +/- buttons to indicate how many service entry sheet items you want to add.

● Delete Multiple Service Entry Sheet Items At OnceYou can now delete multiple service entry sheet items at once. Select the service entry sheet items you want to delete and click on the Delete button.


Related Information

Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean ServicesRequirements for the Creation of Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services

9.4.5 Record Consumable Materials in Service Entry Sheets

You can now record Consumable Materials in service entry sheets. Consumable materials are items of product type group Material (01) that were used during the execution of a service and that were planned together with a service in the reference purchase order. Please be aware of several restrictions regarding the material type that you can add.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), 22Z (Procurement of Services)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/02d4f657772ebc12e10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/e175f4d47c13445793593da3fc2d5c98.html



Additional Details

As you can now add Consumable Materials of product type group Material (01) to a service entry sheet, this service is no longer limited to items of product type group Service (02). However, be aware that you can only record materials that were planned together with a service in a purchase order. This means that you have to maintain at least one item of product type group Service (02) in a service entry sheet. Please also note that you can't change the account assignment stated in the purchase order item for consumable materials in a service entry sheet.

While you can add materials with or without a product master, there are several restrictions to the type of material you can add to a service entry sheet. You can’t record the following material types in a service entry sheet:

● batch-managed materials● materials with classification● materials with serial numbers● materials with split valuation● materials with manufacturer part numbers● materials with a filled revision level● retail articles (with subitems in the purchase order)


Related Information

Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean ServicesRequirements for the Creation of Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/02d4f657772ebc12e10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/e175f4d47c13445793593da3fc2d5c98.html

9.4.6 Business Add-Ins for Creating Service Entry Sheets

You can now use three new Business Ad-Ins (BAdIs) to define custom logic when creating a service entry sheet using the API Service Entry Sheet - Create, Delete (Lean Services):

● BAdI: Data Processing before SES Creation (SOA Inbound)● BAdI: Customized XML Mapping before SES Creation (SOA Inbound)● BAdI: Data Processing after SES Creation (SOA Inbound)

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 42K (Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), 22K (External Workforce Procurement via SAP Fieldglass), 22Z (Procurement of Services)



Additional Details

The BAdIs are available in the Custom Fields and Logic App Custom Logic under the business context Procurement: Service Entry Sheet Header.

● BAdI: Data Processing before SES Creation (SOA Inbound)Before creating a service entry sheet, you can use this BAdI to modify the data processing after the standard mapping of the API Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services).

● BAdI: Customized XML Mapping before SES Creation (SOA Inbound)You can use this BAdI to replace the standard mapping with your own customized XML mapping. The BAdI is called before the standard mapping of the API Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services), hence before creating a service entry sheet.

● BAdI: Data Processing after SES Creation (SOA Inbound)You can use this BAdI to modify the data processing after creating a service entry sheet using the API Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services).

We recommend taking a look at the detailed BAdI documentation before implementing custom logic. The BAdI documetation is available in the Custom Fields and Logic app: Custom Fields and Logic Custom Logic<your implementation> BAdI documentation View BAdI documentation .




Related Information

Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services)Extensibility: Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services)

9.4.7 Business Add-Ins for Deleting Service Entry Sheets

You can now use three new Business Ad-Ins (BAdIs) to define custom logic when deleting a service entry sheet using the API Service Entry Sheet - Create, Delete (Lean Services):

● BAdI: Data Processing before SES Deletion (SOA Inbound)● BAdI: Customized XML Mapping before SES Deletion (SOA Inbound)● BAdI: Data Processing after SES Deletion (SOA Inbound)

Technical Details

Type New








https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/fd2d341b6ee340299b9a5250866f178b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/1614bb70548f4f4a81ddc5537e52ea2a.html

Additional Details


● BAdI: Data Processing before SES Deletion (SOA Inbound)Before deleting a service entry sheet, you can use this BAdI to modify the data processing after the standard mapping of the API Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services).

● BAdI: Customized XML Mapping before SES Deletion (SOA Inbound)You can use this BAdI to replace the standard mapping with your own customized XML mapping. The BAdI is called before the standard mapping of the API Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services), hence before deleting a service entry sheet.

● BAdI: Data Processing after SES Deletion (SOA Inbound)You can use this BAdI to modify the data processing after deleting a service entry sheet using the API Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services).



Related Information

Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services)Extensibility: Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete (Lean Services)

9.4.8 Business Add-Ins for Revoking Service Entry Sheets

You can now use three new Business Ad-Ins (BAdIs) to define custom logic when creating a service entry sheet using the API Service Entry Sheet - Revoke (Lean Services):

● BAdI: Data Processing before SES Revocation (SOA Inbound)● BAdI: Customized XML Mapping before SES Revocation (SOA Inbound)● BAdI: Data Processing after SES Revocation (SOA Inbound)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/fd2d341b6ee340299b9a5250866f178b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/1614bb70548f4f4a81ddc5537e52ea2a.html

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details


● BAdI: Data Processing before SES Revocation (SOA Inbound)Before revoking a service entry sheet, you can use this BAdI to modify the data processing after the standard mapping of the API Service Entry Sheet – Revoke (Lean Services).

● BAdI: Customized XML Mapping before SES Revocation (SOA Inbound)You can use this BAdI to replace the standard mapping with your own customized XML mapping. The BAdI is called before the standard mapping of the API Service Entry Sheet – Revoke (Lean Services), hence before revoking a service entry sheet.

● BAdI: Data Processing after SES Revocation (SOA Inbound)You can use this BAdI to modify the data processing after revoking a service entry sheet using the API Service Entry Sheet – Revoke (Lean Services).






Related Information

Service Entry Sheet – Revoke (Lean Services)

9.5 Central Procurement

9.5.1 Central Purchasing

9.5.1.1 Enhancements in Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents

With this app, you can now import history details for purchase orders using the Import History for Purchase Orders from Connected Systems job template in the hub system.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR



Related Information

Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents



https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/b9916ec227df4d45aa26fd31e8b440cb.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/5853c320b10a49228c1ca8bde17e3802.html

9.5.2 Central Purchase Contracts

9.5.2.1 Mass Changes to Central Purchase Contracts

You can now create new central contracts and add new items to existing central contracts using Microsoft Excel.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component MM-PUR-OA-CON (Contract)



Related Information

Mass Changes to Central Purchase Contracts

9.5.2.2 Enhancements in Manage Central Purchase Contracts


● Use the filter Validity Status on the list page to filter either central purchase contracts or central purchase contract hierarchies based on the following statuses:○ Expired




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/91f4245ba7d04ff79e62ed63cbb17ae1.html

○ Expiring○ Valid

● Create items for a central purchase contract with the item category Material Group (W). You can also renew an existing central purchase contract.

● Compare two versions of a central purchase contract. You can also configure the settings to enable version management for conditions and commodities in central purchase contracts. Additionally, a change request document is now automatically deleted after the completion of its lifecycle.

● Create items for a central purchase contract hierarchy with the item category Material Group (W). You can also renew an existing central purchase contract hierarchy.

● Add conditions with a validity period for a central purchase contract hierarchy in the hub system. Also, you can define the constituent commodities for a material in a central purchase contract hierarchy in the hub system.

● Define price change reasons for conditions of a central purchase contract hierarchy at an item level. Additionally, you can maintain a pricing scale for a central purchase contract hierarchy. Furthermore, you can simulate a price for a central purchase contract hierarchy. Also, you can create default conditions for a central purchase contract hierarchy.

● Transfer scales and plant conditions of a central purchase contract hierarchy to distributed outline agreements in connected systems.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CCTR



Related Information

Manage Central Purchase Contracts





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/f1ed148b14014e5cb68419948788a487.html

9.5.3 Central Invoice Management

9.5.3.1 Schedule Jobs for Central Invoice Management

With this app, you can schedule and monitor recurring supplier invoice related activities for Central Invoice Management as a background job. You can collect workflow data, which is then replicated to Central Invoice Management.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4N6 (SAP Central Invoice Management Backend Enablement)

Application Component MM-IV-HUB


Additional Details

In the app, you can choose the job template Workflow Extraction for Supplier Invoices to use the following functions:

● Collect workflow data related to supplier invoices.● Restrict the workflow data using workflow templates.● Collect workflow data starting from a specified start date.


● Configuration of an active company code:Before you schedule the job for workflow data collection, make sure that you configure at least one active company code for central invoice extraction. For more information, see Importing Company Codes in SAP Central Invoice Management

NoteIf you deactivate a company code for central invoice extraction, you must stop the scheduled job with the job template Workflow Extraction for Supplier Invoices before deactivating it.


https://help.sap.com/viewer/b73524f77eca40bba5cf058db727ef42/Latest/en-US/6f641efcee5b44f1ba864e1e32d54ea9.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b73524f77eca40bba5cf058db727ef42/Latest/en-US/6f641efcee5b44f1ba864e1e32d54ea9.html

● Adding a new workflow scenario:If you already have a scheduled job for the Workflow Extraction for Supplier Invoices template and you want to add a new workflow scenario to the workflow collection, you have to stop the existing job and schedule a new job template.

RecommendationSAP strongly recommends that you schedule only one job for the Workflow Extraction for Supplier Invoices template at a time.

● Replication of workflow data to SAP Central Invoice Management:The replication of the collected workflow data to SAP Central Invoice Management is performed via the app Importing Invoices using the Scheduler.The replication is not performed by the job template Workflow Extraction for Supplier Invoices.

● New business catalog and business group:The new business catalog Central Invoice Management - Administration SAP_MM_BC_CIM_ADMIN_PC) is assigned to the business role template Configuration Expert (SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT). The new app Schedule Jobs for Central Invoice Management has been added to this business catalog and becomes visible in the business group Central Invoice Administration (SAP_MM_BCG_CIM_PC).


Related Information

Schedule Jobs for Central Invoice ManagementIAM Objects in Sourcing and Procurement [page 545]

9.5.4 Central Sourcing

9.5.4.1 Changes to Central RFQs

A new document type RE(External Sourcing Request) is now available when working with the Manage Central RFQs app. If you use this document type, the central RFQ is sent to SAP Ariba Sourcing where suppliers can place their bids and where you can later award the best supplier quotation. Additionally, you can now maintain Unified Key Mapping Service (UKMS) for a supplier in the hub system.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/b73524f77eca40bba5cf058db727ef42/LATEST/en-US/a7e66bab515c45d499be1b25eca03fab.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/ffbdab53bb664cd7857bbb277bab7765.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3ZF (Central Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-RFQ (Central Sourcing)



9.6 Invoice Management

9.6.1 Invoice Processing

9.6.1.1 Monitor Purchase Order Down Payments

In the Purchase Order Items table, the following columns have been renamed:

● From Released Down Payment Amount to Posted Down Payment Amount● From Requested Amount to Requested Down Payment Amount

In the Status Description column, the following statuses have been renamed:

● From Partially Released to Partially Posted● From Released to Completely Posted

Additionally, a new status Not Posted has been added.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Application Component MM-PUR-PO (Purchase Orders)


Additional Details

The new and modified statuses are described as follows:

● Partially Posted: The down payment or down payment request amount for a purchase order item has been partially posted.

● Completely Posted: The down payment or down payment request amount for a purchase order item has been completely posted.

● Not Posted: The down payment or down payment request amount for a purchase order item has not been posted at all.


Related Information

Monitor Purchase Order Down Payments

9.6.1.2 Manage Supplier Invoices

With this feature, you can now display the contact card for the invoicing party of a supplier invoice and navigate to the Supplier object page app for detailed information. The contact card for the invoicing party provides a quick overview of all relevant contact data, such as company data and contact details.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/6fb104f9b69241118a1ca76f7d4550bf.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BH1 ( Corrective Maintenance), BMY (Subcontracting), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), 1LE (Invoice Processing by OpenText), 22Z (Procurement of Services), 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging), 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying), 2R3 (Cross-Company Purchasing Organization), 2TX (Direct Procurement with Inbound Delivery), 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing), 2TW (Complementary Procurement Functions), 3EN (Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Buying), BD3 (Sales Processing using Third-Party with Shipping Notifications), BJK (Production Subcontracting - External Processing), BMD (Purchase Contract), BMK (Return to Supplier), BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), 18J (Requisitioning), J60 (Accounts Payable), J82 (Automated Purchase-to-Pay with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation), 1P9 (Intercompany Stock Transfer), 1W4 (Subsidiary Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud to Central Finance), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), 2MB (Integration of Payment Advice with Buyers and Suppliers), 2XU (Procurement of Materials with Variant Configuration), 3TQ (Project-Based Service Procurement in Headquarter-Subsidiary Model), 4AU (Intercompany Processes for Enterprise Projects), 19O (Automated Dynamic Discounts with SAP Ariba Discount Management), 1IH (Intercompany Asset Transfer within Same Country)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice Verification)






Related Information

SupplierContact Details

9.6.1.3 Mass Change of Posting Date

With this app, you can change the posting date of multiple supplier invoices with status Parked or Parked as Completed at the same time. In addition, you can schedule and monitor a recurring, supplier invoice background job for the job template Mass Change of Posting Date in the app Schedule Supplier Invoice Jobs - Advanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/b9a5a2579e82ca02e10000000a4450e5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/64e2e92376914f2dba1e948102693f10.html

Scope Item BH1 ( Corrective Maintenance), BMY (Subcontracting), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), 1LE (Invoice Processing by OpenText), 22Z (Procurement of Services), 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging), 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying), 2R3 (Cross-Company Purchasing Organization), 2TX (Direct Procurement with Inbound Delivery), 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing), 2TW (Complementary Procurement Functions), 3EN (Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Buying), BD3 (Sales Processing using Third-Party with Shipping Notifications), BJK (Production Subcontracting - External Processing), BMD (Purchase Contract), BMK (Return to Supplier), BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), 18J (Requisitioning), J60 (Accounts Payable), J82 (Automated Purchase-to-Pay with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation), 1P9 (Intercompany Stock Transfer), 1W4 (Subsidiary Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud to Central Finance), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), 2MB (Integration of Payment Advice with Buyers and Suppliers), 2XU (Procurement of Materials with Variant Configuration), 3TQ (Project-Based Service Procurement in Headquarter-Subsidiary Model), 4AU (Intercompany Processes for Enterprise Projects), 19O (Automated Dynamic Discounts with SAP Ariba Discount Management), 1IH (Intercompany Asset Transfer within Same Country)



Additional Details

Supplier invoices with status Parked as Completed can be subject to workflow approval. In contrast to a manual change of the posting date, the mass change of the posting date has no effect on the related work items. This means that existing approvals are still valid after the change of the posting date and the workflow can be continued in the same step as before the change of the posting date.





Related Information

Mass Change of Posting Date

9.6.1.4 Create Invoicing Plan Settlement

With this app, you can use an invoicing plan to create invoices over a series of specific invoicing dates independently of individual procurement transactions and the actual receipt of goods or services. You can inform the supplier when the invoice documents are created.

In addition, you can schedule and monitor a recurring, supplier invoice background job for the job template Create Invoicing Plan Settlement in the app Schedule Supplier Invoice Jobs - Advanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), 22Z (Procurement of Services)




Related Information

Create Invoicing Plan Settlement



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/301a6dcd295e481b8b22820e035e5028.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/db80b65334e6b54ce10000000a174cb4.html

9.7 Procurement Analytics

9.7.1 Supplier Evaluation Score Output

With this app, you can now send output messages (via email or print) containing the supplier evaluation scores to the respective suppliers.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)


Additional Details

You can use the new Business Add-In (BAdI) MM_PUR_ANA_SE_OM_UPDATE in the Custom Fields and Logic app to retrieve the sender details for the supplier evaluation scores output.


Related Information

Supplier Evaluation Score Output




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/f039456d05f44402bd84853e12629060.html

9.7.2 Monitor Purchasing Analytics Operations

With this app, you, as a configuration user can now view the following cards:

● Supplier Invoice Score History: Allows you to monitor the scheduled jobs that have failed during the persistence of the supplier evaluation scores.

● Extraction of Purchase Order for Central Procurement Analytics: Allows you to monitor the failed scheduled extraction jobs of central purchasing data from the hub system to an optimized analytical table.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Monitor Purchasing Analytics OperationsSupplier Evaluation Score History (Failed Jobs)Extraction of Purchase Orders for Central Procurement Analytics (Failed Jobs)

9.7.3 Supplier Evaluation Score History

With this app, you can now view the aggregated scores in a new tab, which include the following scores for specific suppliers and material groups.

● Overall Score





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/dab9fefbad6f4b9ea72ada7ff9e1e2ac.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/d7f3920be931410a94ecf0b8a28b3c29.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/bdd53ed303dd4cbfb6119381a788f5e8.html

● Operational Score● Time Variance Score● Price Variance Score● Quantity Variance Score● Inspection Lot Score● Quality Notification Score● Questionnaire Score

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Supplier Evaluation Score History

9.7.4 Supplier Evaluation by Quality (To Be Deprecated)

The app Supplier Evaluation by Quality is planned to be deprecated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2102. We recommend that you switch to Supplier Evaluation By Quality Notifications as soon as possible.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/b8a3631a11094af4a363a9aa85c67ed2.html

Technical Details

Type Deprecated






Related Information

Supplier Evaluation By Quality Notifications

9.8 Integration

9.8.1 Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Contracts (4B0)

The scope item Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Contracts (4B0) now supports the following when you configure external systems:

● Designate an SAP S/4HANA Cloud system as a central procurement hub. The central procurement hub is considered as the parent system. The parent system is linked to more than one connected system.

● Assign an SAP S/4HANA Cloud system configured as a central procurement hub as the parent to multiple ERP systems (SAP ERP, SAP S/4HANA Cloud, or SAP S/4HANA On-premise) configured as the connected systems.





https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/2d61cd309f7a46e2bf2d358d40322102.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 4B0 (Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Contracts)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)


Additional Details

For more information, see SC-11435: Support for multiple ERP systems linked to the central procurement hub in Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Contracts (4B0) in the What's new in SAP Ariba for the SAP Ariba 2011 release.


Related Information

Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Contracts (4B0)Setting Up Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Contracts (4B0)

9.8.2 Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network (42K)

The scope item now supports the following features:

● Purchase order confirmations for lean services● Quick enablement for new suppliers during purchase order creation● Reversal of goods return deliveries


https://help.sap.com/viewer/DRAFT/4729d54cb6c445a793e078a293172db2/cloud/en-US/31e5d42a2d7743768d7d8c6a224c0967.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/DRAFT/4729d54cb6c445a793e078a293172db2/cloud/en-US/31e5d42a2d7743768d7d8c6a224c0967.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/238e750c2cee4afeb07bd9514807c0d3.html

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2Fassetsdownload%2F%3FpublishedUrl%3Dhttps%253A%252F%252Fsupport.sap.com%252Fcontent%252Fdam%252FSAAP%252FSol_Pack%252FLibrary%252FSetup%252F4B0_Set-Up_EN_XX.pdf%26bomId%3D780844ba51f7919a685b10dd5ed582d8%26pvId%3D%26sivId%3D500ad47a1df80d69ca068b425682e6dc6d879978%26bbId%3D

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 42K (Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with SAP S/4HANA)


Additional Details

Purchase Order Confirmations for Lean ServicesSuppliers in Ariba Network can now send purchase order confirmations for lean service items. If requested by the purchaser, they can create confirmations for all line items that were fully or partially confirmed or backordered or line items that were fully rejected and transfer them to SAP S/4HANA Cloud. Purchasers can request confirmations for all purchase orders that contain material items, lean service items, or both.

The following restrictions apply:

● Purchasers must request confirmations for all items included in the purchase order. Otherwise, a confirmation cannot be sent.

● Purchase order confirmations for enhanced limit items are not supported.

Quick Enablement of New Suppliers During Purchase Order CreationIf quick enablement for suppliers is enabled in Ariba Network, purchasers can now initiate trading relationships with new suppliers by adding them to a purchase order. When a purchase order for a new supplier is transferred, Ariba Network automatically creates an account and sends an invitation e-mail to the supplier. After supplier registration is completed, the new supplier can access Ariba Network and process the purchase order.

The following restrictions apply:

● Quick enablement can only be used for suppliers that exist in SAP S/4HANA Cloud.● Because invitations from Ariba Network are always sent to suppliers by e-mail, quick enablement can only

be used for suppliers with a valid e-mail address specified in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. No other communication methods are supported.

Reversal of Goods Return DeliveriesPurchasers can now use a new movement type for goods receipts to reverse goods return deliveries.






Related Information

Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network (42K)Setting Up Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network (42K)

9.8.3 Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing (4BL)

The scope item now supports the enablement of custom fields for usage in SOAP APIs. You can enable usage for all custom fields that are available for external sourcing requests. If the usage in SOAP APIs is enabled for a custom field, this field is made available for transfer to external sourcing systems.

NoteTo transfer data from custom fields to SAP Ariba Sourcing, the corresponding feature must be activated in SAP Ariba Sourcing by service request.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4BL (Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with SAP S/4HANA)



If the usage of custom fields is enabled for SOAP APIs, the corresponding data can be transferred to external sourcing systems. This feature is only available for external sourcing requests.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/7a29e94495f64f3cb1bae215382b795e.html

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fsupport.sap.com%2Fcontent%2Fdam%2FSAAP%2FSol_Pack%2FLibrary%2FSetup%2F42K_Set-Up_EN_XX.pdf


Related Information

Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing (4BL)







https://help.sap.com/viewer/0e602d466b99490187fcbb30d1dc897c/2011.500/en-US/997455bc92574742b4945f1f39ba5476.html

10 Supply Chain

10.1 Logistics Cross Topics

10.1.1 Batch Management

10.1.1.1 Changes to Batch Numbers

The use of the space character in new batch numbers has been restricted, only single consecutive spaces are allowed.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BLF (Batch Management)

Application Component LO-BM (Batch Management)


Additional Details

● It is no longer allowed to use leading spaces, trailing spaces, or multiple consecutive spaces between other characters.

● This only applies to new batches. Existing batches keep their numbers even if they do not comply with this restriction.

● The batch master apps Manage Batches and Create Batch autocorrect manually entered batch numbers. Other apps that incur batch creation (for example, Post Goods Movement) do not do this; they display an error instead.

● Custom logic for batch number assignment must not provide batch numbers that violate this restriction. Otherwise, batch creation fails with an error.

NoteThis change may impact your automated tests. Please check and adapt them if necessary.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Supply Chain INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 605


Related Information

Manage BatchesCreate Batch

10.1.1.2 Apps for Batch Derivation

With this feature you can transfer batch master data and classification data of the component batches of produced batches.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item BLF (Batch Management)

Application Component LO-BM-DRV (Batch Management)


Additional Details

Batch derivation is based on the batch where-used list, you can define derivation strategies to determine which batches are included for transfer.

The following apps are now available:

● Manage Derivation Strategies - Sender● Manage Derivation Strategies - Receiver


Supply Chain



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/34b021588aee0a02e10000000a44147b.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/c1c3c1aad6044337b1c488fde090932b.html

● Execute Manual Derivation● Monitor Derivation


Related Information

Batch Derivation

10.1.1.3 IAM Objects in Batch Derivation

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Batch Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed










https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/8efeb753128eb44ce10000000a174cb4.html


IAM Objects


Batch Derivation - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_LO_BDV_PC)

Business catalog This business catalog is new

This business catalog enables users to make settings for batch management using configuration steps contained in the Manage Your Solution app.

BLF (Batch Management)

Batch Management - Derivation Execution (SAP_SCM_BC_BATCH_DRV_EXEC_PC)


This business catalog is now assigned to the Batch Master Data Specialist role


Batch Management - Derivation Monitoring (SAP_SCM_BC_BATCH_DRV_MNTR_PC)




Batch Management - Derivation Strategies (SAP_SCM_BC_BATCH_DRV_STRAT_PC)





Related Information



Supply Chain




10.1.1.4 Configuration for Batch Derivation (SSC UI)

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Batch Management have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Type New





Additional Details


New configuration object How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Capability


Number Ranges for Batch Derivation

Maintain Number Range for Batch Derivation ID


LogisticsBatch

Management

Define number ranges for batch derivation numbers and derivation strategies.


Batch Management

Maintain Number Range for Batch Derivation Condition Records

Define number ranges for batch derivation and derivation strategies.

Determine Sending Batches in Batch Derivation

Define Access Sequences to Determine Sending Batches

Define strategies for finding sending batches in a batch derivation.



New configuration object How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Capability

Define Strategy Types to Determine Sending Batches

Define Search Procedures to Determine Sending Batches

Determine Receiving Batches in Batch Derivation

Define Access Sequences to Determine Receiving Batches

Define strategies for finding receiving batches in a batch derivation.Define Strategy

Types to Determine Receiving Batches

Define Search Procedures to Determine Receiving Batches

Further Settings for Batch Derivation

Define Derivation Events

Define batch derivation events.






Supply Chain


Related Information


10.1.2 Handling Unit Management

10.1.2.1 ODATA API: Outbound Delivery (A2X)

With the Outbound Delivery (A2X) API, you can read, create, and delete handling units.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4MM (Handling Unit Management)

Application Component LO-HU-API (HU Application Interfaces)


Additional Details

With the new Handling Unit business context, you can add fields to the A_HandlingUnitHeaderDelivery entity.










Related Information

Outbound Delivery (A2X)Extensibility: Outbound Delivery (A2X)

10.1.2.2 SOAP API: Inbound Delivery - Create (B2B)

For the Inbound Delivery - Create (B2B) API, a new service node is available containing information on packing materials used in deliveries.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-HU-API (HU Application Interfaces)



Related Information

Inbound Delivery – Create (B2B)


Supply Chain


https://help.sap.com/viewer/588780cab2774a7ab9fffca3a7f919fe/2011.500/en-US/4bec9116ac56435ca1332e4a75998d51.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/588780cab2774a7ab9fffca3a7f919fe/2011.500/en-US/7575826aa45d4b31b6ffdc075c988158.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/588780cab2774a7ab9fffca3a7f919fe/2011.500/en-US/9e99ba26b4d24b04b9704bd1c2781f5f.html

10.1.2.3 Configuration for Handling Unit Management (SSC UI)

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Handling Unit Management have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-HU-SSC (Self Service Configuration HU Management)

MM-IM (Inventory Management)



Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Automatic packing

Maintain Packing Transaction Profile


LogisticsHandling Unit Management

General

Settings

The profile determines for each application, in which the packing transaction can be used, settings like, for example, if the HU proposals in the packing transaction are in display mode or change mode and the procedure used to automatically determine packing instructions.

4MM (Handling Unit Management

Logistics Handling Unit Management


Automatic packing

Define Profile Check for Packing Status



General

Settings

You define inspection profiles for packing instructions. In the inspection profile, you assign packing statuses to the possible ways in which an HU template can vary from a packing instruction (variances).




Supply Chain

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Automatic packing

Define Determination Type for Packing Instructions



General

Settings

The determination types enable you to group the packing instructions valid for a specific area. In each determination type, you enter an access sequence that defines which fields the system searches for a valid determination record (condition record).




Automatic packing

Define Procedure for Packing Instructions Determination



General

Settings

In a packing instruction determination procedure, you define which determination types are used and in which sequence.




HU-managed storage locations

HU Requirement for Storage Locations



General

Settings

Set the indicator that a storage location is HU-managed.








Related Information


10.1.2.4 IAM Objects in Handling Unit Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for handling unit management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed




Supply Chain






Application Component LO-HU (Handling Unit Management)


Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component LO-HU-IAM.




IAM Objects


Handling Unit Management - Configura-tion (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_LO_HUM_PC)

Business catalog New catalog Enables users to make configuration settings for handling unit management.

4MM (Handling Unit Management)

Master Data Specialist - Handling Unit Data (SAP_BR_HU_MASTER_SPECIALIST)

Business role template An app was added to this business catalog.

The Manage Packing Instructions app was added to the role template.


Receiving Specialist (SAP_BR_RECEIVING_SPECIALIST)


The Monitor Handling Units app was added to the role template.




Inventory Manager (SAP_BR_INVENTORY_MANAGER)

Business role template Some apps were added to this business catalog.

The following apps were added to the role template:

● Create Non-Assigned Handling Units

● Post Goods Movement - Handling Units

● Reverse Goods Movement - Handling Units

● Create Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Process Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Delete Inventoried Status - Handling Units

● Clear Differences from Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Enter Count Results for Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Analyze Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Display Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Monitor Handling Units


Inventory Analyst (SAP_BR_INVENTORY_ANALYST)


The Analyze Inventory Documents app was added to the role template.



Supply Chain


Warehouse Clerk (SAP_BR_WAREHOUSE_CLERK)

Business role template Some apps were added to this business catalog.

The following apps were added to the role template:

● Create Non-Assigned Handling Units

● Post Goods Movement - Handling Units

● Reverse Goods Movement - Handling Units

● Create Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Process Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Delete Inventoried Status - Handling Units

● Clear Differences from Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Enter Count Results for Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Analyze Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Display Inventory Documents - Handling Units

● Monitor Handling Units







Related Information


10.1.2.5 JIT Calls in Monitor Handling Units App

In the Monitor Handling Units app, a list of JIT calls referring to the handling unit is shown. The JIT Calls section is only visible if JIT calls actually refer to the handling unit displayed.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-HU-FIO (HU Fiori Applications)



Related Information

Monitor Handling Units


Supply Chain




https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/ded9268a2fc74bafabd3e70a18bcc8cb.html

10.1.2.6 Manage Packing Instructions - Master Data

With this app, you can search through existing packing instructions, display and edit their details, and create new packing instructions.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-HU-FIO (HU Fiori Applications)



Related Information

Manage Packing Instructions - Master Data

10.1.2.7 Create Non-Assigned Handling Units

With this app, you create handling units without reference in HU-managed and non-HU-managed inventory management storage locations. Furthermore, you can automatically pack material using packing instructions and determination records or unpack and delete existing handling units without reference.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/60c80a4601c340b983cdba5c1a2f8aa8.html

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Create Non-Assigned Handling Units

10.1.2.8 Post Goods Movement - Handling Units

With this app, you can move handling units to different plants and to different storage locations within one plant. Furthermore, you can consume materials of a handling unit for a cost center or pick handling units for scrapping.

Technical Details

Type New





Supply Chain



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/7dab9c0254254411a4d7cc8fcdb01a8e.html



Related Information

Post Goods Movement - Handling Units

10.1.2.9 Reverse Goods Movement - Handling Units

With this app, you can reverse goods movements previously done with the Post Goods Movement - Handling Units app.

Technical Details

Type New









https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/6d19b6b60247456eaa8cc4bc5b6b61b5.html



Related Information

Reverse Goods Movement - Handling Units

10.1.2.10 Create Inventory Documents - Handling Units

With the Create Inventory Documents - Handling Units app, you can create handling unit inventory documents for HU-managed storage locations.

Technical Details

Type New






The storage locations you create inventory documents for must be HU-managed. Find this configuration step in the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your Solution Logistics Handling Unit ManagementGeneral Settings HU Requirement for Storage Locations .


Related Information

Create Inventory Documents - Handling Units


Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/3f9cbd0479d3443f84b0fbbee40f03e8.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/0149066de77c47da9c0e4fb99050c3f1.html

10.1.2.11 Process Inventory Documents - Handling Units

With this app, you can cancel individual handling units and remove them from the physical inventory. You can delete individual handling units or the entire physical inventory document.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Process Inventory Documents - Handling Units

10.1.2.12 Display Inventory Documents - Handling Units

With the Display Inventory Documents - Handling Units app, you can display physical inventory documents and inventory document items, including canceled (deleted) inventory items and items that were marked for recount.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/d40f2be393b74a1a893d97584625ec8a.html

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Display Inventory Documents - Handling Units

10.1.2.13 Enter Count Results for Inventory Documents - Handling Units

With the Enter Count Results for Inventory Documents - Handling Units app, you can enter count results for HU physical inventory documents to store the actual quantities counted during the inventory for the relevant physical inventory documents in the system.

Technical Details

Type New




Supply Chain



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/d7415822acab4b469393a5c84b27e0dd.html




Related Information

Enter Count Results for Inventory Documents - Handling Units

10.1.2.14 Analyze Inventory Documents - Handling Units

With the Analyze Inventory Documents - Handling Units app, you can evaluate count differences or check whether the count differences exceeds a specific value.

Technical Details

Type New









https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/10f51dc835fe4e4b9b4d02fec19b630b.html



Related Information

Analyze Inventory Documents - Handling Units

10.1.2.15 Clear Differences from Inventory Documents - Handling Units

With the Clear Differences from Inventory Documents - Handling Units app, you can clear handling unit differences found in Inventory Management (IM). The status In Inventory is then deleted for the handling units, and the handling units receive the status Inventoried.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Clear Differences from Inventory Documents - Handling Units


Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/1c78aab9eb0c458db43ce4817013d7a8.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/6e0b839730fe45a18c106fb49f5e8c7e.html

10.1.2.16 Delete Inventoried Status - Handling Units

With the Delete Inventoried Status - Handling Units app, you can select handling units for which a physical inventory has already been carried out. You can then delete the status Physically Inventoried for the handling units in order to perform a new physical inventory.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Delete Inventoried Status - Handling Units

10.2 Order Promising

10.2.1 Available to Promise

10.2.1.1 Monitor BOP Run

With this feature, the Monitor BOP Run app has been enhanced to enable you to navigate directly to the variant for a backorder processing and to re-run backorder processing in simulation mode.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/416afa416a644b2c9cc0262653c711b7.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 2LN (Basic Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-BOP (ATP: Backorder Processing)


Additional Details

From the popover for the variant name displayed in the BOP Run List in Monitor BOP Run app, you can now:

● Click Go to Variant to navigate directly to the Configure BOP Variant app to display and, if required, edit the variant used as the basis for the backorder processing run.

● Click Simulate Variant to re-run backorder processing in simulation mode.


Related Information

How to Monitor the Results of a RunMonitor BOP Run

10.3 Advanced Order Promising

10.3.1 Product Substitution in Sales Order Requirements

With this feature, you can replace a requested product with a substituted product in requirements in sales order documents.


Supply Chain



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/ad0b433f156443f1a5980392a9a155c8.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/4a247e573452a96be10000000a4450e5.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ABC (ATP: Alternative-Based Confirmation)


Additional Details

The substitution capabilities of Alternative-Based Confirmation (ABC) in advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) have been enhanced to enable you to replace requested products in sales orders with substitute products, also in combination with alternative delivering plants.

To use product substitution in an availability check, you must define a substitution strategy with substitution method Product Substitution in the Configure Substitution Strategy app. The configuration options listed in the Substitution Item Type dropdown have been adapted to enable you to combine plant and product substitution either inline or by generating subitems.


Related Information

Product SubstitutionSubstitution Item TypesAlternative-Based Confirmation (ABC)

10.3.2 Manage Supply Protection

You can use the Manage Supply Protection app (F4569) to enable the protection of quantities of a material of a specific plant against other demands. You can use the core protection, where complete supply protection


https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/86403677a55b4f238e1bbccc42d337dd.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/794236414c5f4dc5ae8dd0ebce9c237d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/c5ed33b3e3dd458db87468c48e658753.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/98482586b3b949579ebcb58cfb7c932d.html

groups are protected against each other or - within a supply protection group - the prioritized protection, where the protection is prioritized and every protection group is protected against the demand of an equal or lower priority. Core and prioritized protection can be combined.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)


Additional Details

This app provides the following key features:

● Flexible definition of protection groups for sales orders and stock transport orders via attributes of specific catalogs or combined in a mixed scenario

● Flexible definition of period types for the planning horizon● APIs for the creation, update, and deletion of supply protection objects● Transparency regarding the objects consuming protected quantities

Effects on Customizing

You must activate supply protection for the relevant checking rule in the scope of availability check. This means that quantities of a material can be reserved in a specific plant for different document types.


You can use the Manage Supply Protection app if the business role Order Fulfillment Manager (R0226) is assigned to your user.

You need to activate supply protection in the self-service configuration user interface Configure Scope of Availability Check in the Manage Your Solution app.



Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/9a62c143add0423c8567d6e105f9fe7d.html


Related Information

Supply Protection (SUP)How to Activate Supply Protection

10.3.3 OData API: Supply Availability Protection Plan

You can use the Supply Availability Protection Plan service (API_SUPAVAILYPROTPLAN_G4BA) to upload planning data for supply protection by using external systems. It is defined in the communication scenario Supply Availability Protection Plan Integration (SAP_COM_0384).

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)



This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/




https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/c4b704762cbd4611a3ee2dc00c7a7277.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/ba0f6c4463d545cd8500ea8cb0787b54.html




Related Information

Supply Availability Protection PlanSupply Protection (SUP)

10.4 Inventory

10.4.1 Configuration for Inventory (SSC UI)

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Inventory (and Handling Unit Management) have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component MM-IM-PI (Inventory); LO-HU (Logistics - Handling Unit Management)



Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/46723284fb544082a5b9ede023fd1820/2011.500/en-US/ced8d281241040358bc54ba57baae01d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/c4b704762cbd4611a3ee2dc00c7a7277.html

Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Physical Inventory

Allow Freezing of Book Inventory Balance in Storage Location


Logistics

Inventory .

Determine whether the book inventory balances of items in a physical inventory document, which have not yet been counted, can be frozen in the storage location.

BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment)

Logistics Inventory


Material Valuation and Account Assignment

Group Together Valuation Areas


Logistics

Inventory .

Assign valuation areas to a valuation grouping code to make it easier to set automatic account determination.

BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Logistics Inventory


Goods Movement

Field Selection per Movement Type


Logistics

Inventory .

Maintain all the settings for field selection by movement type. Specify for each field whether it is an optional entry or a mandatory entry.


Logistics Inventory


Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Goods Movement



Logistics

Inventory .

Maintain the handling unit requirement.


Logistics Inventory


General Settings



LogisticsHandling Unit Managemen

t .

Maintain the handling unit requirement.







Related Information

About Configuring Your SolutionUsing Configure Your Solution and SSCUIs


Supply Chain





Expert Configuration and SSCUI Reference

10.4.2 CDS Views for Inventory Management

With this feature, two CDS (Core Data Services) views have been released for Inventory Management:

● Material Document Data Extraction [I_GoodsMovementDocumentDEX]● Derivation Function for Valuation Area Type Customizing [F_ValuationAreaType]

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component MM-IM-VDM (Inventory)


Additional Details

● Material Document Data Extraction [I_GoodsMovementDocumentDEX]You can use this CDS view to obtain information about the material document data extraction.

● Derivation Function for Valuation Area Type Customizing [F_ValuationAreaType]This CDS view is a derivation function. The view retrieves the information from the configuration as to whether the Plant or the CompanyCode is defined as a valuation area.


Related Information





Material Document Data ExtractionDerivation Function for Valuation Area Type Customizing

10.4.2.1 Deprecation of CDS Views

The following CDS views have been deprecated and will no longer be available after the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011 release. We strongly recommend replacing any deprecated CDS views with their successors at your earliest convenience.

● Material Document Header (I_MATERIALDOCUMENTHEADER)● Material Document Item (I_MATERIALDOCUMENTITEM)

Technical Details

Type Deprecated



Application Component MM-IM-VDM (Inventory)


Additional Details

Details of the deprecated and successor CDS views are as follows:


I_MATERIALDOCUMENTHEADER I_MATERIALDOCUMENTHEADER_2

I_MATERIALDOCUMENTITEM I_MATERIALDOCUMENTITEM_2



Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/b88128480df24232af541bac00e8c7f5.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/ade83fd6be3d4963857fb732c647f0b5.html



Related Information

CDS Views for Inventory Management

10.4.3 Enhancement to Output Management: Printing of Goods Movement

With this feature, you can use an optimized output management for printing of goods movement:

● You can use further goods movement types for the printout of the goods movement.● You can use classification for printing collective slips and individual slips.● You can indicate whether a print is triggered manually (or automatically).

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component MM-IM (Inventory)



Related Information

Maintain Form Templates


https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/0b3b69574f159067e10000000a4450e5.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/da488f76078447b0b42792226cfcf9b1.html

10.4.4 APIs for Inventory

10.4.4.1 OData API: Material Documents - Read, Create

The OData service Material Documents – Read, Create (API_MATERIAL_DOCUMENT) now has additional properties.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM-GF (Inventory)


Additional Details

The following properties have been added with this release:

● To the entity Document Item (A_MaterialDocumentItem): Delivery, DeliveryItem, InvtryMgmtReferenceDocument, InvtryMgmtRefDocumentItem, ReferenceDocumentFiscalYear

This interface Material Documents – Read, Create (API_MATERIAL_DOCUMENT) is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ). To learn more about this service interface, see the documentation linked to this service in the SAP API Business Hub.


Related Information

Material Documents - Read, Create


Supply Chain




https://help.sap.com/viewer/3f57e7df4a114edabffe8b2d581a59ed/2011.500/en-US/d4c919581bc30a02e10000000a44147b.html

10.4.4.2 SOAP API: Material Document - Create

The SOAP service Material Document - Create(MaterialDocumentCreateRequest_Async_In) enables you to communicate with an external customer system that triggers a request to your SAP S/4HANA system to create a material document. Additional fields have been added, and the unit of measure handling has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

The SOAP message now contains both the ISO code and the SAP-internal code for units of measure. If both the SAP-internal code and the ISO code are provided, the system will check that they match and then use the SAP-internal code. If only the ISO code is provided, the system will convert the ISO code into the SAP-internal code before the document is created.

The following nodes or fields have been added with this release:

● InvtryMgmtReferenceDocument● InvtryMgmtRefDocumentItem● ReferenceDocumentFiscalYear





Related Information

Material Document - Create

10.4.4.3 SOAP API: Material Document - Receive Notification

The SOAP service Material Document - Receive Notification(MaterialDocumentCreateNotification_Async_Out) enables you to communicate with an external customer system. Your SAP S/4HANA system triggers a notification to an external system to inform the external system about the presence of a new material document. Additional fields have been added, and the unit of measure handling has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

The SOAP message now contains both the ISO code and the SAP-internal code for units of measure. The system complements the SAP-internal code used in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system with the ISO code when the SOAP message gets sent. If the system cannot determine an ISO code that corresponds to the SAP-internal code, it enters ZZ as the value for the attribute. This ensures that the SOAP message is sent.

The following nodes or fields have been added with this release:

● InvtryMgmtReferenceDocument● InvtryMgmtRefDocumentItem● ReferenceDocumentFiscalYear



Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/9a5419d6aebb415c8b471e615bf90ae5.html




Related Information

Material Document - Receive Notification

10.4.4.4 SOAP API: Material Stock – Replicate

The SOAP service Material Stock - Replicate(MaterialStockReplicateOut) is an asynchronous outbound service that enables you to replicate material stock quantity information for external systems such as SAP Hybris Commerce. The unit of measure handling has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

The SOAP message now contains both the ISO code and the SAP-internal code for units of measure. The system complements the SAP-internal code used in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system with the ISO code when the SOAP message gets sent. If the system cannot determine an ISO code that corresponds to the SAP-internal code, it enters ZZ as the value for the attribute. This ensures that the SOAP message is sent.



https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/3af20abbd1c040df99fb40acf9a1542e.html



Related Information

Material Stock – Replicate

10.4.5 Goods Movement

10.4.5.1 Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document

With this app, you can, for example, post the receipt of goods with reference to the purchase order with which you ordered the goods. For example, if a material is delivered for a purchase order, it is important for all the departments involved that the goods receipt entry in the system references this purchase order.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document app, you can now add serial numbers - manually or automatically - to materials in the document. The app layout has also been optimized to improve performance.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)



Related Information

Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document


Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/bb9f1469daf04bd894ab2167f8132a1a/2011.500/en-US/7d77050a7f084207affb68455b5b7b13.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/9ddf815494758c4ce10000000a4450e5.html

10.4.5.2 Post Goods Receipt for Production Order

With this app, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to a production order. If a material is delivered for a production order, it is important for all the departments involved that the goods receipt entry in the system references this production order.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Production Order app, you can now add serial numbers - manually or automatically - to materials in the order. The app layout has also been optimized to improve performance.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Post Goods Receipt for Production Order

10.4.5.3 Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery

With this app, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to the inbound delivery. The app proposes a selection of inbound deliveries and advanced shipping notifications from the supplier that can be posted.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery app, you can now do the following:

● Use an enhanced search help with the additional Shipping Point field.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/819c7ae2d9754969a865280f0e9ec5ca.html

● The app layout has been optimized to improve performance.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BME (Stock Transfer with Delivery)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM (Inventory)



Related Information

Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery

10.4.5.4 Post Goods Receipt without Reference

With this app, you can post the receipt of goods without reference to an order.

This situation occurs when you want to handle the procurement process of consignment stocks. The cause lies in the special ordering principle of consignment stocks, in which the supplier has already contractually agreed in advance to deliver materials in a specific quantity and time to the customer depending on demand and without an explicitly order.

For this app, the app layout has been optimized to improve performance.


Supply Chain



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/4c2ebb48c8044502acf588e14783bbc8.html

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Post Goods Receipt without Reference

10.4.5.5 Manage Stock

With this app, you can perform stock changes.

In the Manage Stock app, you can now do the following:

● Use an optimized application setting to increase the size of the plants displayed to a maximum of 10 TSD. This setting option is helpful, if you handle a huge amount of plants at one time with this app.


Technical Details

Type Changed





https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/27e934093191466789640551e9d4686b.html





Related Information

Manage Stock

10.4.5.6 Transfer Stock – In Plant

With this app, you can make transfer postings within a plant.

In the Transfer Stock – In Plant app, you can now do the following:

● Use an optimized application setting to increase the size of the plants displayed to a maximum of 10 TSD. This setting option is helpful, if you handle a huge amount of plants at one time with this app.


Technical Details

Type Changed






Supply Chain



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/31be7e548af58e4ce10000000a4450e5.html


Related Information

Transfer Stock - In-Plant

10.4.5.7 Transfer Stock – Cross Plant

With this app, you can make the transfer postings from one plant (issuing plant) to another plant (receiving plant). The app supports you in finding the allowed transfer postings and in personalizing the control presettings of storage locations and visible columns.

For this app, the app layout has been optimized to improve performance.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1P7 (Cross-Plant Transfer Posting)







https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/724f8054884f415be10000000a4450e5.html



Related Information

Transfer Stock - Cross-Plant

10.4.6 Inventory Analytics and Control

10.4.6.1 Material Documents Overview

With this app, you can display a list of material document items and display the material document details of a selected material document item. In addition, you can reverse a material document.

In the Material Documents Overview app, you can now do the following:

● Use an enhanced process flow in the graphical representation. Now the process flow for a material document also includes the relevant physical inventory documents (if available in the corresponding process).

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Material Documents Overview


Supply Chain

https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/6f35e156ff2cf777e10000000a4450e5.html



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/7cc07e548af58e4ce10000000a4450e5.html

10.4.6.2 Stock - Single Material

With this app you can get an overview of your material stock. You can review your stock by the plants and storage locations for which you are responsible. The app can display the stock information as a table or a diagram.

In the Stock – Single Material app, you can now navigate to the Display Serial Numbers app.

Technical Details

Type Changed






Related Information

Stock - Single Material

10.4.6.3 Stock - Multiple Materials

With this app, you can get an overview of your material stocks. You can review your stock by the plants and storage locations for which you are responsible. You can use this app to:

● Display a stock overview of one or multiple materials.● Display the value of your stocks.● Display the stock information as a table.

In the Stock – Multiple Materials app, you can now navigate to the Display Serial Numbers app.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/59bf7e548af58e4ce10000000a4450e5.html

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1IU (Customer Consignment)




Related Information

Stock - Multiple Materials

10.4.6.4 Dead Stock Analysis

With this app, you can monitor and make time-dependent investigations of your dead stock. The Dead Stock Analysis app supports you in your daily work, for example, as an inventory manager, to achieve maximum inventory accuracy and subsequently to optimize the inventory situation in your stock.

For this app, the aggregation behavior has changed for the fields Date of Last Consumption and Date of Last Posting (From MAX to MIN).

Technical Details

Type Changed




Supply Chain



https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/d137e156ff2cf777e10000000a4450e5.html




Related Information

Dead Stock Analysis

10.5 Warehousing

10.5.1 Warehouse Management

10.5.1.1 Configuration for Warehouse Management

With this release, a new configuration step for making settings related to Warehouse Management has been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP (Warehouse Order Processing)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/32da8359c8ee4e8b8e8c5e15cacba5aa/2011.500/en-US/c4b9c2547a464c538b92509f43c34453.html

Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


General warehouse settings

Change Warehouse Process Type Settings


der Supply

ChainWarehouse Management

General

Settings

Change warehouse process type settings for each warehouse

3BS (Warehouse Outbound Processing)

3DV (Warehouse Production Integration)

Supply Chain Warehouse Management





Related Information



Supply Chain






10.5.1.2 IAM Objects in Warehouse Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Warehouse Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component SCM-EWM-AUT (Authorization)






IAM Objects


Warehouse Management - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_SCM_EWM_PC)

Business catalog Authorizations were added to this catalog.

The authorizations for the following configu-ration step were added:

● Change Warehouse Process Type Settings

3BR (Warehouse Inbound Processing), 3BS (Warehouse Outbound Processing), 3BT (Warehouse Ad Hoc Goods Issue), 3DV (Warehouse Production Integration), 3BU (Warehouse Posting Changes), 3BW (Warehouse Internal Repacking), 3BX (Warehouse Physical Inventory), 3M0 (Quality Management in Warehousing), 3VT (Warehouse Kanban Supply into Production), 41U (Warehouse Goods Receipt from Repetitive Manufacturing), 3W0 (Resource Management in Warehousing)


Supply Chain


Warehouse Management - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_SCM_EWM_PC)

Business catalog This catalog was enhanced with a dependent business catalog.

The additional dependent business catalog is End to End Implementation Experience - Implementation Cockpit Base (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_BASE). You must add this catalog when you add the Warehouse Management - Configuration catalog to a business role.

3BR (Warehouse Inbound Processing), 3BS (Warehouse Outbound Processing), 3BT (Warehouse Ad Hoc Goods Issue), 3DV (Warehouse Production Integration), 3BU (Warehouse Posting Changes), 3BW (Warehouse Internal Repacking), 3BX (Warehouse Physical Inventory), 3M0 (Quality Management in Warehousing), 3VT (Warehouse Kanban Supply into Production), 41U (Warehouse Goods Receipt from Repetitive Manufacturing), 3W0 (Resource Management in Warehousing)

WM - Internal Processing (SAP_SCM_BC_EWM_INTL_PC)

business catalog An app belonging to this catalog was renamed.

Old app name: Process Warehouse Tasks - Internal Movement

New app name: Process Warehouse Tasks - Internal Movements

3BR (Warehouse Inbound Processing), 3BT (Warehouse Ad Hoc Goods Issue), 3BU (Warehouse Posting Changes), 41U (Warehouse Goods Receipt from Repetitive Manufacturing), 4A2 (Replenishment in Warehousing)



WM - Warehouse Floor (- SAP_SCM_BC_EWM_EXEC_F_PC)

business catalog An app belonging to this catalog was renamed.

Old app name: Process Warehouse Tasks - Internal Movement

New app name: Process Warehouse Tasks - Internal Movements

3BR (Warehouse Inbound Processing), 3BS (Warehouse Outbound Processing), 3BT (Warehouse Ad Hoc Goods Issue), 3DV (Warehouse Production Integration), 3BU (Warehouse Posting Changes), 3BW (Warehouse Internal Repacking), 3M0 (Quality Management in Warehousing), 3VT (Warehouse Kanban Supply into Production)


Related Information


10.5.1.3 API for Warehouse Tasks and Warehouse Orders

The OData service Process Warehouse Tasks (A2X) (API_WAREHOUSE_ORDER_TASK) now allows you to create warehouse tasks for warehouse delivery documents and ad hoc warehouse tasks for products and handling units.


Supply Chain




Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 3W0 (Resource Management in Warehousing)

Application Component SCM-EWM-API (Remote APIs)


Additional Details

This interface Process Warehouse Tasks (A2X) is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com).

To learn more about this service interface, see the documentation linked to this service in the SAP API Business Hub.


Related Information

Process Warehouse Tasks (A2X)Create Warehouse Tasks

10.5.1.4 Complete Pick of All Items in a Warehouse Request

With this feature, you can restrict the creation of pick warehouse tasks for warehouse process type S210 (Picking) or S201 (Stock Removal for Production Supply) to only when all items in the warehouse request can be picked completely. This feature ensures that you only pick the products if they're all available for picking and so the full order is shipped together. This feature also ensures that you don't block the quantities for other picking processes.






https://help.sap.com/viewer/c46da892efa14cea8347e9b872199d6f/2011.500/en-US/90419cedc18a471889c4388de49ad9dc.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/c46da892efa14cea8347e9b872199d6f/2011.500/en-US/c960c70c67a3446fa57b4388fd73dceb.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3BS (Warehouse Outbound Processing)

3DV (Warehouse Production Integration)

Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP (Warehouse Order Processing)


Additional Details

If you specify that you want to create warehouse tasks for all the items in an outbound delivery but the system can't create all the warehouse tasks, the system doesn't create any warehouse tasks. However, if you specify that you want to create warehouse tasks for only some items in an outbound delivery, the system creates the warehouse tasks for those items.

If you want to ensure complete picking of all items in a warehouse request, we recommend that you select all delivery items when creating warehouse tasks in the Run Outbound Process - Deliveries app or the Run Outbound Process - Production app. Alternatively, we recommend that you use the Schedule Warehouse Task Creation - Picking app.





Supply Chain


You specify that you want all items in warehouse requests to be picked completely in the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your Solution Supply Chain Warehouse Management General Settings Change Warehouse Process Type Settings .


Related Information

Run Outbound Process - DeliveriesRun Outbound Process - ProductionSchedule Warehouse Task Creation - Picking

10.5.1.5 Post Goods Receipt for External Procurement Directly into Warehouse Management

With this feature, you can post goods receipt for products arriving from external procurement (for example, based on purchase orders or scheduling agreements) in the Post Goods Movement app in Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) and Inventory Management (MM-IM) at the same time without creating delivery and warehouse request documents.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3BR (Warehouse Inbound Processing)

Application Component SCM-EWM-GM-GRI (Goods Receipt and Goods Issue)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/87f9b54f9c4f4e75aff0061860a6589a/2011.500/en-US/ed438147622843d0acae494ef682997d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/87f9b54f9c4f4e75aff0061860a6589a/2011.500/en-US/223d2ab80dae404ea1dc37276c85c194.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/87f9b54f9c4f4e75aff0061860a6589a/2011.500/en-US/2320d4be34b34a42af4b2c074930423e.html


10.5.1.6 Transfer Handling Unit to Warehouse Management

With this feature, when you create inbound deliveries from information in Logistics Execution (LE), the system transfers the handling unit (HU) data in the LE delivery to Warehouse Management and creates the same HUs there. You can use the HUs in your putaway processes.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component SCM-BAS-PAK-HU (Handling Units)




Supply Chain





10.6 Delivery and Transportation

10.6.1 Delivery Management

10.6.1.1 IAM Objects in Delivery Management

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Delivery Management require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component LE-SHP-IAM





IAM Objects


SAP_LO_BC_LFE_CRT_INTF_PC

Business Catalog Introduction of a new business catalog.

This business catalog offers the authorization to create invoice verifications in a background process.

BMK (Return to Supplier)



SAP_LE_BC_ID_PROC_MC

Business Catalog New dependency added.

Business catalog SAP_LO_BC_LFE_CRT_INTF_PC has been added as an optional dependency.

No scope item assigned

SAP_LE_BC_ID_PROC_MC

Business Catalog Some apps were added to this business catalog.

The following apps have been added to this catalog:

● Receive Replacement Materials – From Vendor

● My Follow-Up Activities – For Replacement Materials


SAP_BR_RECEIVING_SPECIALIST

Business Role Template New business catalogs added

The business catalogs SAP_LO_BC_LFE_CRT_INTF_PC and SAP_LO_BC_HU_MGMT_DISPLAY_PC have been added to the business role template.



Related Information


10.6.1.2 ODATA API: Outbound Delivery (A2X)

You can now perform POST, PATCH, and DELETE operations on the Outbound Delivery Texts (A_OutbDeliveryHeaderText) and Outbound Delivery Item Texts (A_OutbDeliveryItemText) entities of existing outbound deliveries.


Supply Chain




Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component LE-SHP-API




This API is available on the SAP API Business Hub .

Related Information

Outbound Delivery (A2X)






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=http%3A%2F%2Fapi.sap.com

https://help.sap.com/viewer/588780cab2774a7ab9fffca3a7f919fe/2011.500/en-US/4bec9116ac56435ca1332e4a75998d51.html

11 Industries

11.1 Oil & Gas

11.1.1 Field Logistics

11.1.1.1 IAM Objects in Field Logistics

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Field Logistics require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4AH (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Supplier Items)

Application Component CA-FL-SRV (Services)






Industries

IAM Objects


Receiving Specialist (IOG) (SAP_BR_RCVG_SPECIALIST_IOG)

Business role template Business role template has been created

The Receiving Specialist (IOG) (SAP_BR_RCVG_SPECIALIST_IOG) business role template has been created.

4AH (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Supplier Items)

Field Logistics - Receiving Specialist (IOG) (SAP_OIL_BC_FLOG_SUPLRITEM_PC)

Business catalog Business catalog has been created

Field Logistics - Receiving Specialist (IOG) (SAP_OIL_BC_FLOG_SUPLRITEM_PC) business catalog has been created.

4AH (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Supplier Items)


Related Information


11.1.1.2 Fiori App for Managing the Logistics of Supplier Item

With this feature, you can:

● Create and update rental items. These items are stored in a single repository.● Document the receipt of rental items at a supplying base and prepare items for transportation.● View the details of rental items such as dimensions, start and end date of the service in an item object

page.● Use the app to view logisitics milestones.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Industries INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 667




Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4AH (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Supplier Items)

Application Component CA-FL-SRV (Services)



Related Information

Services

11.1.1.3 Supply Process Automation for Consolidated Purchase Orders / Stock Transport Orders

This feature enables the automatic creation of outbound deliveries at the time of goods receipt for the following supply process (SP) scnearios:

● SP 13 (stock located at remote only):○ Automatic creation of single or multiple outbound deliveries when several stock transport requisitions

are consolidated to one stock transport order or several purchase requisitions are consolidated to one purchase order.

○ Deletion of the outbound deliveries (header as well as item level) in case the goods receipt is cancelled.● SP 14 (direct purchase)

○ If goods receipt documents need to be cancelled, automatic deletion of respective stock transport orders and outbound deliveries based on configuration also for scenarios where warehouse management is not used.

○ Initiate the automatic creation of inbound deliveries based on the status of a purchase order.


Industries



https://help.sap.com/viewer/74ffc024fd794eeca49dc8ffe7f9870d/2011.500/en-US/357a5d7c40ed4361875a942979346e71.html

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-SC (Supply Chain)



Related Information

Supply Scenario

11.1.1.4 Supply Process Document Flow App

With this feature you can display the items of a maintenance order. In addition, the respective document flow of the items can be viewed. Additional process steps are included, the document flow spans from a maintenance order to the goods issue process step.

Technical Details

Type New







https://help.sap.com/viewer/74ffc024fd794eeca49dc8ffe7f9870d/2011.500/en-US/2570bc7d1ed746ffb42a43533094377d.html



Related Information

Supply Scenario

11.1.1.5 Notify Quality Engineers

With this feature you can generate SAP Fiori notifications for quality engineers about inspection lots that require attention. It also allows to you to configure users that must be notified for a respective plant. The feature is enabled for all supply processes.

Technical Details

Type New







Industries






Related Information

Supply Scenario

11.1.1.6 Integration of Quality-Managed Products in Field Logistics Returns

Return of QM managed products must be processed further using inspection lots and keys. This feature enables you to automatically assign QM managed products to an inspection lot when they are received at base location for further processing by a QM inspector at the base location.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CA-FL-RET (Returns)



Related Information

Returns





https://help.sap.com/viewer/74ffc024fd794eeca49dc8ffe7f9870d/2011.500/en-US/be0f000cf40b44a6912ee1409168f779.html

11.1.1.7 Additional Quick Actions for Returns Processing at Base

This feature provides the additional quick action Temporary Storage on products received via containers at base location.

Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Returns

11.1.1.8 Return to Remote Storage

This feature enables you as a warehouse clerk (IOG) to post the products back to remote stock, which can then be returned. This is allowed for a single reservation as well as for multiple products assigned to a particular maintenance order.


Industries




Technical Details

Type New






Related Information

Returns

11.1.1.9 Archiving Capability of Containers Processed at Base Location

Containers processed at base location are reusable entities in the system that bring several products from various Remote Locations. This feature enables you to archive data of fully processed containers in the Process Returns at Base Location application.

Technical Details

Type New










Related Information

Services

11.1.2 Mass Processing of Assets

You can now process multiple assets at the same time. Use the templates Mass Create, Mass Change, and Mass Transfer (intra-company) and upload them via Excel file. Afterwards you can schedule a job for asset mass processing.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4ON (Mass Processing of Assets)

Application Component FI-AF-MPA (Mass Processing of Assets)




Industries



https://help.sap.com/viewer/74ffc024fd794eeca49dc8ffe7f9870d/2011.500/en-US/357a5d7c40ed4361875a942979346e71.html




Related Information

Mass Processing of Assets

11.2 Public Services

11.2.1 Public Sector

11.2.1.1 Public Sector Management

11.2.1.1.1 Integration of Plant Maintenance with Public Sector Management

This feature enables plant maintenance processes to be updated with the Public Sector Management budgetary and grants accounting assignments.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item OHH, OHI, OVT, OF7




https://help.sap.com/viewer/74ffc024fd794eeca49dc8ffe7f9870d/2011.500/en-US/d7723cce615b4ce9b24834c0cda1fba6.html

Additional Details

This involves the following:

● Procurement of goods and services and withdrawals from your own warehouse.● Time confirmations to plant maintenance orders.● Order settlement to cost centers and work packages (previously known as WBS elements).

All budget-relevant postings support an automatic derivation of Public Sector Management account assignments, such as the fund and grant from the plant maintenance order master data and an active availability control.


Related Information

Plant Maintenance

11.2.1.1.2 Hire-to-Pay Integration with SAP SuccessFactors Using Public Sector Cost Objects

This feature adds Public Sector Management accounting objects, such as funds and grants that are supported by the SAP Cloud Platform Master Data Integration Service to the integration between SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll and the SAP S4HANA Cloud. The posted payroll results from the employee central payroll to Public Sector Management enable you to control and track personnel costs against public sector financing objects.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1NL


Industries



https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/7168918741264076a064f4e42f8c1ddc.html

Application Component PSM (Public Sector Management)



Related Information

SAP SuccessFactors

11.2.1.1.3 Position Cost Distribution in SAP SuccessFactors EC with Public Sector Management Cost Objects

This feature enables you to use Public Sector Management (PSM) account assignments as financing objects in SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central to control and track personnel costs against public sector financing objects.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 3QE

Application Component PSM (Public Sector Management)





https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/e4b9b73c40a24b9da2a0422e9088999e.html

Additional Details

The feature supports:

● Replication of PSM master data, such as funds, grants and functional area, from SAP S/4HANA Cloud Financials to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central.

● Assignment and distribution of public sector cost objects for employees and positions in SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central.

● Real-time derivation and validation of cost assignments from SAP S/4HANA Cloud Financials to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central.


Related Information

SAP SuccessFactors

11.2.1.1.4 Ability to Account for GASB 87

This feature enables GASB 87 compliance for lease-in accounting. Public Sector account assignment fields have been enabled in the CLM (Contract and Lease Management) contract. It provides two valuation rules for full and modified accrual accounting.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item OT6

Application Component RE (Real Estate Management)



Industries



https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/e4b9b73c40a24b9da2a0422e9088999e.html


Related Information

Contract and Lease Management

11.2.1.1.5 Budget Upload for Grantee Management

You can use this Fiori app to upload Grantee Management budgets from an external source using a CSV file.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4GX

Application Component PSM-GM-GTE (Grantee Management)


Additional Details

● A template file is provided that contains all the fields required.● Derivations and validations are performed during the upload.

○ Some values are added to the upload data automatically (ledger impacted).○ Some values are derived (posting date based on year and period in upload file).○ Correctness of configuration (correct plan category, plan category usage).○ Validity of master data used for the upload posting date.

● If budget data already exists in the system from a previous upload, this predecessor data can be cancelled and replaced by the new upload, which simplifies the overall process.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/a3714d581b2443d7ae1056694a8c877e.html

● The upload uses a staging mechanism, which allows validation results and errors to be displayed, enabling the user to revise data until all issues have been resolved and then upload the final correct data.


Related Information

Grantee Management

11.2.1.1.6 Grantee Management Availability Control

This feature provides a Grantee Management budget availability control for the expenditure processes in line of business features, such as purchase requisition management, purchase order management, and invoice management.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 4GX

Application Component PSM-GM-GTE (Grantee Management)


Additional Details

The availability control (AVC) provides:

● A configurable definition of the source data that is relevant for control (such as the plan category and the master data to be controlled, and the check level determination for master data hierarchies)


Industries



https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/78899cb5fbb1407db8a65582ded9bcc3.html

● A configurable tolerance setting (how is the system to respond (warning, error) to what percentage of budget consumption for which business feature?)

● Ability to perform two checks with different relevant source data. For example one check that focuses on the sponsor-relevant source data (grant, sponsored program, sponsored class) and another check that focuses on source data that is relevant to the internal budget (fund, cost center, WBS element).

The chosen system response displays a warning or error message to the user with additional information, such as:

● Which check level is affected.● The budget amount for this check level.● The amount that has already been consumed for this check level.


Related Information

Grantee Management

11.2.1.1.7 Settlement from Multi-Funded WBS Element to AuC

Please note: This function is only available and relevant if you use Public Sector Management.

You can now execute a settlement from a multi-funded WBS element to subnumbers for an asset under construction.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item O62; O5F

Application Component Asset Accounting (FI-AA); Public Sector Management (PSM)




https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/78899cb5fbb1407db8a65582ded9bcc3.html


Additional Details

It is already possible to generate an asset under construction (AuC) from a WBS element. The costs of the WBS element can then be settled to the AuC.

However, a WBS element can have multiple sources, such as funds, grants, or functional areas. This kind of WBS element is called multi-funded WBS element. As of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, you can post multiple documents to the same WBS element for an AuC, each document having a different combination of fund, grant and functional area. Later, during the settlement process, the system generates one asset subnumber per combination of fund, grant, and functional area. Each combination of fund, grant, and functional area allocates its costs to its specific asset subnumber of the AuC.


If an existing WBS element already has journal entries with fund, grant, and/or functional area, no asset subnumbers will be generated retroactively. So, the costs for this existing WBS element can only be settled to one asset under construction.


None.


Public Sector Management must be active for your company code. For further prerequisites, see the document linked in the 'Additional Information' section below.


You must have assigned the objects fund, grant, and functional area to the cost center master data. Subsequently, these Public Sector Management fields are then available in the master data part of the Manage Fixed Assets app.



Industries



For more information, see the application help (product assistance) for Public Sector Management, under Asset Accounting.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/93bd0b1e72ca4cbcbfb942d4497529f7/2011.500/en-US/cb62cb5e46cb4ef69326e60e90643be0.html

12 Integration

12.1 Destroying Workforce Assignment Data Using WFD_ASSIGNMENT

The destruction object (WFD_ASSIGNMENT) enables you to destroy workforce assignment data. This data destruction object is related to the WFD_ASSIGNMENT ILM object.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CA-WFD-BL (Business Logic in Workforce Domain)



Workforce assignments are blocked and destroyed based on the ILM rules.


Related Information

Destroying Workforce Assignment Data


Integration



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/29f5b1c0c0e14fdc9311d02325df782b.html

13 Protect Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud

13.1 Identity and Access Management (IAM): Change Overview

There is a central spreadsheet listing all changes relating to identity and access management (IAM) that have been introduced since the previous release. These changes affect applications, business catalogs, business role templates, and restriction type assignments. You can find this spreadsheet attached to SAP Note 2962264

.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CA-GTF-IAM (SAP S/4HANA Cloud Identity and Access Management)



Changes to identity and access management (IAM) objects require you to check your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly so your users can use their business apps as needed.


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Protect Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 685





Related Information


13.2 Data Protection

13.2.1 Configuration for Data Protection

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to data protection have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CA-GTF-CON (Consent Administration)



Protect Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud


Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Data protection

Define Data Controllers



Application Platform and Infrastructure

Data

Protection .

Find this configuration under <navigation path>

Define data controllers used in Consent Administration

1J7 (Data Protection)

Application Platform and Infrastructure

Data Protection





Related Information


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Protect Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 687






Protect Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud



14 Set Up Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud

14.1 Change of Configuration Environment

With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, SAP Central Business Configuration will be introduced as the new configuration environment of SAP S/4HANA Cloud. SAP Central Business Configuration can be integrated with SAP cloud products and supports the scoping, configuration, implementation and maintenance of SAP cloud projects.

Technical Details

Type Must know



Application Component Not applicable


Additional Details

As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011, customers who are starting an implementation of SAP S/4HANA Cloud will be automatically connected to SAP Central Business Configuration. The scoping, configuration and implementation will be handled in SAP Central Business Configuration, the relevant settings will be transferred to SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

For customers with existing SAP S/4HANA Cloud systems, a step-by-step conversion from the current configuration environment of the Configure Your Solution app to SAP Central Business Configuration is planned. The Configure Your Solution app will be replaced by SAP Central Business Configuration in this conversion process. Customers will be informed about the conversion individually.

Furthermore, this change of the configuration environment will also change the content of the Manage Your Solution app:

● The general features of View Solution Scope and Configure Your Solution will move into SAP Central Business Configuration.

● Manage Your Test Processes and Test Your Processes will be on the SAP Fiori Launchpad in the Automated Testing group.

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Set Up Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 689


Existing business data is not affected by this change.


Existing configuration that you have done in SAP S/4HANA Cloud via the Configure Your Solution app will not be changed by the move to SAP Central Business Configuration. In SAP Central Business Configuration, you will be able to change your existing and future configuration settings.

14.2 Business User Management

14.2.1 Business Events for Business User Management

This feature enables you to trigger business events for business user management. Currently the creation, and deletion of business users are supported.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CA-GTF-BUM




Set Up Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud



Related Information

Business User Events

14.3 Authorization for Number Range Maintenance via Configuration Business Catalogs

Using configuration business catalogs, number range intervals can be displayed or changed from within the Manage Your Solution app (in the Configure Your Solution step). You can use other number range maintenance functions by opening a ticket under the component XX-S4C-SRV-CON.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component SV-CLD-FRM-APP (Implementation Framework Applications)


Additional Details

Using number range maintenance functions other than Change and Display via a ticket contributes to data consistency.


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Set Up Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 691

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f1531d40f450474dbf95f0404cb62007/2011.500/en-US/90024aa9ddd34b98b656a8f692688fd8.html



15 Manage Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud

15.1 Responsibility Management

15.1.1 Team Hierarchies

This feature enables you to create and manage a hierarchical structure for teams, subteams, and super teams. From a team's hierarchical view, you can choose to see a team’s members, responsibility definitions, and additional details.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1NJ (Responsibility Management)

Application Component CA-GTF-RM (Responsibility Management)



Related Information

Manage Teams and Responsibilities


Manage Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud




15.1.2 Teams Enabled for Recipients

With this feature, you can see the number of enabled teams for each team category in the Recipients section of the Responsibility Management reuse component.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1NJ (Responsibility Management)

Application Component CA-GTF-RM (Responsibility Management)


Additional Details

You need the Business Process Specialist (SAP_BR_BUSINESS_PROCESS_SPEC) role to see details about enabled teams or create teams in the Manage Teams and Responsibilities application. However, if you have logged on with the Business Process Configuration Expert (BPC_EXPERT) role, you can see team details or create teams using application tiles provided by SAP application teams.


Related Information

Reuse Component for Recipient Determination

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Manage Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 693



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/cd55382d757a4bcd944920ad96941efd.html

15.2 Situation Handling

15.2.1 Usability Enhancements for Situation Handling

With this feature, you can use the following features for Situation Handling:

● Statistics collection for message-based situations: For each run type, it’s now possible to see the actual occurrence of error and warning messages.

● Assignment of general actions for message-based situations: For each situation type, you can assign actions that are relevant for all run types of this situation type.

● Usability enhancements for the responsibility assignment: In the Manage Situation Types and Manage Situation Types - Message-Based apps, where you define the responsibility determination for a situation type in the Recipients section, you can now see if a team is fully set up (Enabled). If not, you can directly navigate to the Manage Teams and Responsibilities app where you can complete the required setup.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

Application Component CA-SIT (Situation Handling)



Related Information

Manage Situation Types - Message-BasedManage Situation TypesTeams Enabled for Recipients [page 693]






https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/1e514d7e2da94b1c8fbdce1c6a79d2e2.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/60748ea9f37d4692912578b698aaefee.html

15.2.2 New Use Cases for Situation Handling

With this feature you can use Situation Handling for additional use cases from these business areas in SAP S/4HANA Cloud:

● Finance● Service

Get a detailed overview of all new use cases under Additional Details [page 695].

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

Application Component CA-SIT (Situation Handling)


Additional Details

The following use cases are now available for Situation Handling:

Areas in SAP S/4 HANA Cloud

App Name SAP Fiori ID Situation Template Scope Item

Finance:

Manage Payments F3647

Payment Reject

(FIN_APM_PAYMENT_REJECT)

4MT

Payment Requires Manual Repair

(FIN_APM_PAYMENT_REPAIR)

Payment Transaction Reject

(FIN_APM_TRANSACTION_REJECT)


https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/97cbc787ffe64a95a7498cd4fa447a59.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/a0dff1314fe041c8b301b6a34ad120b3.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/467a09e78dd6480b8246c4ab1f0d23cb.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/467a09e78dd6480b8246c4ab1f0d23cb.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/5773d91a650d43d1b1e52f7678bf2d50.html


Payment Item Requires Manual Repair

(FIN_APM_TRANSACTION_REPAIR)

Monitor Payments F2388

Payment Batch Partially Rejected

(FIN_BCM_BATCH_PARTIALLY_REJECTED)

J78Payment Batch Was Rejected

(FIN_BCM_BATCH_REJECTED)

Payment Batch Status Check

(FIN_BCM_BATCH_STATUS_CHECK)

Manage Bank Messages F4385

Bank Message Requires Manual Processing

(FIN_MBC_BANK_MESSAGE_MANPROC)

16R

No MBC-Status Received for Bank Message

(FIN_MBC_BANK_MESSAGE_NO_MBCSTAT)

Bank Message has Issue in XI-Runtime

(FIN_MBC_BANK_MESSAGE_XIRTISSUE)

Service:

Manage Solution Orders F1654

Sales Item Delivery Date Changed

(SOLO_DELIVDTE_CHGD_ITMRE)

4GTSales Item Delivery Date Reached

(SOLO_DELIVDTE_RCHD_ITMREL)



https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/23d84a5864604f9aa05505ceed19a45c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/23d84a5864604f9aa05505ceed19a45c.html




https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/d4f3e33504fa49c191449b67351220c1.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/031c345485b84c8c94265be9ef61d3a8/2011.500/en-US/8394a555bbb44b898324e864d23f1477.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/70ef8f74353949cd84b499c4a9680d52.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/baa2fcc9a5344e0c9a4d2a5cf3d89a19.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/baa2fcc9a5344e0c9a4d2a5cf3d89a19.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/f6a9e60cd22645589cc6b39b670eb2e8.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/f6a9e60cd22645589cc6b39b670eb2e8.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/51bb863c96914429964730aa40834eb6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/b8e68a90bfff4ff0906d5db5342bdece/2011.500/en-US/51bb863c96914429964730aa40834eb6.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/62bbfa886fae4e7784effbd7d06e9c66.html






Planned Execution Date Changed

(SOLO_PLNDDTE_CHGD_ITMREL)

Planned Execution Date Reached

(SOLO_PLNDDTE_RCHD_ITMREL)

Manage Service Orders F3571A Billing for Service Order Not Completed

(SRVC_DELAY_IN_SRVC_ORD_BILLING)

43A


Related Information

Use Cases for Situation Handling

15.3 View Browser

This app is enhanced with improvised search of CDS views in table, column, and annotation names.

Technical Details

Type Changed







https://help.sap.com/viewer/adbae5bcd5994f159bf2847a11397b61/2011.500/en-US/1209e1ca48c04105a08ab2314887f4ad.html





https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/fdbf5eabf0e84621a15c6965b3e01649.html


Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-VB (View Browser)



Related Information

View Browser

15.4 Manage Search Models

This app is enhanced with the following:

For single fields - Added a toolbar with the options Filter, Sort By, and Group By which allows you to filter the fields based on different attributes.

An information button indicating you've reached the limit for autosuggestion has been added.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CA-GTF-HSB (HANA Search for Business Suite)






https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/0bde695751505c08e10000000a441470.html


Related Information

Manage Search Models

15.5 Identity and Access Management (IAM): Change Overview

There is a central spreadsheet listing all changes relating to identity and access management (IAM) that have been introduced since the previous release. These changes affect applications, business catalogs, business role templates, and restriction type assignments. You can find this spreadsheet attached to SAP Note 2962264

.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CA-GTF-IAM (SAP S/4HANA Cloud Identity and Access Management)



Changes to identity and access management (IAM) objects require you to check your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly so your users can use their business apps as needed.




https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/0f58c1ae4d804b6ea4e00649aa356438.html




Related Information


15.6 Situation Template: Output Item Processing Error

This feature enables you to inform key users about errors in output processing so they can take immediate action.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1LQ

Application Component CA-GTF-OC (Output management for SAP S/4HANA)


Additional Details

This situation template is available for the Manage Output Items app.

Related Information

Manage Output Items






https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/1c9d0d58fb999d44e10000000a4450e5.html

Situation Template: Output Item Processing Error

15.7 SAP Task Center Integration

SAP Task Center is an infrastructure kernel service on SAP Cloud Platform enabling business users to manage their workflow tasks in one place by integrating tasks from multiple SAP applications (cloud and on premise). SAP Business Workflow provides an integration with SAP Task Center, exposing workflow tasks to the service so that they can be centrally processed in SAP Cloud Platform.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component BC-BMT-WFM (Business Workflow)




15.8 SAP Process Visibility Integration

SAP Cloud Platform Process Visibility is a service that provides visibility on to processes that run in the cloud or on-premise or in hybrid environments. It enables process excellence, process transformation, and process transparency by:


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/1e3ea57929574984905547ff2f7d8490.html



● Providing one view of this process no matter where it runs● Correlating multiple processes to form an end-to-end process● Providing actionable insights● Identifying process bottlenecks● Tracking process performance● Predicting process issues before they cause business impact

SAP Business Workflow provides an out-of-the-box integration with SAP Cloud Platform Process Visibility, including:

● Discovery of Business Workflow definitions (templates)● Retrieval of a Business Workflow definition● Maintenance of subscriptions for relevant events● Publishing of relevant events, including context data, to the SAP Cloud Platform Process Visibility tenant,

according to existing event subscriptions● Support for connection of multiple SAP Cloud Process Visibility service instances to the same ABAP

backend

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component BC-BMT-WFM (Business Workflow)


Additional Details








15.9 Manage Business Role Changes After Upgrade

This feature enables you to view changed business catalog dependencies after an upgrade. Additionally, you can now display deprecated business catalogs, view successor catalogs and adopt the required changes in your business roles.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component BC-SRV-APS-IAM

Available As Of SAP S/4 HANA Cloud 2011







15.10 Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management

Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management (ISLM) framework integrates machine learning capabilities into business processes to provide forecasts and predictions for your use cases (for example, forecast when a buyer is likely to negotiate a new procurement contract or predict the cost of a project based on the historic data analysis).

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component BC-ISM (Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management)


Additional Details

ISLM framework consists of two SAP Fiori applications, Intelligent Scenarios and Intelligent Scenario Management. These applications allow you to create and manage the lifecycle of intelligent scenarios. An intelligent scenario is an ABAP representation of predictive business specific use cases.

The Intelligent Scenarios app allows you to create custom-developed intelligent scenarios. The custom-developed intelligent scenarios are created in a draft mode, which can be reviewed, updated, and published.

The Intelligent Scenario Management app allows you to operate on the published intelligent scenario. You can train the model of an intelligent scenario and activate for a specific business domain.






Related Information

Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management


https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/3fa32d7a1e21465f8d9696f6b8cb6ee9.html

16 Extend and Integrate Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud

16.1 Maintain Communication Users

With this feature you can assign more than one certificate to a communication user to enable a smooth transition when certificates are exchanged.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component BC-SRV-APS-COM



16.2 Custom CDS Views

Custom CDS Views has replaced Custom CDS Views (To Be Deprecated). Creating views is no longer possible in Custom CDS Views (To be Deprecated). Please use the new and improved Custom CDS Views app, which offers a variety of new features. By using the new app you will also profit from an improved runtime performance. Additionally, you can now add all key fields of a target view at once when creating the association condition. You also now have the option to stop the inheritance for specific annotations.


Extend and Integrate Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud



Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1N9

Application Component BC-SRV-APS-GKE



Related Information

Custom CDS Views

16.3 Custom Reusable Elements

You can now generate data fields.

Technical Details

Type New


Scope Item 1N9

Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-BL


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Extend and Integrate Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 707



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/e30de6eae4d24d70b65996ac8ff88848.html


Related Information

Creating Data Fields


Extend and Integrate Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud



https://help.sap.com/viewer/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/2011.500/en-US/919b99d694ef496f9c8874e37b30c348.html

17 Data Migration

17.1 Data Migration Objects

Find an overview of new, changed, and unchanged migration objects per SAP S/4HANA Cloud release in the linked documentation.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item BH5 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File), 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging)

Application Component CA-GTF-MIG (SAP S/4HANA Data Migration Cockpit Content (LTMC))


Additional Details

SAP S/4HANA Cloud – Release Comparison of Migration Object Templates (for customers and partners only; English only): Find an overview of new, changed, and unchanged migration objects per release. The migration object templates are then compared by releases in detail, if they have changed. The purpose is to explain the differences between the SAP S/4HANA Cloud data migration object templates of various releases, with the help of a direct comparison of the templates. This helps you to see what has changed and what is new for the different releases. Moreover, it assists you in filling out the data migration templates of the data migration objects available in the SAP S/4HANA Migration Cockpit for the different releases.


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Data Migration INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 709

http://help.sap.com/viewer/25d2ae41d2d74803be976f9c4bda6986/SHIP/en-US/



18 Master Data

18.1 Product Master

18.1.1 IAM Objects in Product Master

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Product Master Data require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-MD-MM (Product Master)


Additional Details





Master Data

IAM Objects


Central Master Data Product - Configuration (SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_CMD_PRD_PC)

Business Catalog New business catalog This business catalog enables you to perform product master data specific configurations using the relevant SSC UIs. This business catalog is now assigned to SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT business role template.

Not applicable

Master Data - Product Display (SAP_CMD_BC_PRODUCT_DSP_PC)

Business Catalog, Restriction Type

New restriction types are available

To ensure increased security in the data displayed in the Product factsheet application, this business catalog would phase in few existing restriction types like:

● Purchasing Document Type

● Purchasing Group● Purchasing Or

ganization● Condition Type

Please use this release to adjust your roles accordingly, while the old restrictions still work.

Be advised, that empty restrictions mean that no authorization is granted, while all authorization (*) has to be explicitly granted.

With future release, only the new restrictions will work. For more details, refer to Phase-In Status in the Related Links section.

Not applicable

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Master Data INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 711


Related Information

Identity and Access ManagementPhase-In Status

18.1.2 Service Interfaces for Product Master

The service interfaces available for Product Master support additional fields for data replication in the Classification, Variant Configuration, Product (Subscription Product fields), and Sales (subscription product fields) nodes.

Technical Details

Type New







Master Data







Related Information

Product Master - Replicate from Client to SAP S/4HANA CloudProduct Master - Replicate from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to ClientVariant ConfigurationClassificationProduct

18.1.3 Self Service Configuration UIs

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to Key Fields have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Type New






https://help.sap.com/viewer/3c916ef10fc240c9afc594b346ffaf77/2011.500/en-US/14d3bd8f51cb44528c5d8ec3ba6306e8.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3c916ef10fc240c9afc594b346ffaf77/2011.500/en-US/43455397a1be4b47bd499a2c20fba603.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3c916ef10fc240c9afc594b346ffaf77/2011.500/en-US/93253120c0bb424aa569bc686f8f36da.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3c916ef10fc240c9afc594b346ffaf77/2011.500/en-US/95de5a8d79b94f3b815f7b77d012910d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/3c916ef10fc240c9afc594b346ffaf77/2011.500/en-US/3ebd4c7904fa43e9ae5ff8c45a3d24d4.html

Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Key Fields Define Temperature Conditions



Data and Database Management

Products

You define the temperature conditions under which your materials are to be stored.

NA Master Data for Products



Key Fields Define Container Requirements




Products

You can define the type of container in which the material is stored and shipped.




Master Data

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Key Fields Define Basic Products




Products

You can enter the basic products that are allowed for products in your system. When you maintain a product master record, any basic product that you specify on the Basic Data screen is checked against the basic products you enter here.










Related Information


18.1.4 Mass Change Documents

You can enable mass processing of change documents for products/materials in the following apps:

● Manage Product Master (F1602)● Start Mass Maintenance and Manage Mass Maintenance (F2505)● Data Migration for Migration Objects SIF_PRODUCT (product) and SIF_PRODUCT_EXT (product extend

for org. levels)● Manage Consolidation Processes - Products (F1047)

Technical Details

Type Must know






Related Information

Mass Processing for Material Change Documents


Master Data






https://help.sap.com/viewer/f86dc2eb1f8b48c880a7607213104b27/2011.500/en-US/26b640d8e52943659c85ff84a5baa7ed.html

18.1.5 Purchasing Group for product type (KMAT)

You can maintain Purchasing Group for product type (KMAT) while creating or updating product master records from both MM* transactions and the Manage Product Master Fiori app.

In the display mode, note that you can also view when a product having product type KMAT is has purchasing group information.

Technical Details

Type Must know



Application Component ()



18.1.6 Product Search Model

Freestyle search supports 20 fields, as a standard, for the product search model which has a positive impact on performance. More fields can be added using the Toggle Freestyle Search. You can use the Manage Search Models app to pick and choose the fields that they desire to be made Freestyle such that the total number does not exceed 20.

Technical Details

Type Changed









Related Information

Manage Search ModelsSAP Note 2970505

18.2 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier

18.2.1 IAM Object in Business Partner

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for business partner require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-MD-BP (Business Partner)


Master Data



https://help.sap.com/viewer/a630d57fc5004c6383e7a81efee7a8bb/2011.500/en-US/0f58c1ae4d804b6ea4e00649aa356438.html



Additional Details




IAM Objects


Master Data - Customer Masking Display (SAP_CMD_BC_CUST_MASK_DSP_PC)

Business catalog New Business Catalog This catalog enables you to view business partner master data and its associated customer master data. However, this catalog does not allow to search for customer data in an enterprise search scenario.

Not appliccable

Master Data - Supplier Masking Display(SAP_CMD_BC_SUPP_MASK_DSP_PC)

Business catalog New Business Catalog This business catalog enables you to view business partner master data and its associated supplier master data. However, this catalog does not allow to search for supplier data in an enterprise search scenario.

Not applicable



Master Data - Confirm Supplier List(SAP_CMD_BC_CUST_CONF_MAINT_PC)

Business catalog New Business Catalog This business catalog enables users to confirm changes in the sensitive fields of supplier master data.

Not applicable

Master Data - Confirm Customer List(SAP_CMD_BC_CUST_CONF_MAINT_PC)

Business catalog New Business Catalog This business catalog enables users to confirm changes in the sensitive fields of customer master data.

Not applicable


Related Information


18.2.2 Self Service Configuration UIs

With this release, new configuration steps for making settings related to business partner have been added to Configure Your Solution in the Manage Your Solution app. In addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered configuration items or configuration steps.

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component LO-MD-BP (Business Partners)


Master Data





Additional Details

Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability

Configuration step replaced

Business Partner

Determine Partner Roles


Database and Data Management

Business

PartnerBusiness

Partner

The configu-ration step Determine Partner Roles is now replaced with Set up Partner Determination for Customer and Supplier Master

Not applicable

Business Partner



Business Partner

Define Customer Attributes



Business

PartnerBusiness

Partner

You can configure upto ten attributes for defining a customer

Not applicable

Business Partner



Business Partner

Define Industry Sector Codes



Business

PartnerBusiness

Partner

You can define Industry Sector codes which you can allocate to customers

Not applicable

Business Partner



Type of change



How to find it

What you can do

Leading scope items

Solution Area

Solution Capability


Business Partner

Activate Customer Alternative Identifiers



Business

PartnerBusiness

Partner

You can activate number range object for generating customer alternative identifiers

Not applicable

Business Partner



Business Partner

Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Customers)



Business

PartnerBusiness

Partner

You can define field status (Optional entry, Required entry, Suppress and Display) for the general data, company code and sales data fields in the customer account groups

Not applicable

Business Partner



Business Partner

Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Vendors)



Business

PartnerBusiness

Partner

You can define field status (Optional entry, Required entry, Suppress and Display) for the general data, company code and purchasing data fields in the supplier account groups

Not applicable

Business Partner





Master Data




Related Information


18.2.3 Manage Customer Master Data

● The Manage Customer Master Data app is enhanced with:○ Additional Information section in Basic Data facet for maintaining additional customer data.○ New fields in customer Basic Data, Company Code and Sales Areas facet levels.

● There are new fields added that are not part of the standard UI. You can access these fields from the consumption view using the key user extensibility. For the list of fields, see 2787216 .

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component LO-MD-FIO-CM (Customer Master)









Additional Details

Following are some of the fields added under the different facets:

Facet Fields

Basic Data Additional Information Express Station

Plant

Industry Code 1

Industry Code 2

Condition Group 1

Condition Group 2

Company Code Finance Payment Data Check Cashing Time

Bill Exchange Charges Payment Terms

Company Code Finance Accounting Release Group

Company Code General Data Payment Block

Sales Area Sales Area Details Shipping POD Relevant

Sales Area Sales Area Details Pricing and Statistics Price List

Sales Area Sales Area Details Billing Credit Control Area


18.2.4 Manage Supplier Master Data

● The Manage Supplier Master Data app is enhanced with:○ Additional Information section in Basic Data facet for maintaining additional supplier data.○ New fields in supplier Basic Data, Company Code and Purchasing Organization facet levels.

● There are new fields added that are not part of the standard UI. You can access these fields from the consumption view using the key user extensibility. For the list of fields, see 2787216 .


Master Data




● For tax auditors with the business role External Auditor (SAP_BR_EXTERNAL_AUDITOR), the app displays a redacted view of supplier master data due to legal restrictions. This feature has been delivered for testing purposes with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component LO-MD-FIO-VM (Supplier Master)


Additional Details

● Following are some of the fields added under the different facets:

Facet Field

Basic Data Additional Information Block Function

Plant

Data Medium Exchange Indicator

Instruction Key

Origin Acceptance

Basic Data Tax Data Tax Type

Tax Base

Fiscal Address

Sales Equalization Tax

Basic Data Supplier Information Reference Account Group

Company Code Finance Accounting Release Group

Certification Date

Company Code Finance Payment Credit Memo Payment Terms

Purchasing Organization Purchasing Flags Grant Free Goods

Relevant for Settlement Management


Facet Field

Origin Acceptance

● If you are a tax auditor with the business role External Auditor (SAP_BR_EXTERNAL_AUDITOR), you can use this app to display a redacted view of supplier master data in your system. This redacted view of supplier master data enables tax audits to be performed while protecting the personal data of business partners. In some countries, protecting this data during tax audits is a legal requirement.

Related Information

Auditor Direct Access for Professional Services [page 215]

18.2.5 Manage Business Partner Master Data

The Manage Business Partner Master Data app offers the following new feature:

● Birth Date StatusYou can specify unknown parts of the birthdate for a business partner type Person at the General Information facet. If the Business Partner's actual birthdate is unknown, you can make a partial entry in the Birth Date field and indicate which part of the birthdate is unknown in the Birth Date Status field. In case a valid date is maintained in the Birth Date field, system by default marks the birthdate status as Fully Known, and in case no date is maintained, system marks the field as Fully Unknown.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component LO-MD-FIO-BP (Business Partners)


Additional Details

Following are the birth date statuses for the business partner type Person:

● Day Unknown


Master Data

● Month Unknown● Year Unknown● Day and Month Unknown● Month and Year Unknown● Day and Year Unknown● Fully Unknown● Fully Known


18.2.6 Field Status Control Based on Account Groups

You can define field status (optional entry, required entry, suppress and display) for the general data, company code and sales area or purchasing data fields in the customer or supplier account groups customizing. You can use the self service configuration UI (SSCUI) for configuring the field status based on customer and supplier account groups.

ImportantBased on the field status configuration, the field UI properties reflect in the Manage Customer Master Data, Manage Supplier Master Data and Manage Business Partner Master Data Fiori apps (for standard Customer/Supplier roles only). However this manifests only for the scope of fields existing on the standard Fiori UIs of the respective apps.

CautionYou must validate the presence of a given field as a standard field on the Fiori apps UI, before setting the field as a Req. Entry (mandatory) in the self service configuration UI. Otherwise, this will lead to backend errors which cannot be fixed from the UI.

Technical Details

Type New






Application Component LO-MD-FIO-CM (Customer Master)

LO-MD-FIO-VM (Supplier Master)

LO-MD-FIO-BP (Business Partners)


Additional Details

When you define the field statuses using the configurations, the corresponding fields’ UI properties reflect in the Fiori apps Manage Customer Master Data (for customer), Manage Supplier Master Data (for supplier) and Manage Business Partner Master Data (via role navigation: FLCU01, FLCU00, FLVN01, FLVN00). Besides the Fiori apps, the field property customizing settings also reflects in the UI for Maintain Business Partner WebGUI app.


The following Fiori apps will reflect the configured field properties:

● Manage Customer Master Data (for customer)● Manage Supplier Master Data (for supplier)● Manage Business Partner Master Data (via role navigation: FLCU01, FLCU00, FLVN01, FLVN00)

The Maintain Business Partner WebGUI app will also reflect the configured field properties, particularly fields marked as Req. Entry.


You can define the field statuses by using the self service configuration UI Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Customers) (ID 103050) for customers and Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Vendors) (ID 103127) for suppliers.



Master Data



Related Information

Defining Field Status (Customer)Defining Field Status (Supplier)

18.2.7 Display of Long Bank Account Number

For bank account numbers longer than 18 characters (long bank account numbers activated for specific countries), Confirm Customer List and Confirm Supplier List apps provide a conistent, semantic, and technical view for changes in attributes (BKREF/BKONT) that are part of the long bank account number.

Technical Details

Type Changed





Additional Details

Banks of certain countries use bank account numbers with more than 18 characters. Consequently, these bank account numbers cannot be stored completely in the bank account number field, which has the length of 18 characters only. For more details, see https://launchpad.support.sap.com/#/notes/1585003 .



https://help.sap.com/viewer/f86dc2eb1f8b48c880a7607213104b27/2011.500/en-US/fac15741246d4db882e2d58fd64da036.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/f86dc2eb1f8b48c880a7607213104b27/2011.500/en-US/a54c00bdae474bc78314bc1752e2dd2e.html

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Flaunchpad.support.sap.com%2F%23%2Fnotes%2F1585003



18.2.8 Display of Multiple Addresses

Previously, business partners that have more than one address were displayed and exported from the Manage Customer Master Data and Manage Supplier Master Data apps. Now, the list report only displays the active address as listed in the standard address based on the address usage.

Technical Details

Type Changed






18.2.9 Maintain Business Partner

● Previously, GOS attachments were supported only at business partner level. Now, you can maintain attachments at multiple levels (based on the business partner role) as follows:○ Customer

○ General○ Sales Area○ Company Code

○ Supplier○ General○ Purchasing○ Company Code

● The field Origin Acceptance has been added to Supplier: General Data and Purchasing tabs. This field specifies whether the acceptance of the ordered goods is to take place at the point of origin (that is, on the supplier's premises).


Master Data



Technical Details

Type Changed






18.3 Master Data Governance, Data Quality Management

18.3.1 Apps for Master Data Governance, Data Quality

With this feature you can access the following apps:

● Analyze Global Data Quality Score for Products● Analyze Global Data Quality Score for Business Partners

Technical Details

Type New



Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)







Master Data



19 SAP Fiori Launchpad

19.1 Spaces and Pages Layout Enhanced

We have added new features to the new spaces layout to provide better handling, ease navigation between the different apps involved and enhance translation processes:

● Translating spaces and pages was changed: It is now supported directly in the Manage Launchpad Pages and Manage Launchpad Spaces apps and all fields (titles, descriptions and section titles) can be translated. For translation purposes you export and import XML files.

● The Manage Launchpad Pages app now has a tab showing all spaces a selected page is assigned to.● The Manage Launchpad Pages app and the Manage Launchpad Spaces app both now offer more flexibility

when working on smaller devices: The list of available pages or the catalogs list then are hidden and you can switch easily between the main view and the lists.

● In the Manage Launchpad Pages app the display of issues was improved: The assignment of errors, warnings and information was structured more clearly and additional information will be displayed for several issues. In addition, the message indicator now indicates with its color the highest message severity.

● Keyboard navigation with F6 is now also supported when navigating in pages and personalizing pages.● In the App Finder, the dialog to select a page for the app was enhanced: You can now filter for specific

pages.● Pages: When a section is empty, it is no longer shown on desktop devices. You can still see the section,

when you edit the page.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CA-FLP-FE-DT (SAP Fiori Launchpad (Frontend Content Admin Tools))



Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011SAP Fiori Launchpad INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 733




Related Information

Page DetailsKeyboard Navigation in Notifications and App FinderKeyboard Navigation with Spaces and PagesEditing a SpacePersonalizing a PageTranslating a PageTranslating a Space

19.2 Automatic Sign-Out Enhanced

The warning message before an automatic sign-out now is displayed also, when another browser tab is shown or the browser is minimized. The warning message has to be activated by the administrator. Note that this is not supported on mobile devices or in the Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CA-FLP-FE-UI (SAP Fiori Launchpad User Interface)


Related Information

Signing In and Signing Out


SAP Fiori Launchpad

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/34077d96fd734fdb8eb48d08239fea9f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/d4641186c0bd409db1067c08665ea6b8.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/e835fb42586849158af71759f6f2e69f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/19640aaa203f49da90871505a01c4ec1.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/a9bf416b95fd42c4b3a9f6af69bcf231.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/f3759a16a9cc41e3ac0a45ca12a1646d.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/817aa4fc243345788f6036b267fa4c2c.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/d8154df2a4d5457ba94334b01ff35117.html

19.3 Home Page: Empty Groups Hidden

On the home page, empty groups are now also hidden on desktop devices. This is already the standard on mobile devices. You can see the empty group when you open the home page in edit mode. This is the same for the pages, when you work with the new spaces and pages layout.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CA-FLP-FE-UI (SAP Fiori Launchpad User Interface)


Related Information

Personalizing the Home PagePersonalizing a Page

19.4 Home Page Deprecated

Please be aware that the SAP Fiori launchpad home page is deprecated. The feature will no longer be enhanced, and will be removed in a future version.

With SAP S/4HANA 2005 SAP introduced the spaces and pages concept. Pages can be used to display the apps instead of the classic home page. For the cloud customer administrator there is a WYSIWG editor to easily create launchpad pages. Spaces and pages should enhance the flexibility to tailor the launchpad layout according to customer and user needs. This will be enhanced in the next versions and will gradually replace the home page concept.

See Entry Page, Home Page and Manage Launchpad Spaces and PagesManaging Launchpad Spaces and Pages for detailed information on the new concept. Also see SAP note 2970113

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011SAP Fiori Launchpad INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 735

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/8386946aef974a9dad07e3029bcf40b7.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/a9bf416b95fd42c4b3a9f6af69bcf231.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/ec3d83e1baa747a082e961abf56ab861.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/067f56f4786349debb8e20d06f777fce.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/e55f5cc8ccec490f83a00284659bce9f.html

https://help.sap.com/viewer/4fc8d03390c342da8a60f8ee387bca1a/2011.500/en-US/e55f5cc8ccec490f83a00284659bce9f.html


Technical Details

Type Deprecated



Application Component CA-FLP-FE-DT (SAP Fiori Launchpad Frontend Content Admin Tools)


SAP Fiori Launchpad

20 Enterprise Contract Management and Assembly

20.1 Document Classification

With this feature, you can create categories specifically to classify legal documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed


Scope Item 1XV (SAP S/4HANA for Enterprise Contract Management)

Application Component CM-CAT (Manage Categories)



Related Information

Categories

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Enterprise Contract Management and Assembly INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 737



https://help.sap.com/viewer/ff01156df84f470cb46483b8a0ba0b79/2011.500/en-US/8e3b85ed5ee74939a6b9c20519b888a5.html

20.2 Show Documents from Legal Transaction with Neutral Relationships

With this feature, you can view documents of the related legal transactions in a specific legal transaction that has a neutral relationship with all other legal transactions.

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CM-LT (Manage Legal Transactions)



Related Information

Legal Transactions

20.3 Enhance Filter Criteria for Legal Transaction with Linked objects

With this feature, you can easily search for legal transactions using the filter criteria like linked object type, ID, and trigger object.


Enterprise Contract Management and Assembly



https://help.sap.com/viewer/ff01156df84f470cb46483b8a0ba0b79/2011.500/en-US/6f4ce045b73c48cdb4c717ad349ecde3.html

Technical Details

Type Changed



Application Component CM-LT (Manage Legaal Transactions)



Related Information

Legal Transactions

Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Enterprise Contract Management and Assembly INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 739



https://help.sap.com/viewer/ff01156df84f470cb46483b8a0ba0b79/2011.500/en-US/6f4ce045b73c48cdb4c717ad349ecde3.html

21 Country/Region Specifics

21.1 Australia

21.1.1 Finance

21.1.1.1 IAM Objects for Australia

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Australia require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Australia


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-AU (Financials Australia)






Country/Region Specifics

IAM Objects


General Ledger - Reporting for Australia(SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_AU_PC).

Business Catalog. Changes were made to the restriction types.

The following restriction type was deleted:

● Authorization Groups for Posting in Adjustment Periods (BEGRU_BKPF_BUP).

The following restriction type was added with read access:

● Company Code/Business Place (BUKRS_BUPLA).

Not applicable.

Statutory Reporting for Australia - Configuration( SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_SR_AU_PC).

Business Catalog. This business catalog is new.

The Statutory Reporting for Australia - Configuration( SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_SR_AU_PC) business catalog has been created.

Not applicable.

Statutory Reporting (Cross Country) - Configuration( SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_SRF1_PC).


The Statutory Reporting (Cross Country) - Configuration( SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_SRF1_PC) business catalog has been created.

Not applicable.


Related Information


Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Country/Region Specifics INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 741




21.1.1.2 Business Activity Statement (BAS)

SAP has introduced the BAS advanced compliance reporting (ACR) mechanism using which, you can prepare the BAS report for applicable taxes for a specified period - monthly, quarterly, or annual. This ACR helps you in reporting the following taxes to the Australian Tax Office (ATO).

● Goods and services tax (GST)● Pay as you go (PAYG) withholding tax● Pay as you go (PAYG) income tax instalment● Additional taxes

○ Wine equalization tax (WET)○ Luxury car tax (LCT)○ Fuel tax credit (FTC)

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Australia

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component XX-CSC-FI-AU



Related Information

Business Activity Statement (BAS) Overview





https://help.sap.com/viewer/588ca6c5bb13420dab56aafc9e6fe348/2011.500/en-US/1596b5375df743edb4c60b81b74bc77a.html

21.2 Austria

21.2.1 Finance

21.2.1.1 IAM Objects for Austria

Changes to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects delivered for Austria require you to recheck your business roles and the business catalogs assigned to them. Ensure that the restrictions included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Austria


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-AT (Financials Austria)





Preliminary What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2011Country/Region Specifics INTERNAL – Authorized for SAP Customers and Partners 743

IAM Objects


General Ledger - Reporting for Austria(SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_AT_PC).

Business Catalog. Changes were made to the restriction types.

The following restriction type was deleted:

● Authorization Groups for Posting in Adjustment Periods (BEGRU_BKPF_BUP).

The following restriction type was added with read access:

● Company Code/Business Place (BUKRS_BUPLA).

1J2 (1J2).

J58 (J58).

Statutory Reporting for Austria - Configuration(SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_SR_AT_PC).


The Statutory Reporting for Austria - Configuration(SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND_FIN_SR_AT_PC) business catalog has been created.

Not applicable.


Related Information





